Samyutta-Nikaya 4

Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part IV. Salayatana-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1894

Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996

NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.

ANNOTATED VERSION

STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:	multibyte sequence:
long a	ā
long A	Ā
long i	ī
long I	Ī
long u	ū
long U	Ū
vocalic r	ṛ
vocalic R	Ṛ
long vocalic r	ṝ
vocalic l	ḷ
vocalic L	Ḷ
long vocalic l	ḹ
velar n	ṅ
velar N	Ṅ
palatal n	ñ
palatal N	Ñ
retroflex t	ṭ
retroflex T	Ṭ
retroflex d	ḍ
retroflex D	Ḍ
retroflex n	ṇ
retroflex N	Ṇ
palatal s	ś
palatal S	Ś
retroflex s	ṣ
retroflex S	Ṣ
anusvara	ṃ
visarga	ḥ
long e	ē
long o	ō
l underbar	ḻ
r underbar	ṟ
n underbar	ṉ
k underbar	ḵ
t underbar	ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm

Saṃyutta-Nikāya Vol. IV

[page 001]
1
Saṃyutta-Nikāya

DIVISION IV Saḷāyatana-vaggo

Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||

BOOK I SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTAM (XXXV)

SECTION I MŪLAPAÑÑĀSA

CHAPTER I ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO

SN_4,35(1).1 (1) Aniccam1; ajjhattam
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhaveti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ ||
yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā ||
yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭ-
ṭhabbam || ||
4 Sotam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ || la ||
5 Ghānam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ || la ||
6 Jivhā aniccā¹ || yad aniccam- -sammappaññāya daṭ-
ṭhabbaṃ || ||
7-8 Kāyo anicco || Mano anicco || yad aniccam taṃ
dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkham tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B aniccam

[page 002]
2 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 1. 9
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmimpi nibbindati || sotasmimpi- || ghānasmimpi- ||
jivhāya pi- || kāyasmim pi- || manasmim pi nibbindati ||
nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ
vimuttamhīti¹ ñāṇam hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).2 (2) Dukkham1; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad
anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na
meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Ghānam dukkhaṃ || || Jivhā
dukkhaṃ || || Kāyo dukkho ||
8 Mano dukkho || yam dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā
taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ ||pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).3 (3) Anattā1; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotam anattā || || Ghānam anattā || || Jivhā anattā ||
Kāyo anattā ||
8 Mano anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham
asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappañ-
ñāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).4 (4) Aniccam2; bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā² || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vimuttamiti always
2 S1-3 rūpaṃ . . . aniccaṃ

[page 003]
XXXV. 6. 9] ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO 3
neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā aniccā || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso
hamasmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpesu
pi nibbindati || Saddesu pi- || Gandhesu pi- || Rasesu pi- ||
Phoṭṭhabbesu pi- || Dhammesu pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ
virajjati virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttamhīti
ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).5 (5) Dukkham2; bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā¹ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā ||
yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhab-
baṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā || yad dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad
anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).6 (6) Anattā2; bāhiram
3 Rūpā² bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rūpaṃ . . . dukkhaṃ
2 S1-3 rūpaṃ

[page 004]
4 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 7. 3

SN_4,35(1).7 (7) Aniccam3; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atītānāgataṃ || ko pana
vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atītasmim pi¹ cakkhusmim anapekho hoti ||
anāgataṃ cakkhuṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cak-
khussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
4-5 Sotam aniccaṃ || Ghānam aniccaṃ ||
6 Jivhā aniccā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nāya || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītāya jivhāya anapekho hoti || anāgatam jivham nābhi-
nandati || paccuppannāya jivhāya nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya patipanno hotīti || ||
7 Kāyo anicco || pa ||
8 Mano anicco atītānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītasmiṃ manasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaṃ
nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya patipanno hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).8 (8) Dukkham3; ajjhattam
3-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atītānāgataṃ ko
pana vādo paccuppannassa || Evam passam bhikkhave
sutavā ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ anapekho hoti ||
anāgataṃ cakkhuṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cak-
khussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti ||
pe² || ||
8 Mano dukkho atītānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ cakkhuṃ
nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).9 (9) Anattā3; ajjhattam
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atītānāgataṃ || ko pana
vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1-2 2More complete in B1-2

[page 005]
XXXV. 11. 3] ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO 5
ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ cakkhusmim anapekho hoti || anā-
gatam cakkhum nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa
nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti¹ || pe || ||
6-7 Jivhā anattā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nāya || pe ||² paṭipanno hoti || || Kāyo anattā³ || ||
8 Mano anattā atītānagato || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītasmiṃ manasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaṃ
nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).10 (10) Aniccam4 bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo
paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atītesu rūpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate rūpe⁴
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ rūpānaṃ nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā aniccā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme⁵
nābhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaṃ nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).11 (11) Dukkham4 bāhiram
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo
paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atītesu rūpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate rūpe
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ rūpānaṃ nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti⁶ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 hotīti
2 Complete in B1-2
3 These words in B2 only
4 So S1-3, B2; B1 anāgatesu rūpesu; both here and further on
5 B1 (only) anāgatesu dhammesu here and further on
6 B1 hotīti; the remainder is to be found in S1-3 only

[page 006]
6 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 11. 4
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā¹ atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccup-
pannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme
nabhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaṃ nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).12 (12) Anattā4; bāhiram
3 Rupā bhikkhave anattā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo
paccuppannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atītesu rūpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate rūpe
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ rūpānaṃ nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā ||
8 Dhammā anattā atītānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nābhi-
nandati || paccuppannānaṃ dhammānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||
Aniccavaggo pathamo² || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Aniccaṃ Dukkham Anattā ca || ||
tayo ajjhattabāhirā || ||
Yad aniccena tayo vuttā ||
te te ajjhattabāhirā ti || ||

CHAPTER II YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO

SN_4,35(1).13 (1) Sambodhena1
1 Sāvatthi³ || ||
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa⁴

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 nukho instead of dukkhā
2 Pathamo and the sequel are missing in S1-3
3 In S1-3 only
4 B1 sambodhānabhi-; B2 sambodhāya anabhi-; ya being added
underneath

[page 007]
XXXV. 13. 10] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 7
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho cakkhussa
assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || Ko sotassa || pe || Ko
ghānassa || Ko jivhāya: Ko kāyassa || Ko manassa assādo ||
ko ādinavo || kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
3-5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaṃ kho
cakkhuṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam || ayam
cakkhussa assādo || || Yaṃ cakkhum aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ
viparināmadhammaṃ || ayaṃ cakkhussa ādīnavo || || Yo
cakkhusmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idam
cakkhussa nissaraṇaṃ || pe ||
6-7 Yaṃ jivham paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ||
ayaṃ jivhāya assādo || || Yaṃ jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇā-
madhammā || ayaṃ jivhāya ādīnavo || || Yo jivhāya chanda-
ragavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ jivhāya nissaraṇaṃ ||
la ||
8 Yaṃ manam¹ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam
ayam manassa assādo || || Yam mano anicco dukkho vipari-
ṇāmadhammo || ayam manassa ādīnavo || Yo manasmiṃ
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ manassa
nissaraṇaṃ || ||
9 Yāva kīvañcāham² bhikkhave imesaṃ channam ajjhat-
tikānam āyatanānam evam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ
ca ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ
nābbhaññāsiṃ³ || neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke
samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sade-
vamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho
ti⁴ paccaññāsiṃ || ||
10 Yato ca kho ham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam ajjhat-
tikānam āyatanānam evam assādam assādato ādīnavaṃ ca
ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaranato yathābhūtam abbhañ-
ñāsiṃ || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sa-
brahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaniyā pajāya sadevamanussāya
anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññā-
siṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 manasaṃ
2 B1-2 kivaño; S3 jīvaño
3 B nabbha- always
4 ti is missing in S1-3

[page 008]
8 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 13. 11
11 Ñāṇaṃ ca me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti¹ ayam antimā jati natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||

SN_4,35(1).14 (2) Sambodhena2
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā² anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho rūpānam
assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ko saddānaṃ || la || ||
Ko gandhānaṃ || || Ko rasānaṃ || || Ko poṭṭhabbānaṃ || ||
Ko dhammānam assādo || ko ādīnavo || kim nissaraṇanti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaṃ kho
rūpe³ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam || ayaṃ
rupānam assādo || || Yaṃ rūpā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāma-
dhammā || ayaṃ dhammānam ādīnavo || || Yo rūpesu
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idam rūpānaṃ
nissaraṇaṃ || ||
4-7 Yaṃ Sadde || Gandhe || Rase || Phoṭṭhabbe || ||
8 Dhamme paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayam
assādo || || Yaṃ dhammānam aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmad-
dhammā || ayaṃ dhammānam ādīnavo || Yo dhammesu
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idam dhammānaṃ
nissaraṇaṃ || ||
9-10 Yāva kīvañcāham⁴ bhikkhave imesaṃ channam
bāhirānam āyatanānam evam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ
ca ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ
nābbhaññāsiṃ || pe || abbhaññāsiṃ⁵ || ||
11 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti⁶ ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||

SN_4,35(1).15 (3) Assādena1
2 Cakkhussāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo cakkhussa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā cakkhussa
assādo paññāya me so⁷ sudiṭṭho || || Cakkhussāham

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 B2 omit ceto
2 B2 adds ya as before
3 S1-3 rūpaṃ
4 As in the preceding text
5 complete in B1-2 till paccaññāsiṃ
6 B2 omits ceto
7 S1-3 eso almost always; B2 always

[page 009]
XXXV. 16. 2] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 9
bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo cakkhussa
ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||yāvatā cakkhussa ādīnavo paññāya
me so sudiṭṭho || || Cakkhussāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapari-
yesanam acariṃ || yam cakkhussa nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhaga-
maṃ || yāvatā cakkhussa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ¹
sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
3-4 Sotassāham bhikkhave || || Ghānassāham bhik-
khave || ||
5 Jivhāyāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo jivhāya assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā jivhāya assādo
paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Jivhāyāham bhikkhave ādīna-
vapariyesanam acariṃ || yo jivhāya ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā jivhāya ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Jivhā-
yāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yaṃ
jivhāya nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā jivhāya
nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ² sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
6 Kāyassa || pe ||
7 Manassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
Yo manassa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā manassa
assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Manassāham bhikkhave
ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo manassa ādīnavo tad
ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā manassa ādīnavo paññāya me so
sudiṭṭho || || Manassāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam
acariṃ || yam manassa nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā manassa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭham || ||
8-9 Yāva kivañcāham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam
ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ
ca ādīnato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābūtaṃ nābbhañ-
ñāsiṃ || pe || abbhaññāsim || ||
10 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).16 (4) Assādena2
2 Rupānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ || yo
rūpānam assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā rūpānam assādo
paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Rūpānāham bhikkhave

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 etam always
2 S1-3 etaṃ here only

[page 010]
10 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 16. 3
ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo rūpānam ādīnavo tad
ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā rūpānam ādīnavo paññāya me so
sudiṭṭho || || Rupānāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam
acariṃ || yaṃ rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā rūpānaṃ nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭ-
ṭhaṃ || ||
3-6 Pe || ||
7 Dhammānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo dhammānam assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yā yāvatā dhammā-
nam assādo paññāya meso sudiṭṭho || || Dhammānāham
bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ || yo dhammānam
ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā dhammānam ādīnavo
paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || || Dhammānāham bhikkhave
nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || yaṃ dhammānaṃ nissara-
ṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā dhammānaṃ nissaraṇam
paññāya me tam sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
8-9 Yāva kivañcāham bhikkhave imesaṃ channam
bāhīrānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca
ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissarānato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhañ-
ñāsiṃ || pe || abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
10 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).17 (5) No cetena1
2 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa assādo abhavissa || na
yidaṃ sattā cakkhusmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa assādo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiṃ
sārajjanti || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidam sattā cakkhusmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa ādīnavo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiṃ
nibbindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa nissaraṇam abha-
vissa || na yidaṃ sattā cakkhusmā nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā
cakkhusmā nissaranti || ||
5-7 No cedam bhikkhave sotassa assādo abhavissa ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 011]
XXXV. 17. 21] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 11
8-10 No cedam bhikkhave ghānassa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
11 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā jivhāya sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi jivhāya assādo tasmā sattā jivhāya sāraj-
janti || ||
12 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya ādīnavo abhavissa || na
yidaṃ sattā jivhāya nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi jivhāya ādīnavo tasmā sattā jivhāya nib-
bindanti || ||
13 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya nissaraṇam abhavissa ||
na yidam sattā jivhāya nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi jivhāya nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā jivhāya
nissaranti || ||
14-16 No cedam bhikkhave kāyassa assādo abhavissa || ||
17 No cedam bhikkhave manassa assādo abhavissa || na
yidaṃ sattā manasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi manassa assādo tasmā sattā manasmiṃ
sārajjanti || ||
18 No cedam bhikkhave manassa ādīnavo abhavissa || na
yidaṃ sattā manasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi manassa ādīnavo tasmā sattā manasmiṃ
nibbindanti || ||
19 No cedam bhikkhave manassa nissaraṇaṃ abha-
vissa || nayidam sattā manasmā nissareyyuṃ || ||Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave atthi manassa nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā ma-
nasmā nissaranti || ||
20 Yāva kīvañca bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam
ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca
ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam nāb-
bhaññāsuṃ¹ || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā
sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanus-
sāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā² vimariyādikatena³
cetasā vihariṃsu || ||
21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam
ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca
ādīnavato ṇissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abhaññā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -bhaññaṃsu
2 In B1-2 only
3 B1 vipari- always

[page 012]
12 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 18. 2
suṃ || atha kho¹ bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā
sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanus-
sāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharan-
tīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).18 (6) No cetena2
2 No cedam bhikkhave rūpānam assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpesu sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhik-
khave atthi rūpānam assādo tasmā sattā rūpesu sāraj-
janti || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave rūpānam ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpesu nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi rūpānam ādīnavo tasmā sattā rūpesu nib-
bindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave rūpānam nissaraṇam abhavissa ||
nayidam sattā rūpehi nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhik-
khave atthi rūpāṇaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tasmā sattā rūpehi nis-
saranti || ||
5-7 No cedam bhikkhave Saddānaṃ || ||
8-10 Gandhānaṃ || ||
11-13 Rasānaṃ ||
14-16 Phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || ||
17 Dhammānam assādo abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā dham-
mesu sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi
dhammānam assādo tasmā sattā dhammesu sārajjanti || ||
18 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānam ādīnavo abha-
vissa || nayidaṃ sattā dhammesu nibbindeyyuṃ || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānam ādīnavo tasmā sattā
dhammesu nibbindanti || ||
19 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānaṃ nissaraṇam abha-
vissa || na yidaṃ sattā dhammehi nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ tasmā
sattā dhammehi nissaranti || ||
20 Yāva kīvañca bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam
bāhirānam āyatanānam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañca
ādīnavato nissaraṇañ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nāb-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1-2

[page 013]
XXXV. 20. 2] YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 13
bhaññaṃsu || neva tāva¹ bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā
samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya
sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃyuttā vippamuttā vimari-
yādikatena cetasā vihariṃsu || ||
21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaṃ channam bāhi-
rānam āyatanānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca adīna-
vato || pa || yathabhūtam abbhaññaṃsu || atha kho bhik-
khave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassa-
maṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṃ-
yuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantī ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).19 (7) Abhinandena1
2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhum abhinandati dukkhaṃ so
abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so duk-
khasmāti vadāmī || pe || Yo jivham abhinandati dukkhaṃ
so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi² || || Yo manam abhinandati duk-
khaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto
so dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
3 yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ
so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo jivhaṃ nābhinandati duk-
khaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Pari-
mutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo manaṃ nābhinan-
dati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati
Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmī ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).20 (8) Abhinandena2
2 Yo bhikkhave rūpe abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinan-
dati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti
vadāmi || ||
Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoṭṭhabbe || dhamme abhi-
nandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinan-
dati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 tāvāhaṃ (haṃ being added underneath)
2 B1-2 add ||la ||

[page 014]
14 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 20. 3
3 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpe nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so
nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoṭ-
ṭhabbe || dhamme nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati ||
yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti
vadāmī ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).21 (9) Uppādena1
2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhussa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti
pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmara
nassa pātubhāvo || ||
3-4 Yo sotassa || la || Yo ghānassa ||
5-6 Yo jivhāya || Yo kāyassa || ||
7 Yo manassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo ||
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhussa nirodho vūpasamo
atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-13 Yo sotassa || Yo manassa nirodho vūpasamo
atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānam vūpasamo jarā-
maraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).22 (10) Uppādena2
2 Yo bhikkhave rūpānam uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti
pātubhavo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmara-
ṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
3-4 Yo saddānaṃ || Yo gandhānaṃ ||
5-6 Yo rasānaṃ || Yo poṭṭhabbānaṃ ||
7 Yo dhammānam uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo
atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo
maraṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-12 Yo saddānaṃ || Yo gandhānaṃ || yo rasānaṃ ||
Yo poṭṭhabbānaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 015]
XXXV. 24. 6] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 15
13 Yo dhammānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa attha-
gamo ti || ||
Yamakavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ¹ || ||
Sambodhena duve vuttā || Assādena apare dve ||
No cetena dve vuttā || Abhinandena apare dve ||
Uppādena dve vuttā || Vaggo tena pavuccatāti || ||

CHAPTER III SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO

SN_4,35(1).23 (1) Sabba
1 Sāvatthi -- Tatra -- voca² --
2 Sabbaṃ vo bhikkhave dessissāmi || tam suṇātha || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbaṃ || || Cakkhuṃ ceva rūpā ca³ ||
Sotañca saddā ca⁴ || Ghānañca gandhā ca⁵ || Jivhā
rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca || Mano ca dhammā ca || ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave sabbaṃ || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave evam vadeyya || Aham etaṃ sabbam
paccakkhāya aññaṃ sabbam paññāpessāmīti || tassa vācā-
vatthur⁶ evassa || puṭṭho ca na sampāpeyya⁷ || uttariñca
vighātaṃ āpajjeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || yathā tam bhik-
khave avisayasminti || ||

SN_4,35(1).24 (2) Pahāna1
2 Sabbappahānāya⁸ vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ desissāmi ||
taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave pahātabbaṃ || rūpā pahātabbā ||
cakkhuviññāṇam pahātabbaṃ || cakkhusamphasso pahā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Tassuddānam and the sequel is to be found in B1-2 only
2 In S1-3 only
3 S1-3 rūpaṭṭhañca
4 S1-3 saddañca
5 S1-3 gandhañca
6 B1 -vatthukam; B2 vatthum
7 B1-2 sampāyeyya
8 B1 sabbaṃ pa- always; B2 once at the end

[page 016]
16 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 24. 7
tabbo || || Yam pidaṃ¹ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati² vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā³ dukkhaṃ vā adukkam asu-
khaṃ vā || tam pi pahātabbam || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhā pahātabbā || Rasā pahātabbā || jivhāviññā-
ṇam pahātabbaṃ || jivhāsamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidaṃ
jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi⁴ pahātab-
baṃ || ||pe|| ||
9 Mano pahātabbo || dhammā pahātabbā || manoviññā-
ṇam pahātabbaṃ || manosamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukham vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi pahātab-
baṃ || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo ti⁵ || ||

SN_4,35(1).25 (3) Pahāna2
2 Sabbam abhiññā pariññā pahānāya vo bhikkhave
dhammaṃ desissāmi || taṃ sunātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbam abhiññā pariññā pahā-
nāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ ||
rūpā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā⁶ || cakkhuviññāṇam
abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ || cakkhusamphasso abhiññā
pariññā pahātabbo || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati veddayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhiññā pariññā pahātabbam || pe ||
7-8 jivhā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā || rasā abhiññā
pariññā pahātabbā || jivhāviññāṇaṃ abhiññā pariññā pahā-
tabbaṃ || jivhāsamphasso abhiñña pariññā pahātabbo ||
yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkham vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi
abhiññā pariññā pahātabbam || pe ||
9 mano abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo || dhammā abhiññā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 yamidam always
2 S1-3 uppajjanti always
3 S1 inserts tam
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 omit ti
6 This phrase is missing in S3

[page 017]
XXXV. 26. 11] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO. 17
pariññā pahātabbā || manoviññāṇam abhiññā pariññā pahā-
tabbaṃ || manosamphasso abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo ||
Yam pidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam
pi abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṃ || ||
10 Ayam kho bhikkhave sabbam abhiññā pariññā pahā-
nāya dhammo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).26 (4) Parijānāna1
2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirāja-
yaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhavyāya || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam¹ anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ
avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avi-
rājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rūpe
anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ² appajahaṃ abhabbo
dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || la || cakkhusamphas-
saṃ || la || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa || la || dukkhakkha-
yāya || || pe || ||
7-8 Jivham anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ
appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase ||³ la || jivhā-
viññāṇam || pe || jivhāsamphassaṃ || la || Yam pidam jivhā-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukham vā duk-
khaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anabhijānaṃ
aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkha-
yāya || || Kāyaṃ || ||
9 Manam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appaja-
haṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manoviññāṇam ||
manosamphassaṃ || la || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ
appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
10 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaṃ aparijā-
naṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
11 Sabbañca kho bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virā-
jayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1-2
2 Missing in S1-3
3 In S1-3 only

[page 018]
18 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 26. 12
12 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānam parijānaṃ virā-
jayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
13-15 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virāja-
yaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||¹ rūpe abhijānaṃ-
obhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuviññāṇam abhijānaṃ-
obhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Cakkhusamphassam abhijānaṃ-
obhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Yaṃ pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkham vā
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virā-
jayam pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || pe || ||
16-17 Jivham abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase || la || jivhāviññāṇaṃ || jivhā-
samphassaṃ || la || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasuk-
haṃ vā || tam pi² abhijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Kāyam³ || ||
18 Manam abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajahaṃ
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manoviññāṇaṃ || ma-
nosamphassam || la || Yam pidam⁴ manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tam pi abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virājayaṃ paja-
haṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya⁵ || ||
19 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaṃ parijānam
virājayam pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti⁶ || ||

SN_4,35(1).27 (5) Parijānāna2
2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirāja-
yaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānam aparijānaṃ
avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
4-6 Yaṃ ca kho⁷ cakkhu ye⁸ ca rūpā yañca cakkhuviñ-
ñāṇam ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || pe || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is repeated in S3
2 S3 inserts jānaṃ
3 S1-3 --pe--
4 These words from manosamphassaṃ are missing in S1-3
5 This number 18 is repeated in S1-3
6 S1-3 dukkhakkhayāti
7 In S1-3 only
8 S1-8 yo

[page 019]
XXXV. 28. 7] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 19
7-8 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā yañca jivhāviññāṇaṃ ye ca
jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || pe || ||
9 Yo ca kāyo ye ca poṭṭhabbā yañca kāyaviññāṇaṃ ye
ca kāyaviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || ||
10 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā yañca manoviññāṇam ye
ca manoviññaṇaviññātabbā dhammā || ||
11 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaṃ aparijā-
naṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
12 Sabbam ca kho¹ bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānam
virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virāja-
yaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
13-15 Yañca bhikkhave cakkhum ye ca rūpā yañca
cakkhuviññāṇam ye ca cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā ||
pe || ||
16-17 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā yañca jivhāviññāṇaṃ ye ca
jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || pe || ||
18 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā yaṃ ca manoviññāṇaṃ ye
ca manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || ||
19 Idaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ
virājayaṃ pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).28 (6) Ādittam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Gayāsīse
saddhim bhikkhusahassena || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Sabbaṃ
bhikkhave ādittaṃ || Kiñca bhikkhave sabbam² ādittaṃ || ||
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave ādittam || rūpā ādittā || cakkhu-
viññāṇam ādittaṃ || cakkhusamphasso āditto || yam pidaṃ
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi ādittaṃ || ||
Kena ādittaṃ || ||³ Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādit-
taṃ || jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi || pe ||
6-7 Jivhā ādittā || rasā ādittā || jivhāviññāṇam ādittaṃ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 Missing in B
3 S1-3 insert (or repeat) ādittam here and further on

[page 020]
20 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 28. 8
jivhāsamphasso āditto || yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā tam pi ādittaṃ || || Kena ādittam || Rāgagginā
dosagginā mohagginā ādittam || jātiyā jarāya maraṇena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi uyāyāsehi ādit-
tanti vadāmi || pe || ||
8 Mano āditto dhammā ādittā manoviññāṇam ādittaṃ
manosamphasso āditto || yam pidam manosamphassapac-
cayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā aduk-
kham asukhaṃ vā tam pi ādittaṃ || || Kena ādittam || ||
Pāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ jātiyā jarāya
maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upā-
yasehi ādittanti vadāmi || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviñ-
ñāne pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam
pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ su-
kham vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā tasmim pi
nibbindati || la ||¹ yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upaj-
jati vedayitaṃ- -tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ viraj-
jati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti²
ñānaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī ti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato
bhāsitam abhinandunti || ||
11 Imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne
tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni
vimucciṃsūti || ||

SN_4,35(1).29 (7) Andhabhūtam
1 Evam me sutam ||³ Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rāja-
gahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā Bhikkhū āmantesi || Sabbam bhik-
khave andhabhūtam⁴ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 --pe-- and more complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 vimuttam iti as usual
3 In B1-2 only
4 B1-2 addhabhutam always

[page 021]
XXXV. 30. 2] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 21
Kiñca bhikkhave andhabhūtaṃ || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave andhabhūtaṃ || rūpā andhabhūtā ||
cakkhuviññāṇam andhabhūtam || cakkhusamphasso andha-
bhūto || yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā upajjati
vedayitaṃ sukkhaṃ vā bukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā tam pi andhabhūtam || || Kena andhabhūtam || ||¹ Jāti-
yā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanas-
sehi upāyasehi andhabhūtan ti vadāmi || la ||
6 Jivhā andhabhūtā rasā andhabhūtā jivhāviññāṇam
andhabhūtam jivhāsamphasso andhabhūto || yam pidam
jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi andhabhūtaṃ || ||
Kena andhabhūtaṃ || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi andha-
bhūtanti vadāmi || la ||
7 Kāyo andhabhūto || ||
8 Mano andhabhūto || dhammā andhabhūtā || manoviññā-
ṇam andhabhūtam || manosamphasso andhabhūto || yampi-
dam manosamphassa paccayā appajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tam pi andhabhū-
taṃ || || Kena andhabhūtam || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi
andhabhūtanti vadāmi || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhu-
viññāṇe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe ||
Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmim pi
nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimut-
tasmiṃ vimuttamhīti² ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).30 (8) Sāruppa
2 Sabbamaññitasamugghātasāruppaṃ³ vo⁴ bhikkhave

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert here andhabhūtam always as ādittam in
the preceding sutta
2 S1-3 vimuttamiti
3 B1 -samugghāṭa- always
4 Missing in S1-3

[page 022]
22 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA (XXXV. 30. 3
paṭipadaṃ desissāmi || tam suṇātha suṇāhukam manasi karo-
tha bhāsissāmīti¹ || ||
3 Katamā ca bhikkhave sabbamaññitasmugghāta
sāruppā paṭipadā || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuṃ na maññati cak-
khusmiṃ na maññati cakkhuto na maññati Cakkhu meti
na maññati || || Rūpe na maññati rūpesu na maññati rūpato
na maññati Rūpā meti na maññati || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ
na maññati cakkhuviññāṇasmiṃ na maññati cakkhuviññā-
ṇato na maññati Cakkhuviññāṇam me ti na maññati || ||
Cakkhusamphassaṃ na maññati cakkhusamphassasmiṃ
na maññati cakkhusamphassato na maññati Cakkhusam-
phasso² me ti na maññati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusaṃ-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi
na maññati tato pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || ||
pe ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ na maññati jivhāya na maññati jivhato na
maññati Jivhā me ti na maññati || || Rase na maññati rasesu-
-rasato na maññati Rasā me ti na maññati || || Jivhā viñ-
ñānaṃ na maññati jivhiññāṇasmiṃ na maññatijivhāviñ-
ñāṇato na maññati Jivhāviññāṇam me ti na maññati || ||
Jivhāsamphassaṃ na maññati jivhāsamphassasmiṃ na
maññati jivhāsamphassato na maññati Jivhāsamphasso me
ti na maññati || || Yampidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā up-
pajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asu-
khaṃ vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato
pi na maññati Tam me ti na maññati || || pe ||
9 Manaṃ na maññati manasmiṃ na maññati manato
na maññati Mano me ti na maññati || || Dhamme na
maññati dhammesu na maññati dhammato na maññati
Dhammā me ti na maññati || || Manoviññāṇam na mañ-
ñati manoviññāṇasmiṃ na maññati manoviññāṇato na
maññati Manoviññāṇam me ti na maññati || || Manosam-
phassaṃ na maññati manosamphassasmiṃ na maññati
manosamphassato na maññati Manosamphasso me ti na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sādhukam etc. is missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 -phassaṃ

[page 023]
XXXV. 31. 8 ] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 23
maññati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na
maññati Tam me ti na maññati || ||
10 Sabbaṃ na maññati sabbasmiṃ na maññati sabbato
na maññati Sabbaṃ me na maññati || ||
11 So evam amaññamāno na kiñci loke upādiyati || anu-
pādiyaṃ na paritassati aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinib-
bāyati ||¹ Khīṇājāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇī-
yaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī ti || ||
12 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghāta-
sāruppā paṭipadā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).31 (9) Sappāya1
2 Sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave
paṭipadaṃ desissāmi taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamā ca sā bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghāta-
sappāyā² paṭipadā || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuṃ na maññati cak-
khusmiṃ na maññati cakkhuto na maññati Cakkhu me ti
na maññati || || rūpe na maññati || pe || || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ
na maññati || || cakkhusamphassaṃ na maññati || || Yam
pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ su-
khaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi na
maññati Tam me ti na maññati || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave
maññati yasmiṃ maññati yato maññati yam Me ti mañ-
ñati || tato taṃ hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto³
loko bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ na maññati jivhāya na maññati jivhāto na
maññati Jivhā me ti na maññati || || rase na maññati ||
jivhāviññāṇam na maññati || jivhāsamphassaṃ na mañ-
ñati || ||⁴ Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -nibbayī; S3 adds ti
2 S1-3 -sappāya
3 B2 vidhavasatto; S1-3 bhavayanto; both always
4 S1-3 have rasesu --pe-- instead of jivhāviññānam, etc.

[page 024]
24 SAḶĀYATANA-SAMYUTTA (XXXV. 31. 9
vedayitaṃ¹ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi² na
maññati Tam me ti na maññati || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave mañ-
ñati yasmiṃ maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati ||
tato taṃ hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko
bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || ||
9 Manaṃ na maññati manasmiṃ na maññati manato na
maññati Mano me ti na maññati || dhamme || mano
viññāṇam || manosamphassam || || Yam pidam³ -Tam me
ti na maññati || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati || yasmim
maññati || yato maññati || yam Me ti maññati || tato taṃ
hoti aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam
evābhinandati || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhadhātu āyatanaṃ tam
pi⁴ na maññati tasmim pi na maññati tato pi na mañ-
ñati Tam me ti na maññati || so evaṃ na maññamāno⁵ na
kiñci loke upādiyati anupādiyaṃ na paritassati aparitassaṃ
paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nāti || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghāta-
sappāyā paṭipadā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).32 (10) Sappāya2
2 Sabbamaññitasamugghātasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭi-
padaṃ desissāmi taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamā ca sa bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghāta-
sappāyā paṭipadā || ||
4-6 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave cakkhu niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Complete in B1-2; missing altogether in S1-3
4 S1-3 āyatanātampi, with erasures in S3
5 B1-2 amaññamāno instead of na ma-

[page 025]
XXXV. 32. 9] SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO 25
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham viparināmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā || la || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkusamphasso nicco vā
anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam anupassituṃ Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante ||pe|| ||
7-8 Jivhā niccā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || la ||
Rasā || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || Yam
pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
9 Mano ||dhammā || pa || manoviññāṇaṃ || mano samphasso
nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante ||
Yam panāniccam dukkham vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti ||
No hetam bhante || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 026]
26 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 32. 10
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi nibbindati rūpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe
pi nibbindati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā tasmim pi nibbindati || || pe || ||
Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi || la || Yam pidaṃ jivhā-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmim pi nibbindati manasmim
pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi
nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati
nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam
iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ
kataṃ karaṇiyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti ti || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave sabbamaññitasamugghāta-
sappāyā paṭipadā ti || ||
Sabbavaggo tatiyo¹ || ||
Tassuddānam¹ || ||
Sabbaṃ ca dve pi pahānā² || ||
Parijānā apare duve³ ||
Ādittam andhabhūtaṃ ca⁴ ||
Sāruppā dve ca sappāyā⁵ ||
Vaggo tena pavuccati⁶ || ||

CHAPTER IV JĀTIDHAMMA-VAGGOCATUTTHO|| ||

SN_4,35(1).33 (1) Jāti
1 Sāvatthi || || Te Tatra kho || ||
2 Sabbam bhikkhave jātidhammaṃ || kiñca bhikkhave
sabbaṃ⁷ jātidhammaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 sabbam pahānena
3 S1-3 parijānaṃ apare dve; B1 parijānāpare
4 B addhabhūtam
5 S1-3 sāruppaṃ sappāya dve
6 S1-3 tenavuccatī ti
7 Missing in S1-3

[page 027]
XXXV. 38] JĀTIDHAMMA-VAGGO CATUTTHO 27
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave jātidhammaṃ || || Rūpā jāti-
dhammā || || Cakkhuviññāṇam jātidhammaṃ || || Cakkhu-
samphasso jātidhammo || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi jātidhammam ||pe|| ||
6 Jivhā || || Rasā || || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphas-
so || || Yaṃ pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi jātidhammaṃ || || pe || ||
7 Kāyo ||pe|| ||
8 Mano jātidhammo || || Dhammā jātidhammā || || Mano-
viññāṇaṃ jātidhammaṃ || || Manosamphasso jātidham-
mo || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ va adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi jātidhammaṃ || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || pe ||¹ nāparam itthattāyati pajānātī
ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).34 (2) Jarā
Sabbam bhikkhave jarādhammaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).35 (3) Vyādhi
Sabbam bhikkhave vyādhidhammaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).36 (4) Maraṇa
Sabbam bhikkhave maraṇadhammaṃ² || ||

SN_4,35(1).37 (5) Soko
Sabbam bhikkhave sokadhammaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).38 (6) Saṃkilesa
Sabbam bhikkhave saṃkilesadhammaṃ³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in B1-2, which add at the end saṅkhittam,
rather, it seems, with respect to the ollowing suttas,
although the same word be added to each of them
2 S1-3 add --pe--
3 B1-2 saṃkilesika-

[page 028]
28 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 39

SN_4,35(1).39 (7) Khaya
Sabbam bhikkhave khayadhammaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).40 (8) Vaya
Sabbam bhikkhave vayadhammaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).41 (9) Samudaya
Sabbam bhikkhave samudayadhammaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).42 (10) Nirodha
Sabbam bhikkhave nirodhadhammaṃ¹ || ||
Jātidhammavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānaṃ² || ||
Jāti Jarā Vyādhi Maraṇaṃ ||
Soko ca Saṅkileso ca³ ||
Khaya -- Vaya -- Samudayam⁴ ||
Nirodhadhammena te dasā ti || ||

CHAPTER V ANICCA-VAGGO PAÑCAMO
Sāvatthi || Tatra kho⁵ || ||

SN_4,35(1).43 (1) Aniccam
Sabbam bhikkhave aniccam⁶ || ||

SN_4,35(1).44 (2) Dukkham
Sabbam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).45 (3) Anattā
Sabbam bhikkhave anattā ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3, B1-2 adding only saṅkhittam as in
the preceding ones
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 Sankilesiyaṃ
4 S1-3 add dhammam to each of these three words
5 In B1-2 only
6 Complete in S1-3

[page 029]
XXXV. 52. 7] ANICCA-VAGGO PAÑCAMO 29

SN_4,35(1).46 (4) Abhiññeyyam
Sabbam bhikkhave abhiññeyyaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).47 (5) Pariññeyyam
Sabbam bhikkhave pariññeyyaṃ¹ || ||

SN_4,35(1).48 (6) Pahātabbam
Sabbam bhikkhave pahātabbaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).49 (7) Sacchikātabbam
Sabbam bhikkhave sacchikātabbaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).50 (8) Abhiññāpariññeyyam
Sabbam bhikkhave abhiññāpariññeyyaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).51 (9) Upaddutam
Sabbam bhikkhave upaddutaṃ || ||

SN_4,35(1).52 (10) Upassaṭṭhaṃ
2 Sabbam bhikkhave upassaṭṭhaṃ ||² Kiñca bhikkhave
upassaṭṭhaṃ || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave upassaṭṭham || || Rūpā upas-
saṭṭhā || || Cakkhuviññāṇam upassaṭṭhaṃ || || Cakkhu-
samphasso upassaṭṭho || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi upassaṭṭham || la ||
5 Jivhā upassāṭṭhā || || Rasā upassaṭṭhā || || Jivhāviññā-
ṇam upassaṭṭhaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso upassaṭṭho || || Yam
pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi upassaṭ-
ṭhaṃ || ||
6 Kāyo upassaṭṭho || ||
7 Mano upassaṭṭho || || Dhammā upassaṭṭhā || || Mano-
viññāṇam upassaṭṭhaṃ || || Manosamphasso upassaṭṭho || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted in S1
2 B1-2 upasaṭṭham always

[page 030]
30 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 52. 8
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
upassaṭṭhaṃ || ||
8 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati ||pe||¹ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Aniccavaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassa uddānam² || ||
Aniccaṃ Dukkham Anattā ||
Abhiññeyyaṃ Pariññeyyaṃ || ||
Pahātabbaṃ Sacchikātabbaṃ ||
Abhiññātam pariññeyyaṃ³ ||
Upaddutaṃ Upassaṭṭham⁴ ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti⁵ || ||
Saḷāyatanavagge Paññāsako pathamo⁶ || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Sutavaggam ca No cetam ||
Sabbam vaggaṃ Janānica⁷ ||
Aniccavaggena⁸ paññāsaṃ ||
Pañcamo tena pavuccatīti⁹ || ||
PAÑÑĀSAKO DUTIYO

CHAPTER I AVIJJĀ-VAGGO PATHAMO
Sāvatthi || la10 ||

SN_4,35(1).53 (1) Avijjā
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Much more complete in B1-2
2 B1-2 Tassuddānaṃ
3 S1-3 Abhiññeyyam, omitting pariññeyyam
4 B1-2 upasaṭṭhaṃ
5 B2 pavuccati; S1-3 vuccatīti
6 S1-3 have only Paṭhamo paññaso, all the rest is to be found
in B1-2 only
7 B1 janāniccaṃ
8 B1 -vaggo
9 B2 pavuccati
10 In B1-2 only

[page 031]
XXXV. 55. 9] AVIJJĀ-VAGGO PATHAMO 31
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kathan nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho¹ bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato avijjā
pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatīti || || Rūpe aniccato jānato passato
avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || Cakkhuviññāṇam || ||
Cakkhusamphassaṃ || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato
avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhaṃ || || Kāyaṃ || ||
9 Manam aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā
uppajjati || || Dhamme || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || || Manosam-
phassaṃ || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā ||
tam pi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppaj-
jati || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato avijjā pahiy-
yati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).54 (2) Samyojanā1
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato samyo-
janā² pahiyyantīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato
saṃyojanā pahiyyanti || || Rūpe || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || ||
Cakkhusamphassaṃ || || pe || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tampi aniccato jānato passato
saṃyojanā pahiyyanti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato saṃyojanā
pahiyyantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).55 (3) Samyojanā2
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato saṃyo-
janā samugghātam gacchantīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuṃ kho³ bhikkhu anattato jānato passato

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B2 -janāni always
3 In B1-3 only

[page 032]
32 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 55. 10
samyojanā samugghātaṃ gacchanti || || Rūpe anattato || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇam anattato || || Cakkhusamphassam anat-
tato || || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tam pi anattato jānato passato samyojanā samugghātaṃ
gacchanti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato saṃyojanā
samugghātam gacchantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).56-57 (4-5) Asavā1-2
3-10 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato
āsavā pahiyyantīti || la || ||
Āsavā samugghātaṃ gacchantīti || la¹ || ||

SN_4,35(1).58-59 (6-7) Anusayā1-2
3 Kathaṃ- -anusayā pahiyyantīti || la || || -anusayā
samugghātam gacchantīti || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhave anattato jānato passato
anusayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānaṃ || Jivhaṃ || Kāyaṃ ||
9 Manaṃ || || Dhamme || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || Mano-
samphassaṃ || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato anusayā
samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho² bhikkhu jānato evam passato anusayā
samugghāṭam gacchantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).60 (8) Pariññā
2 Sabbupādānapariññāya³ vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ
desissāmi taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariññāya
dhammo || ||
4 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evam-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Much more complete in S1-3 inserts here bhikkhave
3 S3 sabbupadānapariññeyyaṃ always

[page 033]
XXXV. 61. 9. ] AVIJJĀ-VAGGO PATHAMO 33
passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi
nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe pi
nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pariññātam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ ca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati || Ghānaṃ ca
paṭicca gandheca || Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || || Kāyaṃ ca
paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca || ||
9 Manam ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi
nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi
nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā¹ pariññātam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariññāya² dham-
moti || ||

SN_4,35(1).61 (9) Pariyādinnaṃ1
2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaṃ
desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya
dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati³ cakkhuviññā-
ṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim
pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe pi
nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ viraj-
jati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādā-
nanti pajānāti || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇam ||
la ||
9 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi
nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 vimokkha always
2 S3 pariññāta

[page 034]
34 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 61. 10
nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya¹
dhammoti || ||

SN_4,35(1).62 (10) Pariyādinnam2
2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammam
desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya
dhammo ||
4 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccam vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Rupā || la || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso || ||
Yam pidaṃ cakkhusampassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ-
-niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano || dhammā || manoviññāṇaṃ || manosam-
phasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -pariyādā; S3 -pariyādāna

[page 035]
XXXV. 63. 3] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 35
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || rūpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuviññāṇe
pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam
pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi
nibbindati || la || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi nibbindati ||
jivhāviññāṇe pi || jivhāsamphasse pi || || Yam pidam jivhāsam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati || la ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati || manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati ||
manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbin-
daṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttam
iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ
kataṃ karaṇīyam || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya
dhammoti || ||
Avijjāvaggo pathamo¹ || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Avijjā Samyojanā dve ||
Āsavena dve vuttā² ||
Anusayā apare dve³ ||
Pariññā dve Pariyādinnaṃ⁴ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti || ||

CHAPTER II MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO

SN_4,35(1).63 (1) Migajālena1
1 Sāvatthinidānam || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ekavihārī ekavihārīti bhante vuccati ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 chaṭṭho
2 S1-3 Āsavā apare dve
3 S1-3 Anusayena dve vuttā
4 S1-3 pariyādiṇṇena te dasāti (the rest missing)

[page 036]
36 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 68. 4
kittāvatā nu kho bhante ekavihārī hoti || kittāvatā ca pana
Sadutiyavihārī¹ hoti || ||
4 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam
abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti ||
nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiya-
vihārīti vuccati ||
5-6 || la ||
7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato || tassa tam
abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti ||
nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiya-
vihārīti vuccati || || la ||
9 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati
nandi || nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti sārāge sati saṃyogo hoti
nandisaṃyojanasaṃyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiya-
vihārīti vuccati || ||
10 Evaṃvihārīca Migajāla bhikkhu kiñcāpi araññe vana-
patthāni² pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevati appasaddāni
appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhaseyyakāni paṭi-
sallāṇasāruppāni || atha kho sadutiyavihārīti vuccati ||
11 Tam kissa hetu || || Taṇhā hissa dutiyā sāssa³
apahīnā || tasmā sadutiyavihārīti vuccati || ||
12-14 Santi ca kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā
kantāmanāpāpiyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhik-
khu nābhinandati nābhivadati nā⁴ ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa
tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato nandi
nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge asati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 saddutiya- always
2 B1 araññevanapattāni
3 B1 sāyam always
4 B1 omits na

[page 037]
XXXV. 64. 9] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 37
saṃyogo na hoti || nandisaṃyojanavisaṃyutto kho Migajāla
bhikkhu ekavihārīti vuccati || la ||
15-16 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la ||
17 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato
nandi nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge
asati saṃyogo na hoti || nandisaṃyojanavisaṃyutto kho
Migajāla bhikkhu ekavihārīti vuccati || ||
18 Evaṃvihārī ca Migajāla bhikkhu kiñcāpi gāmante
viharati ākiṇṇe¹ bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upā-
sikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ||
atha kho ekavihārīti vuccati || ||
19 Tam kissa hetu || || Taṇhā hissa dutiyā sāssa pahīnā
tasmā² ekavihārīti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).64 (2) Migajāla
2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃ-
khittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham dhammaṃ sutvā
eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4-6 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati
nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Migajālāti
vadāmi || la ||
7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la || ||
9 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 ākiṇno
2 S3 tassa

[page 038]
38 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 64. 10
nandi || nandisamudavā dukkhasamudayo Migājalāti
vadāmi || ||
10-12 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato
nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Migajālāti
vadāmi || ||
13-14 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāviññeyyā rasā iṭṭhā
kantā || pe ||
15 Santi kho Migajāla manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa taṃ anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato
nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Miga-
jālāti vadāmīti || ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavato bhāsitam
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
17 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto
ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kula-
puttā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad
anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā
jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīya nāparam
itthattāyāti abbhaññasi || ||
18 Aññataro va panāyasmā Migajālo arahataṃ ahosīti ||

SN_4,35(1).65 (3) Samiddhi (1)
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā || pa ||
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māroti vuccati || kittā-
vatā nu kho bhante {Māro} vā¹ assa² Mārapaññatti vā ti || ||
4 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi rūpā atthi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 B2 ayaṃ always

[page 039]
XXXV. 68. 9] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 39
cakkhuviññāṇam atthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā ||
atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā || ||
5-6 Atthi sotaṃ-¹ atthi ghānam-¹ ||
7-8 Atthi jivhā atthi rasā atthi jivhāviññāṇam atthi
jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā
Mārapaññatti vā || || Atthi kāyo || ||
9 Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manoviññāṇam atthi
manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā
Mārapaññatti vā || ||
10-12 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi
rūpā natthi cakkhuviññāṇaṃ natthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññā-
tabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā ||
la ||
13-14 Natthi jivhā natthi rasā natthi jivhāviññāṇaṃ
natthi jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha
Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā || la ||
15 Natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi manoviññāṇaṃ
natthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha
Māro vā Mārapaññatti vā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).66 (4) Samiddhi2
3-15 Satto satto ti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho
bhante satto vā assa sattapaññatti vā ti || la ||

SN_4,35(1).67 (5) Samiddhi3
3-15 Dukkhaṃ dukkhanti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā
nu kho bhante dukkhaṃ vā assa dukkhapaññatti vā ti ||
la ||

SN_4,35(1).68 (6) Samiddhi4
3 Loko lokoti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante
loko vā assa lokapaññatti vā ti || ||
4-9 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi rūpā
atthi cakkhuviññāṇam atthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā
dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā || || la || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2; missing in S1-3

[page 040]
40 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 68. 10
Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manoviññāṇaṃ atthi mano-
viññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā loka-
paññatti vā || ||
10-15 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi
rūpā natthi cakkhuviññāṇam natthi cakkhuviññāṇa-
viññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā loka-
paññatti vā || || la || || natthi jivhā natthi rasā || pe || natthi
mano natthi dhammā natthi manoviññāṇaṃ natthi mano-
viññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā loka-
paññatti vā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).69 (7) Upasena
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Upaseno Rājagahe viharanti sītavane sappasoṇḍikapab-
bhāre || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upasenassa kāye
āsīviso patito hoti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Upaseno bhikkhū āmantesi || || Etha
me āvuso imaṃ kāyam mañcakam āropetvā bahiddhā
nīharatha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhūsa¹-
muṭṭhīti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Upasenam
etad avoca || || Na kho pana mayam passāma āyasmato
Upasenassa kāyassa vā aññathattam indriyānaṃ vā vipari-
ṇāmaṃ || ||
5 Atha panāyasmā Upaseno evam āha || || Etha me
āvuso imaṃ kāyam mañcakam āropetvā bahiddhā nīha-
ratha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhūsa-
muṭṭhīti || ||
6 Yassa nuna āvuso Sāriputta evam assa Ahaṃ cak-
khunti Mama cakkhunti vā || la || Ahaṃ jivhā ti vā Mama
jivhāti vā || || Aham mano ti vā Mama manoti vā || tassa
āvuso Sariputta siyā kāyassa vā aññathattam indriyānaṃ
vā pariṇāmo || || Mayhañca kho āvuso Sāriputta na evaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B2; B1 bhusa- always; S1 bhūsa- here only; S3 hūsa-;
further on S1-3 husa or hūsa

[page 041]
XXXV. 70. 4] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 41
hoti || Ahaṃ cakkhunti vā Mama cakkhunti vā || la ||
Ahaṃ jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti va || || Ahaṃ manoti vā
Mama manoti vā || tassa mayham¹ āvuso Sāriputta kiṃ
kāyassa vā aññathattam bhavissati indriyānaṃ vā vipari-
ṇāmoti || ||
7 Tathā hi² panāyasmato Upasenassa dīgharattam
ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā ||³ tasmā
āyasmato Upasenassa na⁴ evaṃ hoti || Ahaṃ cakkhunti vā
Mama cakkhunti vā || || Ahaṃ jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti vā || ||
Aham mano ti vā Mama mano ti vā || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Upasenassa kāyam
mañcakam āropetvā bahiddhā nīhariṃsu || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmato Upasenassa kāyo tattheva vikiri⁵
seyyathāpi bhūsamuṭṭhī ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).70 (8) Upavāna
2 Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno⁶ yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sandiṭṭhiko dhammo sandiṭṭhiko
dhammoti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante sandiṭ-
ṭhiko dhammo ti || akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ
veditabbaṃ viññūhīti || ||
4 Idha pana Upavāṇa⁷ bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
rūpapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti {rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī} ca || santaṃ
ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam rūpesu rāgo
ti pajānāti || || Yantaṃ Upavāna bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ
disvā {rūpapaṭisaṃvedī} ca hoti {rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī} ca ||
santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam
rūpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko
dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ vedi-
tabbo viññūhīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 inserts ca kho
2 S3 inserts no
3 B1 -nusayo susamuhato
4 S3 omits na
5 B2 vikiriyati
6 B1 Upavāna; B2 Upavāṇa-o both always; S1-3 are wavering
7 S1-3 Idhupavāṇa

[page 042]
42 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA XXXV. 70. 5
5-6 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu || la ||
7-8 Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rasapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti
rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rasesu
rāgaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yan-
tam Upavāna bhikkhu jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā {rasapaṭisaṃ-
vedī} ca hoti rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ
rasesu rāgaṃ. Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgoti pajānāti ||
evam pi kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko
ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || la || ||
9 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ
viññāya dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammarāgapaṭi-
saṃvedī ca || santaṃ ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi
me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam
Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ viññāya dhamma-
paṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammarāgapaṭisaṃvedi ca || santaṃ
ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattaṃ dham-
mesu rāgoti pajānāti || evampi kho Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko
hoti || la || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
10 Idha panā Upavāna¹ bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
rūpapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho² hoti no ca rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī ||
asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ
rūpesu³ rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yan tam Upavāna Bhikkhu
cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rūpapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho hoti no ca
{rūparāgapaṭisaṃvedī} || asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgaṃ
Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rūpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho
Upavaṇa sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko
opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
11-14 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ ||
ghānena gandhaṃ || jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rasapaṭisaṃvedī
hi kho hoti no ca rasarāgapaṭisaṃvedī || asantaṃ ca ajjhat-
taṃ rasesu rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rasesu rāgoti
pajānāti || la ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Idhupavāṇa (S3 -na) as before
2 B1-3 ca instead of hi kho here only; B2 heva instead of hi,
always
3 S3 repeats two other times the words rāgaṃ natthi- -rūpesu

[page 043]
XXXV. 71. 9] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 43
15 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ
viññāya dhammapaṭisaṃvedī hi kho hoti || no ca dham-
marāgapaṭisaṃvedī || asantaṃ ca ajjhattam dhammesu
rāgaṃ Natthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgo ti pajā-
nāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ
viññāya {dhammapaṭisaṃvedī} hi kho hoti || no ca dhamma-
rāgapaṭisaṃvedī || asantaṃ ca ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgam
Natthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammesu rāgoti pajānāti || evaṃ kho
Upavāna sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hoti kāliko ehipassiko opa-
nayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).71 (9) Chaphassāyatanikā1
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyata-
nānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ
ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || avusitaṃ tena
brahmacariyaṃ ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiṃ¹ || ahañhi bhante
channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca
assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ nappa-
jānāmīti || ||
4-6 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi bhikkhu || || Cakkhum etam
mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassassī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netaṃ mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya sudiṭṭham bhavissati || esevanto duk-
khassa || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti
samanupassasi || || No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ bhavissati || esevanto duk-
khassa || la || ||
9 Manam- -esevanto dukkhassā ti² || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 anassassam always
2 9 is complete in B, missing in S1-3

[page 044]
44 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 72. 2

SN_4,35(1).72 (10) Chaphassayātanikā2
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave¹ bhikkhu channam phassāyata-
nānaṃ samudāyañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ
ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || avusitaṃ tena
brahmacariyam ārakā so² imasmā dhammavinayāti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiṃ || ahañhi bhante
channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañca
assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappa-
jānāmīti || ||
4-6 Taṃ kim maññasi bhikkhu Cakkhuṃ netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasīti || || Evam
bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtam
sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ bhavissati || evan te etaṃ
pathamam phassāyatanam pahīnam bhavissati āyatim
apunabbhavāya || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
samanupassasīti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya sudiṭṭham bhavissati || evante etam catut-
tham phassāyatanam pahīnam bhavissati āyatim apunab-
bhavāya || || pa || ||
9 Manaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti
samanupassasīti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Mano netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya sudiṭṭham bhavissati || evam te etaṃ
chaṭṭham phassāyatanam pahīnam bhavissati āyatim apu-
nabbhavāyāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).73 (11) Chaphassāyatanikā3
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāya-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Yo- bhikkhave is missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 ārakāvaso here and further on

[page 045]
XXXV. 78. 10] MIGAJĀLAVAGGO DUTIYO 45
tanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam nappajānāti || avusitam tena
brahmacariyam ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiṃ¹ || ahañhi bhante
channam phassayātanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca
assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappa-
jānāmīti || ||
4 Taṃ kim maññasi bhikkhu || cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No etam bhante || ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
9 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante
¹⁰ Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ
virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti
ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Migajālavaggo dutiyo² || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Migajālena dve vuttā ||
Cattāro ca Samiddhinā ||
Upaseno Upavāṇo³ ca ||
Chaphassāyatanikā tayo ti⁴ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anassātam --pe--; B1-2 add panassassaṃ
2 S1-3 sattamo
3 B1 upavāno
4 B1 tatiyo ti

[page 046]
46 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 74. 1

CHAPTER III GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO

SN_4,35(1).74 (1) Gilāna1
1 Sāvatthi nidānaṃ¹ || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Amukasmim bhante vihāre aññataro bhikkhu
navo appaññāto² ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || sādhu
bhante Bhagavā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anu-
kampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavā navakavādañca sutvā gilānavā-
dañca³ appaññāto bhikkhūti iti viditvā yena so bhikkhu
tenupasaṅkami || ||
5 Addasā kho so⁴ bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ dūrato va⁵
āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samañcopi⁶ || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || alam
āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samañcapi⁷ || santimāni āsanāni
paññattāni tatthāhaṃ nisīdissāmīti || Nisīdi Bhagavā pañ-
ñatte āsane || ||
7 Nisajja kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
Kacci⁸ te bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ || kacci yāpanīyaṃ ||⁹ kacci
dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no atikkamanti || patikammo-
sānam paññāyati no abhikkamoti || || Na me bhante kha-
manīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhik-
kamanti no paṭikkamanti || abhikkamosānam paññāyati no
paṭikkamoti || ||
8 Kacci te bhikkhu na kiñci kukkuccaṃ na koci vip-
paṭisāroti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaṃ kukkuccam¹⁰ anappako
vippaṭisāroti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 apaññāto always
3 S1-3 add sutvā
4 Omitted by S1 and B1
5 Missing in B1
6 B1-2 samadhosi always; B1 samidhosi here only
7 S1 samañcasi here only
8 B2 Kicci always
9 S1-3 ||pe || instead of kacci yā-
10 S1 anappakukkuccaṃ

[page 047]
XXXV. 75. 10] GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO 47
9 Kacci pana tvaṃ¹ attā sīlato na² upavadatīti || ||
No hetam bhante³ || ||
10 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu attā sīlato upavadati || atha
bhikkhu⁴ {kismiṃ} ca te kukkuccam ko ca⁴ vippaṭisāroti || ||
Na khvāham bhante sīlavisuddhattham Bhagavatā
dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmīti || ||
11 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sīlavisuddhattham mayā
dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi || atha kimatthaṃ carahi⁵ tvam
bhikkhu mayā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāsīti ||
Rāgavirāgatthaṃ khvāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ
desitam ājānāmīti || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || Sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu
rāgavirāgattham mayā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāsi || rāga-
virāgattho hi bhikkhu mayā dhammo desito || ||
13 Taṃ kim maññasi bhikkhu cakkhum niccaṃ aniccaṃ
vāti || Aniccam bhante || la || Sotaṃ || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ kallan
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi⁶ nibbindati || pe ||⁷ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano so bhikkhu Bhaga-
vato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇas-
miṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhuno virajaṃ vītamalaṃ
dhammacakkhum udapādi || || Yaṃ kiñci samudaya-
dhammaṃ sabbantaṃ nirodhadhammanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).75 (2) Gilāna2
1-10 [Exacky the same as in the preceding Sutta]

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 te always
2 Missing in B
3 S3 Nakho me bhante attā sīlato upavadatī ti
4 S3 omits bhikkhu and kho ca
5 S3 carasi always
6 In S1-3 only
7 More complete in B 1-2

[page 048]
48 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 75. 11
¹¹ No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sīlavisuddhattham mayā
dhammam desitam ājānāsi || atha kimatthaṃ carahi tvam
bhikkhu mayā dhammaṃ desitam ajānāsīti || ||
Anupādāparinibbāṇatthaṃ khvāham bhante Bhagavatā
dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmīti || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho pana¹ tvam bhik-
khu anupādāparinibbāṇattham mayā dhammaṃ desitam
ājānāsi || anupādāparinibbānattho hi bhikkhu mayā
dhammo desito || ||
13-14 [As in the preceding]
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || || Attamano² so bhikkhu
Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiñca pana veyyā-
karaṇasmim bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhussa³ anupādāya
āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).76 (3) Rādha1
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rādho || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhit-
tena dhammaṃ desetu || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavato dhammaṃ
sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamattako ātāpī pahitatto viharey-
yanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-7 Kiñca Rādha aniccaṃ || || Cakkhuṃ kho Rādha
aniccam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Rūpā aniccā || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇam || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidaṃ
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccam tatra
te chando pahatabbo || la || ||
8-9 Jivhā⁴ || Kāyo || ||
10 Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || dhammā ||
manoviññāṇaṃ || manosamphasso || Yampidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duk-
khaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ⁵ tatra
te chando pahātabbo ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 omits pana
2 S3 adds ca
3 Missing in S3
4 Complete in S1-3
5 S1 dukkhaṃ

[page 049]
XXXV. 79. 4] GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO 49
11 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo
ti¹ || ||

SN_4,35(1).77 (4) Rādha2
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-10 Kiñca Rādha dukkhaṃ || || Cakkhu kho Rādha duk-
khaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Rūpā || || Cakkhuviñ-
ñāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso || pe² || Yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ || tatra te
chando pahātabbo || ||
11 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātab-
boti || ||

SN_4,35(1).78 (5) Rādha3
4 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-9 Ko ca Rādha anattā || Cakkhuṃ kho Rādha anattā ||
tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Rūpā || || Cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidam cakkhusam-
phassapaccayā || la || ||
10 Mano anattā || || Dhammā || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || ||
Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tampi anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
11 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabboti || ||

SN_4,35(1).79 (6) Avijjā (1)
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho bhante eko dhammo yassa
pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
Atthi kho bhikkhu kho dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno
avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
4 Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhik-
khuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 11 is missing in S3
2 Less abridged in B1-2

[page 050]
50 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 79. 5
Avijjā kho bhikkhu eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno
avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||
5 Katham pana bhante jānato katham passato bhik-
khuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajatīti || ||
6 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato bhik-
khuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || || Rūpe || la || Yam-
pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccato
jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
7-11 Jivhā || Mano¹ || ||
12 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno
avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).80 (7) Avijjā2
1-5 [As in the preceding]
6 Idha bhikkhu² bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti Dhammā nālam
abhinivesāyāti || ||³ Evañce tam bhikkhu bhikkhuno sutaṃ
hoti Sabbe dhammā⁴ nālam abhinivesāyāti || so sabbam⁵
dhammam abhijānāti || sabbaṃ dhammam abhiññāya
sabbaṃ dhammam parijānāti⁶ || sabbaṃ dhammam pariñ-
ñāya sabbanimittāni aññato passati || cakkhum aññato pas-
sati || rūpe || cakkhuviññāṇam || cakkhusamphassaṃ || || pe || ||
yam pidaṃ mano samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ va || tam pi
aññato passati || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno
avijjā pahīyati vijjā uppajjatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).81 (8) Bhikkhu
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Jivhā and Mano are complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 bhikkhave
3 S3 inserts so here
4 S1 dhamma; S3 dhamme
5 S1-3 sabba always
6 This phrase is missing in S1-3

[page 051]
XXXV. 81. 11] GILĀNAVAGGO TATIYO 51
etad avocuṃ || || Idha no bhante aññatitthiyā paribbājakā
amhe evam pucchanti || Kim atthi yam āvuso Samane
Gotame¹ brahmacariyam vussatīti || || Evam puṭṭhā ma-
yam bhante tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam
vyākaroma || Dukkhassa kho āvuso pariññattham² Bhaga-
vati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || || Kacci mayam bhante
evam puṭṭhā evaṃ vyākaramānā vuttavādino ve³ Bhagavato
homa || na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkhāma ||
dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākaroma || na ca koci saha-
dhammiko vādānuvādo⁴ gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchatī ti⁵ || ||
4 Taggha tumhe bhikkhave evam puṭṭhā evaṃ vyākara-
mānā vuttavādino ceva me hotha || na ca mam abhūtena
abbhācikkhatha dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākarotha ||
na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānam
āgacchati || Dukkhassa hi bhikkhave pariññattham mayi
brahmacariyaṃ vussati || ||
5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam
puccheyyuṃ || Katamam pana tam āvuso dukkhaṃ yassa⁶
pariññāya Samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyam vussatīti || ||
Evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānaṃ
paribbājakānam evaṃ vyākareyyātha || ||
6-11 Cakkhuṃ kho āvuso dukkhaṃ || tassa pariññāya
Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || Rūpā || la || || Yam pi-
daṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjativedayitaṃ sukhaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ
tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati || || Mano
dukkho || la || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asu-
khaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhaṃ tassa pariññāya Bhagavati
brahmacariyaṃ vussati || ||⁷ Idaṃ kho tam āvuso duk-
khaṃ || tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyam
vussati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 Samano Gotamo
2 B1-2 pariññattam
3 S3 ce; B1-2 ceva
4 S1-3 vādānupāto always
5 S1-3 āgacchantīti
6 Missing in S3
7 S1-3 vussatīti; the rest of the paragraph is missing

[page 052]
52 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 81. 12
12 Evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyā-
nam paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyāthāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).82 (9) Loko
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || la || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || || Kittāvatā
nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatīti || ||
Lujjatīti kho bhikkhu tasmā loko ti vuccati || || Kiñca
lujjati || ||
4-9 Cakkhu kho¹ bhikkhu¹ lujjati || || Rūpā lujjanti || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ lujjati || || Cakkhusamphasso lujjati || pe || ||
Yam pidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
lujjati || ||
10 Lujjatīti kho bhikkhu tasmā lokoti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).83 (10) Phagguno
2 Atha kho āyasmā Phagguno || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Phagguno Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
4-6 Atthi nu kho bhante taṃ² cakkhuṃ yena cakkhu-
nā atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume
pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe³ sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno
paññāpeyya || la || ||
7-8 Atthi nu kho bhante sā jivhā yāya jivhāya atīte
buddhe parinibbute || la || paññāpeyya || la || ||
9 Atthi nu kho bhante mano || yena manena atīte buddhe
parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe
sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno paññāpeyyāti || ||
10-12 Natthi kho tam Phagguna cakkhuṃ yena cak-
khunā atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinna-
vaṭume pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpa-
yamāno paññāpeyya || la || ||
13-14 Natthi kho sā Phagguna jivhā yāya jivhāya atīte
buddhe parinibbute || pe || paññāpeyya || la || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1 -ādinnavatte

[page 053]
XXXV. 84. 11] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 53
15 Natthi kho so Phagguna mano yena manena atīte
buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyā-
diṇṇavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte paññāpayamāno paññā-
peyyāti || ||
Gilānavaggo tatiyo¹ ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Gilānena dve vuttā || Rādhena apare tayo ||
Avijjāya² ca dve vuttā || Bhikkhu Loko Phagguno ti || ||

CHAPTER IV CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO

SN_4,35(1).84 (1) Paloka
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā
nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatī ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho Ānanda palokadhammam ayaṃ vuccati
ariyassa vinaye loko || || Kiñca Ānanda palokadhammaṃ || ||
5-7 Cakkhuṃ kho Ānanda palokadhammaṃ || || Rūpā
palokadhammā || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ palokadhammaṃ || ||
Cakkhusamphasso palokadhammo || || Yampidaṃ cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā || la || tam pidam palokadhammam || || la ||
8-9 Jivhā palokadhammā || || Rasā palokadhammā || ||
Jivhāviññāṇam palokadhammaṃ || Jivhāsamphasso palo-
kadhammo || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā || la || ||
10 Mano palokadhammo || || Dhammā palokadhammā || ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ palokadhammaṃ || || Manosamphasso pa-
lokadhammo || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi palokadhammaṃ || ||
11 Yaṃ kho Ānanda palokadhammam ayaṃ vuccati
ariyassa vinaye lokoti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 aṭṭhamo
2 S1-3 avijjāyā

[page 054]
54 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 85. 2

SN_4,35(1).85 (2) Suñña
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando || la || Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Suñño loko suñño loko ti bhante vuccati || Kittā-
vatā nu kho bhante suñño loko¹ ti vuccati || ||
4 Yasmā ca kho Ānanda suññam attena vā attaniyena
vā || tasmā Suñño loko ti vuccati || || Kiñca Ānanda suññam
attena vā attaniyena vā || ||
5-10 Cakkhuṃ kho Ānanda suññaṃ attena vā attani-
yena vā || || Rūpā suññā attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cak-
khuviññāṇaṃ suññam attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cak-
khusamphasso suñño attena vā attaniyena vā || pe || ||
Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
suññam attena vā attaniyena vā || ||
11 Yasmā ca kho Ānanda suññam attena va attaniyena
vā || tasmā Suñño loko ti vuccatī ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).86 (3) Saṅkhitta
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando || la || Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃ-
khittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ
sutvā² eko vupakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharey-
yan ti || ||
4-6 Taṃ kim maññasi Ānanda || || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan
nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Aniccā bhante || || pe || ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || pe ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedāyitaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 omits loko
2 S3 has desetvā instead of sutvā and repeats yam ahamo -desetvā

[page 055]
XXXV. 87. 4] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 55
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallan
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
7-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || Aniccā bhante || || la ||
Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇamadhammaṃ kallan
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passam Ānanda sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || la || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati ||
pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā
vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā
jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).87 (4) Channa
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā
ca Mahā-Cundo āyasmā ca Channo Gijjhakūṭe pabbate
viharanti || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Channo ābādhiko
hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayam paṭi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 056]
56 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 87. 5
sallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Cundo tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Cundam etad avoca || ||
Āyāmāvuso¹ Cunda yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaṅkamis-
sāma gilānapucchakā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmato
Sāriputtassa paccassosi || ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo
yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Nisajja kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaṃ Channam
etad avoca || || Kacci te āvuso Channa khamanīyaṃ kacci
yāpanīyaṃ kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no abhikka-
manti || patikkamo sānam paññāyati no abhikkamo ti || ||
7 Na me āvuso Sāriputta khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ ||
bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti ||
abhikkhamo sānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
8 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena²
muddhānam³ abhimattheyya⁴ || evam eva kho āvuso
adhimattā vātā muddhānam upahananti⁵ || || Na me āvuso
khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyam || pe || no paṭikkamo ti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso daḷhena varatta-
khaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṃ⁶ dadeyya || evam eva kho āvuso
adhimattā me⁷ sīse vedanā⁸ || || Na me āvuso khamanī-
yaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || pe || no patikkamo ti⁹ || ||
10 Seyyathāpi āvuso dakkho goghātako vā goghātakan-
tevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṃ parikanteyya¹⁰ ||
evam eva kho me¹¹ āvuso adhimattā vātā kucchim pari-
kantanti¹² || || Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ || pe || no paṭik-
kamo ti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi avuso dve balavanto¹³ purisā dubbala-
taram purisaṃ nānābāhāsu gāhetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ayamā-
2 B1 pi khaggena
3 B1-2 muddhani
4 B1 S3 abhimatteyya
5 B1-2 uhananti
6 B1 -vedham; B2 -gevaṃ
7 B1 vātā
8 B1-2 sīsavedanā
9 B1-2 omit ti
10 B2 Oteyyuṃ
11 In B2 only
12 B2 -kantenti
13 S1-3 balavante

[page 057]
XXXV. 87. 15] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 57
peyyuṃ samparitāpeyyuṃ¹ || evam eva kho me² āvuso
adhimatto kāyasmiṃ dāho³ || || Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ
na yāpanīyaṃ || bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti na
paṭikkamanti || abhikkamo sānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo
ti⁴ || ||
12 Sattham āvuso Sāriputta āharissāmi nāvakaṅkhāmi
jīvitunti || ||
13 Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi⁵ || || yāpetāyasmā
Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaṃ Channaṃ icchā-
ma⁶ || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi sappāyāni
bhojanāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni bhoja-
nāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi
sappāyāni bhesajjāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni
bhesajjāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa
natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā || aham āyasmantaṃ Channam
upaṭṭhahissāmi || || Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi ||
yāpetāyasmā Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaṃ
Channam icchāmā ti || ||
14 Na me⁷ āvuso Sāriputta natthi sappāyāni bhojana-
nāni atthi me sappāyāni bhojanāni || na pi me natthi⁸
sappāyāni bhesajjāni⁹ atthi me sappāyāni bhesajjāni⁹ ||
na pi me natthi patirūpā upaṭṭhākā atthi me patirūpā
upaṭṭhākā || || Api ca me āvuso satthā pariciṇṇo dīgharattaṃ
manāpeneva no amanāpena || etaṃ hi āvuso sāvakassa
patirūpaṃ || || Yam satthāram paricareyya manāpeneva no
amanāpena tam¹⁰ anupavajjam Channo bhikkhu sattham
āharissatīti evam etam āvuso Sāriputta dhārehī ti || ||
15 Puccheyyāma mayam āyasmantam Channam¹¹ kiñcid
eva desaṃ sace āyasmā Channo okāsam karoti pañhassa
veyyākaraṇāyā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1
2 In B2 only
3 S1-3 ḍāho
4 B1 omits ti
5 B1-2 āharasi always; B2 omits sattham here
6 B1 icchāmmāti
7 S1-3 Ime instead of Na me
8 S1-3 repeat atthi me sappāyāni bhojānāni (S1 omitting me)
9 S1-3 bhojanāni
10 Missing in S1-3
11 Missing in S1-3

[page 058]
58 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 87. 16
Pucchāvuso Sāriputta sutvā vedissāmāti¹ || ||
16 Cakkhum āvuso Channa cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhu-
viññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti samanupassasi || Sotam || Ghānam || || Jivham²
āvuso Channa jivhāviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaviññātabbe
dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanu-
passasi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Channa manoviñ-
ñāṇam manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso
ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasīti || ||
17 Cakkhum āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhu-
viññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi
na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Sotam || Ghānam || Jivham
āvuso Sāriputta jivhāviññāṇam jivhāviññāṇa viññātabbe
dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
samanupassāmi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Sāriputta mano-
viññāṇam manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmī ti || ||
18 Cakkhusmim āvuso Channa cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhu-
viññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṃ disvā kim abhiññāya
cakkhuṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe-
dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti sama-
nupassasi || Sotasmim || Ghānasmim || Jivhāya āvuso Channa
jivhaviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṃ disvā kim abhiñ-
ñāya jivhaṃ jivhāviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññātabbe dhamme
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanu-
passasi || Kāyasmim āvuso || Manasmim āvuso Channa
manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṃ
disvā kim abhiññāya manam manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇa-
viññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi nameso
attāti samanupassasī ti || ||
19 Cakkhusmim āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuviññāṇe cakkhu-
viññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodham disvā nirodham
abhiññāya cakkhu cakkhuviññāṇam cakkhuviññāṇaviññā-
tabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti samanupassāmi || Sotasmiṃ || Ghānasmiṃ || Jivhāya
āvuso Sāriputta jivhāviññāṇe jivhāviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 vedissāmīti; S3 desissāmāti
2 S1-3 jivhā

[page 059]
XXXV. 87. 26] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 59
viññātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti samanupassāmi || Kāyasmim || Manasmim āvuso
Sāriputta manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dham-
mesu nirodhaṃ disvā nirodham abhiññāya manam mano-
viññāṇam manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmīti || ||
20 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmantaṃ Chan-
nam etad avoca || || Tasmā ti ha āvuso Channa idam pi
tassa Bhagavato sāsanam niccakappaṃ sādhukam manasi
kātabbaṃ || || Nissitassa calitam anissitassa calitaṃ¹
natthi || calite asati passaddhi hoti || passaddhiyā sati nati
na hoti || natiyā asati agatigati² na hoti || agatigatiyā³ asati
cutupapāto na hoti || cutupapāte⁴ asati nevidha na huraṃ
na ubhayam antarena esevānto dukkhassāti || ||
21 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo
āyasmantaṃ Channam iminā ovādena ovāditvā uṭṭhāyasanā
pakkamiṃsu || ||
22 Atha kho āyasmā Channo acirapakkantesu tesu āyas-
mantesu sattham āharesi || ||
23 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
24 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Āyasmatā bhante Channena sattham
āharitaṃ || tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || ||
Nanu te Sāriputta Channena bhikkhunā sammukhā yeva
anupavajjatā vyākatā ti || ||
25 Atthi bhante Pubbavijjhanam⁵ nāma Vajjigāmo ||
tatthāyasmato Channassa mittakulāni suhajjakulāni upavaj-
jakulānīti || ||
26 Honti hete Sāriputta Channassa bhikkhuno mittaku-
lāni⁶ suhajjakulāni upavajjakulāni || na kho panāham Sāri-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 omits ani- calitaṃ
2 B1-2 āgati-
3 S1-3 -gatiṃ
4 S1-3 cutūppā te: cutūppātona hoti is missing in S1
5 S1-3 pubbaviciraṃ
6 S3 omits Channassa bhikkhuno mitta; S1 Channasa only

[page 060]
60 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 88. 2
putta ettāvatā Sa-upavajjo¹ ti vadāmi || || Yo kho Sāriputta
tañ ca kāyaṃ nikkhipati aññañca kāyam upādiyati || tam
ahaṃ Sa-upavajjo ti vadāmi || tam Channassa bhikkhuno
natthi || || Anupavajjaṃ Channena bhikkhunā sattham
āharitanti evam etam Sāriputta dhārehīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).88 (5) Puṇṇa
2 Atha kho āyasmā Puṇṇo³ yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Puṇṇo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhittena
dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā
eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Santi kho Puṇṇā cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa tam abhi-
nandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puṇṇāti vadāmi || ||
Santi kho Puṇṇa sotaviññeyyā saddā || || Ghānaviññeyyā
gandhā || || Jivhāviññeyyā rasā || || Kāyaviññeyyā phoṭ-
ṭhabbā || || Santi kho Puṇṇa manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati
nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puṇṇāti vadāmi ||
5 Santi ca kho Puṇṇa cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhita rajanīyā || tañce³ bhikkhu
nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya⁴ tiṭṭhati || tassa tam
anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato⁵ niruj-
jhati nandi⁶ || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puṇṇāti vadāmi ||
pe || || Santi kho Puṇṇa manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañce

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sā
2 S3 Punno here only
3 S1-3 tañca
4 S1-3 na ajjhosāya
5 S3 inserts here nnandīnirujjhāsāya tiṭṭhato
6 S1-3 have nandī nirujjhati here and further on

[page 061]
XXXV. 88. 9] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 61
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato
nirujjhati nandi || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puṇṇāti
vadāmi || ||
6 Iminā tvam Puṇṇa mayā saṅkhittena ovādena ovādito
katamasmiṃ janapade viharissasīti || ||
Atthi¹ bhante Sunāparanto² nāma janapado tatthāham
viharissāmīti || ||
7 Caṇḍā kho Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā pharusā
kho Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā || sace tvam³ Puṇṇa
Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti tatra
te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatī ti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti
paribhāsissanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā
vatime⁴ Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunā-
parantakā manussā || yam maṃ nayime pāṇinā pahāraṃ
dentīti || evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata
bhavissatīti || ||
8 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā pāṇinā
pahāram dassanti tatra pana⁵ te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatī-
ti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā pāṇinā pahā-
raṃ dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime
Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparan-
takā manussā || yam maṃ na yime leḍḍunā pahāraṃ
dentīti || Evam ettha bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatī ti || ||
9 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā leḍḍunā
pahāraṃ dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā leḍḍunā
pahāraṃ dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā
vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunā-
parantakā manussā || Yam maṃ na yime daṇḍena pahāraṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 inserts me
2 S1-3 waver between Sunā-, Sūnā-, Suṇā-, Sūṇā-
3 B1 yaṃtaṃ
4 S3 vative; S1 vatikāme
5 Missing in S1-3

[page 062]
62 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 88. 10
dentīti || Evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
10 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā daṇḍena
pahāram dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā daṇḍena
pahāram dassanti¹ tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā
vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunā-
parantakā manussā || yam maṃ na yime satthena pahāraṃ
dentīti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata
bhavissatīti || ||
11 Sace pana te Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā satthena pahāraṃ
dassanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa Kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakāmanussāsatthena pahāraṃ
dassanti² tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime
Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparan-
takā manussā || yam maṃ na yime tiṇhena³ satthena jīvitā
voropentīti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
12 Sace pana tvam⁴ Puṇṇa Sunāparantakā manussā
tiṇhena satthena jīvitā⁵ voropessanti tatra pana te Puṇṇa
kinti bhavissatīti || ||
Sace mam⁶ bhante Sunāparantakā manussā tiṇhena
satthena jīvitā voropessanti tatra me evam bhavissati ||
Santi kho tassa⁷ Bhagavato sāvakā kāyena ca jīvitena
ca aṭṭhiyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakam
pariyesanti || tam me idaṃ apariyiṭṭhaññeva⁸ satthahāra-
kam laddhanti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatīti || ||
13 Sādhu sādhu Puṇṇa sakkhasi⁹ kho tvam iminā
damūpasamena samannāgato Sunāparantakasmiṃ jana-
pade vatthuṃ || yassadāni tvam Puṇṇa kālam maññasīti || ||
14 Atha kho āyasmā Puṇṇo Bhagavato vacanam abhi-
nanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivāde-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 dassenti here and further on
2 S3 has dassenti here only
3 Missing in B1
4 B1-2 te
5 S3 inserts na here
6 B1-2 me
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1-3 aparoyiṭṭhaṃ mamevā (or vaceva? in S1)
9 B1-3 sakkhissasi

[page 063]
XXXV. 89. 8] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 63
tvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīva-
ram ādāya yena Sunāparanto janapado || tena cārikam
pakkāmi || || Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sunā-
paranto janapado tad avasari || tatra sudam āyasmā Puṇṇo
Sunāparantasmiṃ janapade viharati || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Puṇṇo teneva antaravassena pañca-
mattāni upāsakasatāni paṭipādesi ||¹ teneva antaravassena²
tisso vijjā sacchākāsi || teneva anataravassena parinibbāyi || ||
16 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || pe || ||
17 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Yo³ so bhante Puṇṇo nāma kulaputto
Bhagavatā saṃkhittena ovādena ovādito so kālaṃ kato ||
tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || ||
Paṇḍito bhikkhave Puṇṇo kulaputto ahosi || paccapādi⁴
dhammassa cānudhammam⁵ na ca maṃ⁶ dhammādhika-
raṇaṃ vihesesi || || Parinibbuto bhikkhave Puṇṇo kulaputto-
ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).89 (6) Bāhiyo
2 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || la || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅ-
khittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato
dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pāhi-
tatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4-8 Taṃ kim maññasi Bāhiya cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukkaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S3; S1 paṭipaddṭsi; B1 paṭivedesi; B2 paṭidesesi
2 S1 inserts vata
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1 saccavādī
5 S1-3 dhammassānudhammaṃ
6 S1 na pi
7 B2 Bāhīriyo-a always

[page 064]
64 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [(XXXV. 89. 9
No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante
Cakkhuviññāṇam || || Cakkhusamphasso || la || ||
9 Yam idam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayi-
taṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukham vā || tam
pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ kallan
nu tam anupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passaṃ Bāhiya¹ sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi || rūpesu pi || cakkhuviññāṇe pi || cakkhusam-
phasse pi || pe || yampidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukkhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim pī vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ
hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ kara-
ṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhi-
nanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivā-
detvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
12 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo eko vupakaṭṭho appamatto
ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kula-
puttā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti ||
tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme
sayam abhiññāya sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi² || ||
Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ
nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
13 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Bāhiyo arahataṃ ahosīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).90 (7) Eja1
2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaṇḍo ejā sallaṃ || tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 Bāhīra here only
2 B1-2 viharati

[page 065]
XXXV. 90. 11] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 65
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu ce pi ākaṅkheyya
anejo vihareyya vītasalloti ||
4 Cakkhuṃ na maññeyya cakkhusmiṃ na maññeyya
cakkhuto na maññeyya Cakkhu me ti na maññeyya || ||
Rūpe na maññeyya || rūpesu na maññeyya || rūpato na
maññeyya || Rūpā me ati na maññeyya || || Cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ na maññeyya cakkhuviññāṇasmiṃ na maññeyya
cakkhuviññāṇato na maññeyya Cakkhuviññāṇam me ti
na maññeyya || || Cakkhusamphassaṃ na maññeyya cak-
khusamphassasmiṃ na maññeyya cakkhusamphassato
na maññeyya Cakkhusamphasso me ti na maññeyya || ||
Yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na mañ-
ñeyya Tam me ti na maññeyya || ||
5-6 Sotaṃ na maññeyya || || Ghānaṃ na maññeyya || ||
7 Jivhaṃ na maññeya || Jivhā na maññeyya || Jivhāto
na maññeyya || Jivhā me ti na maññeyya || || Rase na
maññeyya || pe || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ na maññeyya || Jivhā-
samphassaṃ na maññeyya || || Yampidaṃ jivhāsamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na maññeyya tasmim
pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na
maññeyya || ||
8 Kāyaṃ na maññeyya || ||
9 Manaṃ na maññeyya manasmiṃ na maññeya manato
na maññeyya Mano me ti na maññeyya || || Dhamme
na maññeyya || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphassaṃ || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati || vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi
na maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na mañ-
ñeyya tam me ti na maññeyya || ||
10 Sabbaṃ na maññeyya || sabbasmiṃ na maññeyya ||
sabbato na maññeyya || Sabbam me ti na maññeyya || ||
11 So evam amaññamāno¹ na kiñci pi² loke upādiyati ||
anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 namaññmāno
2 Missing in B1-2

[page 066]
66 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 91. 2
parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).91 (8) Eja2
2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaṇḍo ejā sallaṃ || tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vītasallo || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu¹ ākaṅkheyya anejo
vihareyya vītasallo ti || ||
4-6 Cakkhuṃ na maññeyya || cakkhusmiṃ na maññeyya
cakkhuto na maññeyya || Cakkhu me ti na maññeyya || ||
Rūpe na maññeyya || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || || Cakkhusam-
phassaṃ || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ
vā || tam pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya Tam me ti
na maññeyya || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati yasmim
maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati || tato taṃ hoti
aññathā || aññathābhāvī bhavasatto² loko bhavam evābhi-
nandati || pe ||
7-8 Jivhaṃ na maññeyya jivhāya na maññeyya jivhato
na maññeyya Jivhā me ti na maññeyya || || Rase na mañ-
ñati || || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāsamphassaṃ || || Yam
pidaṃ jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ su-
khaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na
maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya
Tam me ti na maññeyya || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati
yasmiṃ maññati yato maññati yam Me ti maññati || tato
taṃ hoti aññathā aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam
evābhinandati || pe || ||
9 Manaṃ na maññeyya manasmiṃ na maññeyya
manato na maññeyya Mano me ti na maññeyya || ||
Dhamme || || Manoviññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphassaṃ || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na
maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya Tam me ti na mañ-
ñeyya || || Yaṃ hi bhikkhave maññati tasmim maññati ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert ce pi
2 B2 vibhava- always

[page 067]
XXXV. 93. 3] CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 67
yato maññati yam Me ti maññati tato taṃ hoti aññathā ||
aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhā dhātu āyatanā ||¹ tam pi na
maññeyya tasmim pi na maññeyya tato pi na maññeyya
Tam me ti na maññeyya || so evam amaññamāno na kiñci
loko upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ
paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti
pajanātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).92 (9) Dvayam1
2 Dvayaṃ vo bhikkhave desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
Kiñci bhikkhave dvayaṃ || ||
3 Cakkhuñca rūpā² ca || Sotañceva saddā³ ca || Ghānañ-
ceva gandhā⁴ ca || Jivhā ca rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā⁵
ca || Mano⁶ ca dhammā⁷ ca || || Idaṃ vuccati⁸ bhikkhave
dvayaṃ || ||
4 Yo⁹ bhikkhave evaṃ vadeyya Aham etaṃ dvayam
paccakkhāya aññaṃ¹⁰ dvayam paññāpessāmīti || tassa vācā-
vatthukam¹¹ evassa puṭṭho ca na sampāyeyya¹² || uttariñca
vighātam āpajjeyya || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || yathā tam bhikkhave avisayas-
minti¹³ || ||

SN_4,35(1).93 (10) Dvayam2
2 Dvayam bhikkhave paṭicca viññāṇaṃ sambhoti || ||
Kathañca bhikkhave dvayam paṭicca viññāṇaṃ sam-
bhoti || ||
3 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ¹⁴ || || Cakkhu aniccam vipariṇāmi¹⁵ aññathābhāvi ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B 1-2 khandha-; B2 -āyatanaṃ
2 S1-3 rūpañ
3 S1-3 saddaṅ
4 S1 gandho; S3 gandhañ
5 S1-3 poṭṭhabbo
6 S3 manañ; omitted with ca by S1
7 S3 dhamme
8 S3 vo
9 S1 vo; S3 ve
10 S1-3 añña
11 So B1 (okap); B2 -vatthud; S1-3 vatthur
12 S1 samphāyeyya; B2 sampāseyya
13 S1 assasāminti
14 S3 adds aviññānaṃ
15 S1-3 -ṇāmaṃ; B1 has only vipari

[page 068]
68 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 93. 4
rūpā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino Itthetaṃ
dvayaṃ calañceva¹ vyayañca² aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi añña-
thābhāvi || cakkhuviññāṇam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathā-
bhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhuviññāṇassa
uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī
aññathābhāvī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam
paṭicca uppannaṃ³ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || kuto niccam
bhavissati || || Yā⁴ kho bhikkhave imesam tiṇṇam dhammā-
naṃ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave⁵
cakkhusamphasso || cakkhusamphasso pi anicco vipariṇāmī
aññathābhāvī || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhusamphas-
sassa uppādāya so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī
aññathābhavī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam
paṭicca uppanno cakkhusamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati ||
Phuṭṭho⁶ bhikkhave vedeti phuṭṭho ceteti phuṭṭho
sañjānāti || itthete pi⁷ dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca aniccā
vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
4 Sotañ ca paticca saddecuppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ || pe || ||
5 Ghānañca paṭicca gandhe cuppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṃ ||
pe || ||
6 Jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇam ||
jivhā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || rasā aniccā vipari-
ṇāmino aññathābhāvino || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ calañceva
vyayañceva aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || jivhāviññā-
ṇam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo
paccayo jivhāviññāṇassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo
anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || aniccaṃ kho pana bhik-
khave paṭicca uppannaṃ jivhāviññānaṃ kuto niccam
bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesam tiṇṇaṃ dhammā-
naṃ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaṃ vuccati jivhāsam-
phasso || jivhāphasso pi anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābāvī || ||
Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhasamphassassa uppādāya || so
pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 calamevaca
2 B1-2 vyadha; S3 vyāya, almost always
3 S1-3 samuppannaṃ
4 B1 yo always
5 Missing in B1-2
6 So; B1-3 puṭṭho always
7 Missing in S1-3

[page 069]
XXXV. 93. 9) CHANNAVAGGO CUTUTTHO 69
aniccam¹ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppanno
jivhāsamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || || Phuṭṭho bhikkhave
vedeti phuṭṭho ceteti phuṭṭho sañjānāti || iṭṭhete pi dhammā
calā ceva vyayā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
7 Kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe cuppajjati kāyaviññā-
ṇaṃ || ||
8 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇam ||
mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || dhammā aniccā
vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ calañceva
vyayañca aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || manoviññā-
ṇam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvī || || Yo pi hetu yo
pi paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi
paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || aniccaṃ kho
pana bhikkhave paccayam paṭicca uppannam manoviññā-
ṇaṃ kuto niccaṃ bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesaṃ
tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaṃ
vuccati manosamphasso || mano samphasso pi anicco vipa-
riṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Yo pi hetu yo pi accayo mano-
samphassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco
vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Aniccaṃ kho pana bhikkhave
paccayam paṭicca uppanno manosamphasso kuto nicco
bhavissati || || Phuṭṭho bhikkhave vedeti phuṭṭho ceteti
phuṭṭho sañjānāti || itthete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca
aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || ||
9 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dvayam paṭicca viññāṇam sam-
bhotīti || ||
Channavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Paloka² Suñño³ Saṃkhittam⁴ ||
Channo⁵ Puṇṇo ca Bāhiyo⁶ || ||
Ejeneva⁷ ca dve vuttā⁸ ||
Dvayehi apare dve ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anicco
2 B2 saloka
3 B1-2 Suññā
4 S1-3 saṃkhitte
5 S3 chaṇṇo
6 Bāhīyo
7 S3 ejaṇa
8 S1-3 vuttaṃ

[page 070]
70 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA (XXXV. 94. 2

CHAPTER V SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO

SN_4,35(1).94 (1) Saṃgayha1
2 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā adantā aguttā arak-
khitā asaṃvutā dukkhādhivāhā¹ honti || || Katame cha || ||
3-5 Cakkhuṃ bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam agut-
tam arakkhitam asaṃvutaṃ dukkhādhivāhaṃ hoti || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam
arakkhitam asaṃvutam dukkhādhivāhaṃ hoti || la || ||
8 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam
arakkhitam asaṃvutam dukkhādhivāhaṃ hoti || ||
9 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā adantā aguttā
arakkhitā asaṃvutā dukkhādhivāhā honti || ||
10 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā
surakkhitā susaṃvutā sukhādhivāhā honti || || Katame cha || ||
11-13 Cakkhuṃ bhikkhave phassāyatanaṃ sudantaṃ
suguttaṃ surakkhitaṃ susaṃvutaṃ sukhādhivāhaṃ hoti ||
la || ||
14-15 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanaṃ sudantaṃ sugut-
taṃ surakkhitaṃ susaṃvutaṃ sukhādhivāhaṃ hoti || la || ||
16 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanaṃ sudantaṃ suguttaṃ
surakkhitaṃ susaṃvutaṃ sukhādhivāhaṃ hoti || ||
17 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā
surakkhitā susaṃvutā sukhādhivāhā² hontīti || ||
18 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe || etad avoca satthā || ||
Chaḷeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo ||
asaṃvuto yattha dukkhahaṃ³ nigacchati ||
tesañ ca ye {saṃvaraṇam} avediṃsu⁴ ||
saddhādutiyā viharantānavassutā ||¹ ||
Disvāna rūpāni manoramāni⁵ ||
atho pi disvā amanoramāni⁵ ||
manorame rāgapathaṃ⁶ vinodaye ||
nacappiyam⁷ me ti manaṃ padosaye ||² ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -vahā, vahaṃ always
2 B1 -ādhigarā
3 B2 sukhaṃ
4 B1 avedisuṃ; B2 avediṃsuṃ
5 S1-3 manopamāni
6 S1-3 -pathā
7 S1-3 nacāppiyam here and further on

[page 071]
XXXV. 94. 18] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 71
Saddañca sutvā dutiyam¹ piyāppiyaṃ ||
piyamhi sadde na samucchito² siyā ||
athappiye³ dosagataṃ vinodaye ||
na cappiyam me ti manam padosaye ||³ ||
Gandhañca ghātvā⁴ surabhim⁵ manoramaṃ ||
atho pi ghātvā asucim akantiyaṃ ||
akantiyasmim paṭighaṃ vinodaye ||
Chandānunīto⁶ na ca kantiye siyā ||⁴ ||
Rasañ ca bhotvā sāditañ ca sāduñ ca⁷ ||
atho pi bhotvāna asādum ekadā ||
sāduṃ rasaṃ⁸ nājjhosāya bhuñjati⁹ ||
Virodhaṃ asādūsu¹⁰ no padaṃ saye ||⁵ ||
Phassena phuṭṭho¹¹ na sukhena majje¹² ||
dukkhena phuṭṭho pi na sampavedhe¹³ ||
phassadvayaṃ sukhadukkhe upekho¹⁴ ||
anānuruddho aviruddha kenaci ||⁶ ||
Papañcasaññā itarītarā narā ||
papañcayantā upayanti saññino ||
manomayam gehasitañca sabbaṃ ||
panujja nekkhammasitam¹⁵ irīyati¹⁶ ||⁷ ||
Evam mano chassu yadā subhāvito¹⁷ ||
phuṭṭhassa¹⁸ cittaṃ na vikampate¹⁹ kvaci ||
te rāgadose²⁰ abhibhuyya bhikkhavo ||
bhavattha²¹ jātimaraṇassa pāragā ti ||⁸ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dihayaṃ
2 S3 pamucchito; B2 sumuñcito
3 B1-2 sthopiye
4 B1-2 ghatvā
5 S1 surati
6 B1 chandānito; B2 channāduniko
7 S1-3 bhuñca
8 S1-3 sārasaṃ -mittong duṃ
9 S1-3 bhuñje
10 S3 asādhusū; B2 āyādūsu; B1 āsāduma
11 B2 phuṭṭhe
12 S3 majjhena
13 B1-2 -vadhi
14 B1-2 upekkhe
15 B2 nikkhamma-; S1-3 -sitaṃhi
16 B2 iriyati; S1-3 iriyatīti
17 S1-3 subhāvitā
18 S3 phuṭṭhassu
19 S1 vikampite; S3 vikampaṇe
20 S1-3 rāgadosaṃ; B1-3 add hi
21 So B1; B2 bhavata; S1-3 bhavā

[page 072]
72 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 2

SN_4,35(1).95 (2) Saṃgayha2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto¹ yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṃkhit-
tena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ
sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpi pahitatto viharey-
yanti || ||
4 Ettha dāni Mālukyaputta kiṃ dahare bhikkhū vak-
khāma || yatrahi nāma tvam bhikkhu jiṇṇo vuddho mahal-
lako addhagato vayo anuppatto saṃkhittena ovādaṃ yāca-
sīti || ||
5 Kiñcāpaham bhante jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato
vayo anuppatto desetu me bhante² Bhagavā saṃkhittena
dhammaṃ desetu Sugato saṃkhittena dhammaṃ || appeva-
nāmahaṃ³ Bhagavato bhāsitassa attham ājāneyyaṃ ||
appevanāmaham Bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assanti || ||
6 Tam kim maññasi Mālukyaputta || || Ye te cakkhuviñ-
ñeyyā rūpā adiṭṭhā adiṭṭhapubbā na ca passasi || na ca te
hoti Passeyyanti || atthi te tattha⁴ chando vā rāgo vā
pemaṃ⁵ vāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
7 Ye te sotaviññeyyā saddā assutā assutāpabbā na ca
suṇāsi || na ca te hoti Suṇeyyanti || atthi te tattha chando
vā rāgo vā pemanti || || No hetam bhante || ||
8 Ye te ghānaviññeyyā ganadhā aghāyitā aghāyitapubbā
na ca ghāyasi ||⁶ na ca te hoti Ghāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha ||
la || ||
9 Ye te jivhāviññeyyā rasā asāyitā asāyitapubbā na ca
sāyasi ||⁷ na ca te hoti Sāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || ||
10 Yetekāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā asamphuṭṭhā asampuṭ-
ṭhapubbā na ca phusasi || na ca te hoti Phuseyyanti || atthi
te tattha || la || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1-2; S1 Māluṃkya- always; S3 Māḷuṃkya twice; besides Malu-
(or Māluṃ) kya and sometimes kyā
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B2 -nāmāham
4 S1-3 add tatra
5 B1-2 pemo always
6 B1 ghāyisi
7 B1 sāyisi; S3 isāyasi

[page 073]
XXXV. 95. 14] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 73
11 Ye te manoviññeyyā dhammā aviññātā aviññātapubbā
na ca vijānāsi || na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti || atthi te tattha¹
chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
12 Ettha ca te Mālukyaputta² diṭṭha-suta-muta-viññā-
tabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati || sute
sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati ||
viññāte viññātamuttam bhavissati || ||
13 Yato kho te Mālukyaputta diṭṭha-suta-muta-viññātab-
besu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattam bhavissati || sute
sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati ||
viññāte viññātamattam bhavissati || tato tvam Mālukya-
putta³ na tena || || Yato⁴ tvam Mālukyaputta³ na tena⁵ ||
tato tvam Mālukyaputta³ na tattha || || Yato tvam Mālukya-
putta³ na tattha⁶ || tato tvam Mālukyaputta nevidha⁷ na
huram na ubhayamantarena⁸ || esevanto dukkhassāti || ||
14 Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ||
Rūpaṃ disvā sati⁹ muṭṭhā || piyanimittam¹⁰ manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa¹¹ tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā rūpasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati || ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati ||¹ ||
Saddaṃ sutvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā saddasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati || ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati ||² ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 etthame mālukyaputto (S1 -puttā)
3 S1-3 -putte
4 S3 tato
5 Missing in S3
6 Missing in S3 from yato
7 S3 -puttenavidha
8 S1-3 ubhayantarena
9 S1 satī always
10 B1 piyaṃ- always
11 S1-3 ajjhosāya always

[page 074]
74 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 14
Gandhaṃ ghātvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā gandhasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaṃ || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati ||³ ||
Rasam bhotvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā rasasambhavā ||
la || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati ||⁴ ||
Phassam phussa¹ sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā phassasambhavā ||
la || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati ||⁵ ||
Dhammaṃ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittaṃ manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā dhammasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati ||
Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānam vuccati ||⁶ ||
Na so rajjati rūpesu || rūpaṃ disvā patissato² ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa passato rūpaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evaṃ so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃ vuccati ||⁷ ||
Na so rajjati saddesu || saddaṃ sutvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa suṇato saddaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evam so carati sato ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃvuccati ||⁸ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phassā here and further on
2 B1-2 paṭissato always

[page 075]
XXXV. 95. 15] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 75
Na so rajjati gandhesu || gandhaṃ ghātvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca na cājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaṃ || secato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evaṃ so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbāna vuccati ||⁹ ||
Na so rajjati rasesu || rasam bhotvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa sāyato rasaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
|| pa || santike nibbānaṃ vuccati ||¹⁰ ||
Na so rajjati phassesu || phassamphussa patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || taṃ ca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa phusato¹ phassaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ || ||
pa || santike nibbānaṃ vuccati ||¹¹ ||
Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaṃ ñatvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati ||
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || {evaṃ} so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃ vuccatī
ti ||¹² ||
Imassa kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhā-
sitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
15 Sādhu sādhu Mālukyaputta || sādhu kho tvam Mālu-
kyaputta² mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham
ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ disvā sati muṭṭhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati ||
Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā || anekā rūpasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu pahaññati ||
Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānaṃ vuccati ||¹ ||
|| pe ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phussato
2 sādhu kho- -putta is missing in S1-3

[page 076]
76 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 16
Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaṃ ñatvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || taṃ ca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati || ||
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṃ || sevato cāpi vedanaṃ ||
khīyati no pacīyati || evaṃ so carati sato ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaṃ || santike nibbānaṃ vuccatī-
ti ||¹² ||
Imassa kho Mālukyaputta mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa
evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhagavato bhāsitam
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
17 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto eko vūpakaṭṭho
appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yas-
satthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam
pabbajjanti tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭ-
ṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihāsi || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ kara-
ṇīyam || nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
18 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Mālukyaputto¹ arahataṃ
ahosīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).96 (3) Parihānam
2 Parihānadhammañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi apari-
hānadhammañca cha ca² abhibhāyatanāni || ||
3 Kathañca bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā³ sarasaṅkappā³
saṃyojaniyā || || Taṃ ce⁴ bhikkhu adhivāseti na pajahati
na vinodeti na vyantikaroti² na⁵ anabhāvam gameti || vedi-
tabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavāti || || la || ||
7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasam
sāyitvā uppajjati || pa || ||
9 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dham-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 mālukylaputto
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Missing in S1-3 always
4 S1-3 ca
5 B1 vyantiṃ- always

[page 077]
XXXV. 96. 26] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 77
maṃ viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅ-
kappā saṃyojaniyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhu adhivāseti napaja-
hati na vinodeti na vyantikaroti na anabhāvaṃgameti ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā parihāyāmi kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānaṃ hetam vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti || ||
11 Kathañca bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || ||
12-14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
uppajjanti pāpakā akusala dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyo-
janiyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhu nādhivaseti pajahati
vinodati vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || veditabbam etam
bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi ||
aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || || la || ||
15-16 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya
rasaṃ sāyitvā uppajjanti || la || ||
17 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dham-
maṃ viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sara-
saṅkappa saṃyojaniyā || || Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhu
nādhivaseti pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ
gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na pari-
hāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam
Bhagavatāti || ||
18 Evam kho bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || ||
19 Katamāni ca bhikkhave cha abhibhāyatanāni || ||
20-24 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyo-
janiyā || || Veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Abhi-
bhūtam etam āyatanaṃ || abhibhāyatanaṃ hetam vuttam
Bhagavatā ti || || gha || ||
25 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dham-
maṃ viññāya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sara-
saṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || || veditabbam etam bhikkhave
bhikkhunā Abhibhūtam etam āyatanaṃ || abhibhāyatanaṃ
hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
26 Imāni vuccanti bhikkhu cha abhibhāyatanānīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 078]
78 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 97. 1

SN_4,35(1).97 (4) Pamādavihārī
1 Sāvatthi nidānam || pa¹ ||
2 Pamādavihāriṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi appamā-
davihariṃ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave pamādavihārī hoti || ||
4-6 Cakkhundriyam {asaṃvutassa}² bhikkhave viharato
cittaṃ vyāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu || tassa vyā-
sittacittassa pāmujjaṃ na hoti || pāmujje asati pīti na
hoti || pītiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati
dukkhaṃ viharati³ || dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati ||
asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti || dhammānam
apātubhāvā⁴ pamādavihārī tveva⁵ saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
la || ||
7-8 Jivhindriyam asaṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cit-
taṃ vyāsiñcati jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu || tassa vyāsitta-
cittassa || la || pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || la || ||
9 Manindriyam asaṃvutassa⁶ bhikkhave viharato cit-
taṃ vyāsiñcati manoviññeyyesu dhammesu || tassa vyā-
sittacittassa pāmujjaṃ na hoti || pāmujje asati pīti na hoti ||
pītiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati dukkhaṃ
viharati || dukkhino cittaṃ na samādhiyati || asamāhite citte
dhammā na pātubhavanti⁷ dhammānam apātubhāvā
pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave pamādavihārī hoti || ||
11 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave appamādavihārī hoti || ||
12-14 Cakkhundriyaṃ⁸ saṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato
cittaṃ na vyāsiñcati cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu || || Tassa
avyasittacittassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati ||
pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ
vediyati⁹ || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || samahite citte

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B2 only
2 S1 -driyāsamvu always
3 B1 hoti always
4 S3 napātu-; S1 has neither na nor a; both here only
5 S1-3 teva always
6 S1-3 manindriyāsaṃ-
7 S1-3 -bhagantu; B1 -honti
8 S1-3 -driya always
9 B1-2 viharati

[page 079]
XXXV. 98. 14 ] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 79
dhammā pātubhavanti || dhammānam pātubhāvā appa-
mādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || la || ||
15-16 Jivhindriyaṃ saṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato
cittaṃ na vyāsiñcati || la || appamādavihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ
gacchati || || Kāyindriya- || ||
17 Manindriyaṃ saṃvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaṃ
na vyāsiñcati manoviññeyyesu dhammesu tassa avyāsittā-
cittassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pīti-
manassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ
vediyati¹ || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || samāhite citte
dhammā pātubhavanti || dhammānam pātubhāvā appamā-
davihārī tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
18 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave appamādavihārī hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).98 (5) Saṃvara
2 Saṃvarañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi² asaṃvarañca ||
taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Kathañca bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || vedi-
tabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi³ kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || la || ||
7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || vedi-
tabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānam hetaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
11 Kathañca bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
12-14 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vedeti
2 B2 desessāmi
3 S1-3 parihāyāyāmi

[page 080]
80 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 98. 15
kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhaga-
vatāti || ||
15-16 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la || ||
17 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Taṃ ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi
kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaṃ hetaṃ vuttam Bhaga-
vatāti || ||
18 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃvaro hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).99 (6) Samādhi
2 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave
bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
4-8 Cakkhum aniccan ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Rūpā
aniccā ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhuviññāṇam anic-
canti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti
yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā aduk-
kham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
la || ||
9 Mano anicco ti¹ yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Dhammā || ||
Mano viññāṇaṃ || || Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duk-
khaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathā-
bhūtam pajānāti || ||
10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave
bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānātī ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).100 (7) Paṭisallāṇa
2 Paṭisallāṇam² bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallīṇo³
bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
4-9 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Rūpā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 aniccanti
2 S1 patisallāṇe; S3 patisallānohi
3 B1-2 S1 -lāṇo

[page 081]
XXXV. 101. 8] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 81
aniccāti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhuviññāṇam anic-
canti yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti
yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā¹
adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathābhūtam
pajānāti || ||
10 Paṭisallāṇam² bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paṭisal-
lāno³ bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).101 (8) Natumhāka1
2 Yam pi⁴ bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
3 Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rupā na
tumhākaṃ || te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā⁵ hitāya sukhāya
bhavissanti || ||⁶ Cakkhuviññāṇam na tumhākaṃ tam pajā-
hatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Cak-
khusamphasso na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || so vo pa-
hīno⁷ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidaṃ cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam paja-
hatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā na tumhākam || tam pajahatha || sā vo pahīnā
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rasā na tumhākaṃ te paja-
hatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Jivhā-
viññāṇam na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Jivhāsamphasso na tumhā-
kaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno⁸ hitāya sukhāya bhavis-
sati || || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1 patisallāṇe; the phrase till āpajjatha is missing in S3
3 B1 -sallāṇe; no MS. has -sallīno (or sallīṇo)
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1 inserts digharattaṃ
5 B1 bhavissati
7 S1-3 tam vo pahīnaṃ
8 S1-3 pahīnā, twice in S3

[page 082]
82 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 101. 9
yitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā ||
tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || la || ||
9 Mano na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Dhammā na¹ tumhākaṃ te
pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ na tumhākam tam pajahatha || taṃ vo
pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Manosamphasso
na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya su-
khāya bhavissati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo
pahīnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇa-
kaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ taṃ jano hareyya vā² ḍaheyya vā
yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya || api nu tumhākam evam assa
Amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā³ yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotī
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no hetam bhante attā vā attaniyaṃ vā ti || ||
11-16 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhu na tumhākaṃ
tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnam hitāya sukhāya bhavis-
sati || || Rūpā na tumhākaṃ || pe || Cakkhuviññāṇam || ||
Cakkhusamphasso || || pa || || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā aduk-
kham asukhaṃ vā || tam pi na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).102 (9) Natumhākam2
[The same as 2-9 of the preceding Sutta] 4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 pa
3 S3 āharati paccāharati paccahati vā; S1 harati paḍahati paḍa
(or cca-) hati vā-- there seems to be a confusion of ḍ and cc
4 This text differs only from the preceding by the suppression
of the ending upamā (10-16); therefore it would be better if
it had been put the first

[page 083]
XXXV. 103. 6] SAḶAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 83

SN_4,35(1).103 (10) Uddako
2 Uddako¹ sudam² bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaṃ vācam
bhāsati || ||
Idaṃ jātu vedagū || idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhitaṃ³ gaṇḍamūlam palikhaṇīti || ||
Taṃ kho⁴ panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagū
yeva samāno Vedagusmīti bhāsati || asabbajī yeva samāno
Sabbajismīti bhāsati || apalikhitaṃ yeva gaṇḍamūlam pali-
khitam me gaṇḍamūlan ti bhāsati || ||
3 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammā vadamāno
vadeyya || ||
Idaṃ jātuvedagū idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhataṃ gaṇḍamūlam⁵ palikhaṇīti || ||
4 Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu vedagū hoti || || Yato
kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samu-
dayañca atthagamañca assādañca assādañca nissaraṇañca
yathābhūtam pajānāti || evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
vedagū hoti || ||
5 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || || Yato
kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ samu-
dayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca
yathābhūtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti || evaṃ kho
bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || ||
6 Kathañ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu apalikhitaṃ⁵ gaṇḍamū-
lam palikhitaṃ hoti || || Gaṇḍo ti kho bhikkhave imassetaṃ
cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ mātāpettika-
sambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-
parimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassa || || Gaṇḍa-
mūlan ti bhikkhave taṇhāyetam adhivacanaṃ || || Yato kho
bhikkhave bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti || ucchinnamūlā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 Udako always
2 S1 sukhaṃ
3 S1-3 apaliṃkhātaṃ; B2 apalikhitam; B1 palikhataṃ;
4 B1 vo
5 B2 idaṃ jatu apalikhitaṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhitaṃ me gaṇḍamūlam
5 S1-3 anu (S3 ṇu) palikhatam

[page 084]
84 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 103. 7
tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā ||
evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno apalikhataṃ¹ gaṇḍamūlam
palikhitaṃ hoti || ||
7 Uddako sudam bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaṃ vācam
bhāsati || ||
Idaṃ jātu vedagū idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhitaṃ gaṇḍamūlam palikhaṇī ti || ||
Taṃ kho panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagū
yeva samāno Vedagūsmīti bhāsati || asabbajī yeva samāno
Sabbajīsmīti bhāsati || apalikhitaṃ² yeva gaṇḍamūlam
Palikhitam me³ gaṇḍamūlanti bhāsati || ||
8 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāvadamāno
vadeyya || ||
Idaṃ jātu vedagū idaṃ jātu sabbaji ||
idaṃ jātu palikhitaṃ⁴ gaṇḍamūlaṃ⁵ palikhaṇī ti || ||
Saḷavaggo pañcamo⁶ || ||
Tassuddānam⁷ || ||
Dve Saṅgayhā⁸ Parihānaṃ ||
Pamādavihārī ca⁹ Saṃvaro ||
Samādhi Patisallāna¹⁰ ||
Dve Natumhākena Uddako¹¹ ti || ||
Dutiyapaññāsake vagguddānaṃ¹² || ||
Avijjā Migajālaṃ ca ||
Gilānaṃ Channam catutthakaṃ ||
Saḷāvaggena paññāsaṃ ||
Dutiyo paññāsako ayan ti || ||
Pathamaka-sataṃ¹³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 palikhatam
2 S3 apalikhāṇaṃ
3 S3 palikānam yeva instead of palikhitam me
4 S3 B2 apalikhitaṃ
5 B2 inserts here palikhitame gaṇḍamūlaṃ (as above p. 83 n. 4).
6 S1-3 chaḷa (S3 la) vaggo dasamo put after the verse
7 S1-3 Tatra uddānaṃ--
8 S1 -gayha;S3 gayhaṃ
9 S1 pamādā-
10 B1-2 paṭisallīnaṃ
11 B1 Udako; S1-3 rāmo
12 This title and the sequel is missing in S1-3
13 So S1 B1; missing in S3; B2 Dutiyapaṇṇāsake

[page 085]
XXXV. 105. 7] YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO 85
PAÑÑĀSAṂ TATIYAṂ

CHAPTER I YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO

SN_4,35(1).104 (1) Yogakkhemi
2 Yogakkhemīpariyāyaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammapariyā-
yaṃ desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo || ||
4-8 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā pīyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Te Tathā-
gatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā
āyatim anuppādadhammā || tesañca pahānāya akkhāsi
yogaṃ || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemīti vuccati || || la || ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā pīyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajaniyā || || Te Tathā-
gatassa pahīnā ucchimamūlā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā
āyatim anuppāda dhammā || tesañca pahānāya akkhāsi
yogaṃ || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemīti vuccati || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo dhamma-
pariyāyoti || ||

SN_4,35(1).105 (2) Upādāya
2 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya uppajjati
ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃ mūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Cakkhusmiṃ vo bhikkhave sati cakkhuṃ upādāya
uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ || la || Manasmiṃ sati
manam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ || ||
5 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api
nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ duk-
khanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Sotaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
7 Ghānaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 086]
86 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 105. 8
8-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Kāyo || ||
10 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api
nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ duk-
khanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhu-
smim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nib-
bindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ vimut-
tam iti ñāṇam hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).106 (3) Dukkha
2 Dukkhassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthagamañca
desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo ||
4-9 Cakkhuñ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviñ-
ñāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || ayaṃ dukkhassa samudayo || Sotañ
ca paṭicca || || Ghānañ ca paṭicca || || Jivhañ ca paṭicca || ||
Kāyañ ca paṭicca || || Manañ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppaj-
jati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā
vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || || Ayam kho bhikkhave
dukkhassa samudayo.
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa atthagamo ||
11 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviñ-
ñāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganiro-
dhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā
jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā niruj-
jhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
nirodho hoti || ayaṃ dukkhassa atthagamo || ||
12-13 Sotañ ca paṭicca || || Ghānañca paṭicca || ||
14-15 Jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāviññāṇaṃ ||
la || Kāyañ ca paṭicca || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 087]
XXXV. 107. 16] YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO 87
16 Manam paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇam ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpac-
cayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādā-
nanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho bhavanirodhā
jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevaduk-
khadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || || Ayam kho bhikkhave
dukkhassa atthagamo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).107 (4) Loko
2 Lokassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthagamañ ca desis-
sāmi || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
4 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati¹ cakkhuviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || upādāna-
paccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmara-
ṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
ayam lokassa samudayo ||
4-7 Sotañ ca paṭicca || || Ghānañ ca paṭicca || || Jivhañ
ca paṭicca || || Kāyañ ca paṭicca || ||
8 Manañ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññā-
ṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || upādāna-
paccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayājāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ayaṃ
kho bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
9 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa atthagamo || ||
10-15 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca upajjati cakkhuviñ-
ñānaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || pe || ||² Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
16 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa atthagamoti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cuppajjati always
2 More complete in B1-2

[page 088]
88 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 108. 2

SN_4,35(1).108 (5) Seyyo
2 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kiṃ upādāya kiṃ
abhinivissa Seyyoham asmī ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmī ti
vā hoti || Hīnohamasmī ti vā hotī ti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃ mūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4-9 Cakkhusmiṃ kho bhikkhave sati cakkhum upādāya
cakkhum abhinivissa Seyyo ham asmī ti vā hoti || Sadīso
ham asmī ti vā hoti Hīno ham asmī ti vā hoti || pa || Ma-
nasmiṃ sati manam upādāya manam abhinivissa Seyyo
ham asmī ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmī ti vā hoti || Hīno
ham asmī ti vā hoti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ api nu
tam anupādāya Seyyo ham asmīti vā assa Sadiso ham
asmīti vā assa Hīno ham asmīti vā assāti || ||
No hetam bhante
11 Sotaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
12 Ghānaṃ niccam vā aniccā vā ti || ||
13 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
14 Kāyo nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
15 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya Seyyo hamasmīti va assa Sadiso ham asnū
ti vā assa Hīno ham asmīti assā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
16 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || pe || nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 089]
XXXV. 111. 13] YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO 89

SN_4,35(1).109 (6) Saṃyojana
2 Saṃyojaniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saṃyo-
janañ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā katamañ
ca saṃyojanaṃ || ||
4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave saṃyojaniyo dhammo || yo
tattha chandarāgo || tam tattha saṃyojamaṃ || || la || Jivhā
saṃyojaniyo dhammo || || Mano saṃyojaniyo dhammo || yo
tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā idaṃ
saṃyojananti || ||

SN_4,35(1).110 (7) Upādānam
2 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādānañ
ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katamañ
ca¹ upādānaṃ || ||
4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha
chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || pa || || Jivhā upādāniyo
dhammo || la || || Mano upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha
chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā idam
upādānanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).111 (8) Pajānam1
2-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ
avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaṃ ||
Ghānam || Jivhaṃ || Kāyam || Manam anabhijānaṃ aparijā-
naṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
8-13 Cakkhuñ ca² kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaṃ
virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaṃ ||
Ghānaṃ || Jivhaṃ || Kāyam || Manam abhijānam parijānaṃ
virājayaṃ pajaham bhabbo³ dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -mti ca
2 S1-3 cakkhuca
3 B2 fasils here, two sheets waning

[page 090]
90 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 112. 2

SN_4,35(1).112 (9) Pajānam2
2-7 Rūpe bhikkhāve ānabhijānaṃ aparijānam avirāja-
yam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde ||
Gandhe || Rase || Phoṭṭhabbe || Dhamme anabhijānam apari-
jānam avirājayam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
8-13 Rūpe ca kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaṃ
virājayam pajahaṃ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde ||
Gandhe || Rase || Phoṭṭhabbe || Dhamme abhijānam parijā-
naṃ virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).113 (10) Upassuti
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Ñātike viharati Giñjakāva-
sathe || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā rahogato patisallīṇo imam dham-
mapariyāyam abhāsi || ||
3 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇam ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpac-
cayā taṇhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4-7 Sotañca paṭicca || Ghānañca paṭicca || Jivhañca
paṭicca || Kāyañca paṭicca || ||
8 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviñ-
ñāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
9 Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpac-
cayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upā-
dānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
handhassa nirodho hoti || ||
10-13 Sotañca paticca || || Ghānañca paṭicca || || Jivhañca
paṭicca || || Kāyañca paṭicca || ||
14 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca upajjati manoviñ-
ñāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 091]
XXXV. 114. 7] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 91
15 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Bhaga-
vato upassuti ṭhito¹ hoti || ||
16 Addasā kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum upassutiṃ thi-
taṃ || ||
17 Disvāna tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Assosi² tvam
bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Uggaṇhāhi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ||
pariyāpuṇāhi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ||
dhārehi tvam bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ || attha-
saṃhito yam³ bhikkhu dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacari-
yakoti⁴ || ||
Yogakkhemivaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Yogakkhemi Upādāya || Dukkhaṃ loko ca Seyyo ca || ||
Saṃyojanam Upādānaṃ || Dve Pajānaṃ⁵ Upassutīti⁶ || ||

CHAPTER II LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO

SN_4,35(1).114 (1) Mārapāsa1
2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa
vasaṃgato⁷ || || Paṭimukkassa Mārapāso baddho⁸ so Māra-
bandhanena yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa || Santi
bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā
piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīya || || Tañce⁹ bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B upasuti; S1-3 upassutiṃ both always
2 S3 inserts no
3 Missing in S3
4 S1 -cariyiko
5 S1-3 parijānam
6 B upasutīti
7 S1 vasagato always
8 B bandho always
9 S1-3 tañca

[page 092]
92 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 114. 8
Paṭimukkassa Mārapāso baddho so Mārabandhanena ya-
thākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || ||
8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce¹
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya² tiṭṭhati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na āvāsagato³ Mārassa
na Mārassa vasaṃgato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto
so Mārabandhanena na⁴ yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ||
la ||⁷ Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa
vasaṃgato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto so Māraban-
dhanena na⁵ yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimatoti || ||

SN_4,35(1).115 (2) Mārapāsa2
2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce bhik-
khu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu baddho cakkhuviññeyyesa
rūpesu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato yathākāma-
karaṇīyo pāpimato || pa || || Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā
dhammā || pe || ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
bhikkhu baddho manoviññeyyesu dhammesu āvāsagato
Mārassa Mārassa vasaṃgato yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpi-
mato || ||
8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā
iṭṭhā- -rajaniyā || || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivā-
dati na ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhik-
khu mutto cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi na āvāsagato Mārassa
na Mārassa vasaṃgato || na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ||
pa || || Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || pa || || Santi
bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā- -rajanīyā || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B nājjhosāya
2 B nāvāsagato
3 Missing in S1-3 411 (jivhā) is complete in B
5 Missing in S1, written and erased in S3

[page 093]
XXXV. 116. 6] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 93
Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya
tiṭṭhati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu mutto manoviñ-
ñeyyehi dhammehi na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa
vasaṃgato na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).116 (3) Lokakāmaguṇa1
2 Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ¹ ñātay-
yaṃ daṭṭhayyaṃ pattayyan ti² vadāmi || na ca panāham
bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ³
vadāmīti || ||
Idam vatvā Bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram pāvisi || ||
3 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam acirapakkantassa Bha-
gavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhit-
tena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gama-
nena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyam pattayyam ti
vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam
dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || || Ko nu kho imassa Bha-
gavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṃ
vibhajjeyyāti || ||
4 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho āyasmā Ānanda satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito
ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti ca āyasmā Ānando
imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa
vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || yaṃ nūna mayaṃ yenā-
yasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || ||
5 Atha kho te bhikkhū yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ
sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisā-
retvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B lokassantam always
2 So S1-3; B1 ñāteyyaṃ diṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti both always;
when S1-3 have patteyan, e is erased
3 S1-3 dukkhassanta- here and there

[page 094]
94 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 116. 7
Ānandam etad avocuṃ || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Ānanda
Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham
avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhik-
khave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyam daṭṭhayyam
pattayyan ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā
lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmīti || || Tesam
no āvuso acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ
kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā
vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram
paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamaṇena lokassa antam
ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyam pattayyanti¹ vadāmi || na ca panā-
ham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiri-
yaṃ vadāmī ti || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena
uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa
vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajeyyāti || || Tesaṃ no āvuso amhā-
kam etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho āvuso āyasmā Ānando satthu²
ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca³ viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārī-
naṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhit-
tena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa
vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || yaṃ nuna mayaṃ yenā-
yasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || ||
Vibhajatāyasmā Ānando ti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko⁴ sāragavesī
sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno rukkhassa tiṭṭhato sāra-
vato atikkammeva mūlam atikkamma khandhaṃ sākhā-
palāse⁵ sāram pariyesitabbam maññeyya⁶ evam sampa-
dam idam āyasmantānaṃ satthari sammukhībhūte tam
Bhagavantam atisitvā amhe⁷ etam attham paṭipucchi-
tabbam maññetha || || So āvuso⁸ Bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti
passaṃ passati || cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto
brahmabhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa
dātā dhammassāmī tathāgato || || So ceva panetassa kālo
ahosi yam Bhagavantaṃ yeva etam attham paṭipucchey-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 pattayiyanti
2 Missing in S1
3 Omitted dy S1-3
4 B1 sāratthako
5 S1-3 -palāso
6 S1 maññe
7 B1 tummhe
8 S1 hāvuso

[page 095]
XXXV. 116. 11] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 95
yātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākareyya tathā taṃ¹ dhārey-
yathā ti || ||
8 Addhāvuso Ānanda Bhagavā jānaṃ jānāti passam
passati || cakkhubhūto ñāṇabhūto dhammabhūto brahma-
bhūto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dham-
massāmī tathāgato || so ceva kālo ahosi yam Bhagavantaṃ
yeva etam attham paṭipuccheyyāma || yathā no Bhagavā
vyākareyya tathā naṃ dhāreyyāma || || Api cāyasmā
Ānando satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ
sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhaga-
vatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham
avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || vibhajatāyasmā
Ānando agaruṃ karitvā ti || ||
9 Tena hāvuso suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhā-
sissāmīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa
paccassossuṃ || ||
10 Āyasmā Ānando etad avoca || || Yaṃ kho vo² āvuso
Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṃ
avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhik-
khave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyam daṭṭhayyam
pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā
lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmī ti || imassa
khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭ-
ṭhassa vitthāreṇa attham avibhattassa³ vitthāreṇa evam⁴
ājānāmi || ||
11 Yena kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī⁵
ayam vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || Kena cāvuso lokas-
miṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || Cakkhunā kho āvuso lokas-
miṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || Sotena kho avuso || pe ||
Ghānena kho āvuso || Jivhāya kho āvuso lokasmiṃ lokasaññī
hoti lokamānī || Kāyena kho āvuso || Manena kho āvuso lokas-
miṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || || Yena kho āvuso lokasmiṃ
lokasaññī hoti lokamānī || ayaṃ vuccati ariyassa vinaye
loko || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 vo
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1 inserts evaṃ
4 Missing in B
5 S3 -māṇī always

[page 096]
96 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 116. 12
12 Yaṃ kho vo āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam
uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihā-
ram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ
ñātayyam daṭṭhayyam pattayanti vadāmi || na ca panāham
bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ
vadāmīti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena
uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa
evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaṅkhamānā ca pana
tumhe āyasmanto Bhagavantaññeva upasaṅkamitvā etam
attham paṭipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti
tathā naṃ dhāreyyāthā ti || ||
Evam āvuso¹ ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa
paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdiṃsu || ||
13 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho ti bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || ||
Yaṃ kho pana bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam
uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihā-
ram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaṃ
ñātayyam daṭṭhayyaṃ pattayyanti² vadāmi || na ca panā-
ham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiri-
yaṃ vadāmīti || tesaṃ no bhante amhākam acirapakkhan-
tassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ³ kho no āvuso
Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham
avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Nāham bhik-
khave gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñātayyaṃ daṭṭhayyam
pattayanti⁴ vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā
lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmīti || ko nu
kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa
vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ⁵ vibhaj-
jeyyāti ||
14 Tesaṃ no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 reappearing here, the gap is over
2 B1-2 have ñateyyaṃ diṭṭheyyaṃ patteyanti
3 B1 etam
4 S3 pattayiyanti once more
5 S1-3 omit avibhattassa- -atthaṃ

[page 097]
XXXV. 117. 3. ] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 97
kho āyasmā Ānando satthuceva {saṃvaṇṇito} sambhāvito
ca viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando
imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa
vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibha-
jituṃ || Yannūna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅ-
kameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam
attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || || Atha kho mayam bhante
yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamimha || upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭipucchimha || ||
15 Tesaṃ no bhante āyasmatā Ānandena imehi ākārehi
imehi padehi imehi vyañjanehi attho vibhatto ti || ||
Paṇḍito bhikkhave Ānando mahāpañño bhikkhave
Ānando¹ || maṃ ce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham
paṭipuccheyyātha aham pi ca tam evam eva vyākareyyaṃ
yathā² tam Ānandena vyākataṃ || || Eso ceva tassa³
attho evaṃ ca⁴ dhāreyyāthā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).117 (4) Lokakāmaguṇa2
2 Pubbe⁵ me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ye me pañcakāmaguṇā
cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tatra⁶
me cittam bahulaṃ gaccheyya paccuppannesu vā appaṃ vā
anāgatesu || || Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Ye
me pañcakāmaguṇā cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā
vipariṇatā || tatra me attarūpena appamādo saticetaso
ārakkho karaṇīyo || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tumhākam pi ye te pañca-
kāmaguṇā cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā vipa-
riṇatā || tatra vo cittam bahulaṃ gacchamānaṃ gaccheyya
paccuppannesu vā appaṃ vā anāgatesu || || Tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave tumhākaṃ pi ye vo pañcakāmaguṇā cetaso

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit mahāpañño- -Anando
2 S1 vyākareyyātha
3 S1-3 khovetassa instead of ceva tassa
4 S1-3 eva ca taṃ instead of evaṃ ca
5 S3 adds va
6 S3 inserts vā; B2 kho
7 S1-3 vo instead of ye te

[page 098]
98 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 117. 4
sampuṭṭhapubbā atītā niruddhā viparinatā tatra vo atta-
rūpehi appamādo saticetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo¹ || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye² āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha
cakkhuṃ ca nirujjhati rūpasaññāca³ virajjati⁴ ye āyatane
veditabbe || pa || Yattha jivhā ca nirujjhati rasasaññā ca
virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha mano ca nirujjhati
dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe⁵ ye āyatane
veditabbe ti || ||
5 Idam vatvā Bhagavā uṭṭhāyasanā vihāram pāvīsi || ||
6 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam acirapakkantassa Bhaga-
vato etad ahosi || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Bhagavā saṅ-
khittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā
uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave
ye āyatane veditabbe⁶ || Yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpa-
saññā ca⁷ virajjati⁷ ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || Yattha
jivhānirujjhati rasasaññā ca virajjati āyatane veditabbe || ||
Yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye
āyatane veditabbe || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena
uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhittassa
vitthāresna atthaṃ vibhajjeyyāti || ||
7 Atha kho tesam bhikkhūnam etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho
āyasmā Ānando satthuceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca
viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando
imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthā-
rena attham avibhatassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ ||
Yaṃ nūna mayam yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkamey-
yāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam etam attham paṭipuc-
chayyāmāti || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhū yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhiṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase (from tasmā ti ha bhikkhave) is omitted in B1
2 B1-2 se instead of ye always
3 S1-3 -sañañca always in this paragraph less abridged than in B
4 B1 nirujjhati always
5 B1 omits ye āyatane veditabbe
6 S1 repeats here Idaṃ vatvā- -ye āyatane veditabbe
7 S1-3 have -saññā ca in this part and further on

[page 099]
XXXV. 117. 12] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 99
sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisidiṃsu || ||
9 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantam
Ānandam etad avocuṃ || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso Ānanda
Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham
avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca ni-
rujjhati rūpasaññā ca nirujjhati || ye āyatane veditabbe || pe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati ye
āyatane veditabbe¹ || ye āyatane veditabbe ti¹ || || Tesaṃ
no avuso amhākam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad
ahosi || Idaṃ kho no² āvuso Bhagavā sakhittena uddesam
uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vi-
hāram paviṭṭho || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane
veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca
nirujjhati ye āyatane vaditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca
nirujjati dhammasaññā ca nirujjati ye āyatane vedi-
tabbeti || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa
uddiṭṭhassa || pe || vihārena atthaṃ vibhajjeyyāti || || Tesaṃ
no āvuso amhākam etad ahosi || Ayaṃ kho āyasamā Ānando
satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrah-
macārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando imassa Bhagavatā
saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham
avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajituṃ || || Yaṃ nūna
mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma || upa-
saṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam attham paṭi-
puccheyyāmāti || vibhajatāyasmā Ānando ti || ||
10-11 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī
sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno mahato rukkhassa || la³ ||
vibhajatāyasmā Ānando agaruṃ karitvāti || ||
12 Tena āvuso suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha
bhāsissāmīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 adds ti; B1 omit the phrase as before, and also further on
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Complete in S1-3-- See the preceding sutta, paragraph 7 (p. 94)

[page 100]
100 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 117. 13
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa
paccassosuṃ || ||
13 Āyasmā Ānando avoca || || Yaṃ kho¹ avuso Bhagavā
saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibha-
jitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave
ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjati rūpa-
saññā ca virajjati || ye āyatane veditabbe || la || yattha mano
ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ||
ye āyatane veditabbe ti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā
saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vittharena attham avi-
bhattassa evaṃ² vitthārena attham ājānāmi || || Saḷāyatana-
nirodhaṃ kho āvuso Bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaṃ || tas-
māti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca
nirujjhati rūpasaññāca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye
āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || ||
14 Imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saṅkhittena udde-
sassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa evam
vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaṅkhamānā ca pana tumhe
āyasmanto Bhagavantaññeva upasaṅkamitvā etam attham
paṭipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naṃ
dhāreyyathā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa
paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdimsu || ||
15 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || Yaṃ kho no bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena
uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyā-
sanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmā tiha bhikkhave ye āyatane
veditabbe || yattha cakkhuñca nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca
virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca ni-
rujjhati dhammasaññā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ye
āyatane veditabbe³ ti || || Tesaṃ no bhante amhākam
acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || Idaṃ kho no

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 idaṃ kho no
2 Missing in B1-2
3 B1 does not repeat ye (se) āyatane veditabbe

[page 101]
XXXV. 118. 3] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 101
āvuso Bhagavā saṅkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena
attham avibhajitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram paviṭṭho || Tasmāti
ha bhikkhave¹ pe āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu ca
nirujjhati rūpasaññā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati ye
āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Ko nu kho
imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthā-
rena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajeyyāti ||
16 Tesaṃ no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || ayaṃ kho
āyasmā Ānando satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca
viññūnam sabrahmacārīnaṃ || pahoti cāyasmā Ānando
imassa Bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa
vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibha-
jitum || yannūna mayaṃ yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅ-
kameyyāma || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam etam
attham paṭipuccheyyāmāti || ||
17 Atha kho mayam bhante yenāyasmā Ānando tenu-
pasaṅkamimha || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandam
etam attham paṭipucchimha || tesaṃ no bhante āyasmatā
Ānandena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi vyañjanehi
attho vibhatto ti || ||
Paṇḍito bhikkhave Ānando mahāpañño bhikkhave Ānan-
do² || mañce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham paṭipucchey-
yātha aham pi tam evam eva vyākareyyaṃ yathā pi tam
Ānandena vyākatam || Eso ceva tassa attho evañca naṃ
dhāreyyāthāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).118 (5) Sakka
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kūṭe pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam atthāsi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ ṭhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert here bhikkhu
2 mahāpañño- is missing in S1; S3 has --pe--

[page 102]
102 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 118. 4
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbā-
yanti || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce
sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4 Santi kho devānam inda cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato tannissitaṃ
viññāṇaṃ hoti tadupādānaṃ || Saupādāno devānam inda
bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
5-8 Santi kho devānam inda Sota- || Ghāna- || Jivhāviñ-
ñeyya rasā- || gha || Kāya- || ||
9 Santi kho devānam inda manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā-
-rajanīyā || || Tañce¹ bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjho-
sāya tiṭṭhati tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya
tiṭṭhato tannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti tadupādānaṃ || Sau-
pādāno devānam inda bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo || yena-
m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi ca kho devānam inda cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā
iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ||
Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya²
tiṭṭhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjho-
sāya³ tiṭṭhato na taṃ nissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti na tadupā-
dānam || Anupādāno devānaminda bhikkhu parinibbāyati || ||
Santi kho devānam inda jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la || Santi
kho devānam inda manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā- -raja-
nīyā || || Tañce⁴ bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nāj-
jhosāya⁵ tiṭṭhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato
anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato na taṃ nissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti na
tadupādānam || Anupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu parinib-
bāyati || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo yena-
m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tañca
2 B1 najjho; B2 nājjho-
3 B2 nājjho- here and further on
4 tañca
5 B1 najjho-

[page 103]
XXXV. 120. 4] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 103

SN_4,35(1).119 (6) Pañcasikha
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kūṭe pabbate ||
2 Atha kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto¹ yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
3 Ekam antam ṭhito kho Pañcasikho Gandhabbaputto
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parib-
bāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyanti || ||
4-16 Santi kho Pañcasikha cakkhuviññeyyā || || (yathā
purimakaṃ suttantaṃ vitthāretabbo²) || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho Pañcasikha hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).120 (7) Sāriputta
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viha-
rati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā Sāriputto
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena sad-
dhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vīti-
sāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaṃ
Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Saddhivihāriko³ āvuso Sāri-
putta bhikkhu sikkham paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto ti⁴ || ||
4 Evam etam⁵ āvuso hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa
bhojane amattaññūno jāgariyam ananuyuttassa || so⁶ vatā-
vuso bhikkhu indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amattaññu

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 Gandhabbadevaputto always
2 This mention applied by S1-3 to the first article only,
I apply to the whole sutta, which is the mere repetition of
the preceding one
3 B2 saddhiṃ-
4 S3 hīnāyavattotīti
5 B1-2 hetam
6 S1-3 yo; B2 puts yāvajīvaṃ before so

[page 104]
104 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 120. 5
jāgariyam ananuyutto yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham
brahmacariyaṃ santānessātīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
5 So¹ vatāvuso bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane
mattaññū jāgariyam anuyutto yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇam pari-
suddham brahmacariyam santānessatīti ṭhānam etaṃ vij-
jati² ||
6 Kathaṃ cāvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || Idhā-
vuso bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti
nānuvyañjanaggāhī || yatodhikaraṇam³ enam cakkhundri-
yam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ⁴ || tassa saṃvarāya paṭi-
pajjati || rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaram
āpajjati || || Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ
ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || Kāyena poṭṭhabbam
phusitvā || || Manasā dhammam viññāya na nimittaggāhī
hoti nānuvyañjanaggāhī || yatodhikaraṇam enam manin-
driyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ || tassa saṃvarāya paṭipaj-
jati || rakkhati manindriyaṃ manindriye saṃvaram āpaj-
jati || ||
Evaṃ kho āvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || ||
7 Kathaṃ cāvuso bhojane mattaññū hoti || || Idāvuso
bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na
madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvad eva imassa
kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsuparatiyā⁵ brahmacariyā-
nuggahāya iti purāṇañca vedanam paṭihaṅkhāmi⁶ navañca
vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi⁷ yātrā⁸ ca me bhavissati anavaj-
jatā ca phāsuvihāro cā ti || ||
Evam kho āvuso bhojane mattaññū hoti || ||
8 Kathaṃ cāvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || Idhāvuso
bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dham-
mehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā pathamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅ-
kamena nisajjāya āvaraṇūyehi dhammehi cittam pariso-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Yo
2 S1-3 vijjatīti
3 S1-3 yatvādhi- here and further on
4 S1-3 anvāssaveyyuṃ
5 S3 vihiṃsūparatiyāya
6 B2 paṭisaṅkāmi
7 B1-2 uppādissāmi
8 B1-2 yatrā

[page 105]
XXXV. 121. 5] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 105
dheti || rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīha-
seyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno
uṭṭhānasaññam manasikaritvā || rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmam
paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi
cittam parisodheti || ||
Evam kho āvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || ||
9 Tasmā ti āvuso evaṃ sikkhitabbam Indriyesu guttad-
vārā bhavissāma bhojane mattaññuno jāgariyam anuyuttā
ti || ||
Evam hi te avuso sikkhitabbanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).121 (8) Rāhula
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Paripakkā¹ kho Rāhulassa
vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā || yaṃ nūnāham Rāhulam
uttariṃ² āsavānaṃ khaye vineyyanti || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pat-
tacīvaram ādāya³ Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya caritvā pacchā-
bhattam piṇḍapātapatikkanto āyasmantaṃ Rāhulam āman-
tesi || || Gaṇhāhi Rāhula nisīdanaṃ yenandhavanaṃ tenu-
pasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyāti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavato paṭissutvā
nisīdanam ādāya Bhagavantam piṭhito piṭhito anubandhi || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni
Bhagavantam anubandhāni bhavanti⁴ || || Ajja Bhagavā
āyasmantaṃ Rāhulaṃ uttariṃ āsavānaṃ khaye vinessatī-
ti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā Andhavanam ajjhogahetvā aññata-
rasmiṃ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi || āyasmā pi kho
Rāhulo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sakkānu
2 B1-2 omit Rāhulaṃ and have uttari
3 S1-3 insert here Sāvatthiyam piṇḍāya pāvisi
4 B1 honti

[page 106]
106 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 121. 6
Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rāhulam Bhagavā
etad avoca || ||
6 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || || Duk-
kham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kal-
laṃ nu taṃ samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rūpā niccā vā aniccā¹ vāti || || Aniccā² bhante || ||pe|| ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam
bhante || ||
Cakkhusamphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco
bhante || ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanā-
gatam saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragatam viññāṇagataṃ || tam pi
niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham viparināmadhammaṃ kal-
laṃnu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
7-8 Sotam || || Ghānaṃ || ||
9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vāti || Aniccā bhante || gha ||
Yam pidaṃ jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṃ
saññāgataṃ saṅkhārāgataṃ viññāṇagataṃ tampi niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kal-
laṃnu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etaṃ mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
10 Kāyo || ||
11 Mano nicco vā anicco vāti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || || Duk-
kham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇamadhammam kal-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ
2 S1-3 aniccaṃ

[page 107]
XXXV. 122. 1] LOKAKĀMAGUṆAVAGGO DUTIYO 107
laṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Dhammā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || pe || ||
Manoviññāṇam || || Manosamphasso || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanā-
gatam saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagatam || tam pi
niccam vā aniccaṃ vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || || Duk-
kham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam kallan
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
12 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mimpi nibbindati rūpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi
nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṃ saññā-
gataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ tasmim pi nibbindati ||
pa || Jivhāya pi- -nibbindati || || Kāyasmim pi nibbindati ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati dhammesu pi nibbindati mano-
viññāṇe pi nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || yam
pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṃ
saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagatam || tasmim pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || Khīnā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
13 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano āyasmā Rāhulo Bha-
gavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākara-
ṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato Rāhulassa anupādāya
āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci¹ || anekānaṃ ca devatāsahassānaṃ
virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi || || Yaṃ
kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbantaṃ nirodhadhammanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).122 (9) Saṃyojanam
1 Saṃyojaniye ca² bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saṃ-
yojanañ ca || tam suṇātha || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1; B1-2 S3 vimuccati
2 S1-3 omit ca

[page 108]
108 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 122. 2
2 Katame ca bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā katamaṃ
saṃyojanaṃ || ||
3 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime vuccanti
bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo
taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
4-7 Santi bhikkhave sotaviññeyyā saddā || || Ghāna-
viññeyyā gandhā || || Jivhāviññeyyā rasā || || Kāyaviññeyyā
poṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime vuccanti
bhikkhave bhikkhave saṃyojaniyā¹ dhammā || || Yo tattha
chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanan ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).123 (10) Upādānam
1 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādānañ
ca || tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katamam
upādānaṃ || ||
3-8 Santi bhikkhave-² -ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā
dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānan ti || ||
Lokakāmaguṇavaggo dutiyo³ || ||
Tassuddānam⁴ || ||
Mārapāsena dve vuttā || ||
Lokakāmaguṇena⁵ ca || ||
Sakko Pañcasikho ceva ||
Sāriputto ca Rāhulo ||
Saṃyojanaṃ Upādānaṃ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 upādāniyā; in S3 there was saṃñojaṇiyā; but the letters
saṃñoja have been erased, and upādā written underneath
between the lines
2 As in the preceding text, upādāniyā-upādānam being substituted
to saṃyojaniyā-saṃyojanaṃ
3 Put at the end in S1-3 as usual
4 S1-3 tatru-
5 S1-3 lokokāma-

[page 109]
XXXV. 125. 16] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 109

CHAPTER III GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO

SN_4,35(1).124 (1) Vesāli
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane
Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || ko nu ko bhante hetu ko
paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no pari-
nibbāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā-
-saupādāno gahapati bhikkhu no parinibbāyati¹ || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuviññeyyā rupā iṭṭhā-
-anupādāno gahapati bhikkhu parinibbāyati¹ || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti² || ||

SN_4,35(1).125 (2) Vajji
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vajjīsu viharati Hatthi-
gāme || ||
2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako yena Bhagavā ||
pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinib-
bāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idha-
kacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ ||
pe || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S above Sakka 118 (pp. 101-2)
2 This sutta is the same as 118, the word gahapati being
put instead of devānam inda

[page 110]
110 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 125. 17
17 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).126 (3) Nālanda
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ¹ viharati
Pāvārikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Upāli gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Upāli gahapati Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || Ko
pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭ-
ṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ² || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).127 (4) Bhāradvāja
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Piṇḍolabhāradvājo Kosambi-
yaṃ viharati Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho rājā Udeno³ yenāyasmā Piṇḍolabhāradvājo
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Piṇḍolabhāra-
dvājena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārā-
nīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Udeno āyasmantam
Piṇḍolabhāradvājaṃ etad avoca || || Ko nu kho Bhāra-
dvāja hetu ko paccayo || yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kāla-
kesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā
anikīlitāvino⁴ kāmesu yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham
brahmacariyaṃ caranti addhānañca āpādentīti || ||
4 Vuttaṃ kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā
passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhik-
khave mātumattīsu mātucittam upaṭṭhapetha bhaginīmat-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 Nāḷo; S3 Nālo; B2 Naḷo
2 S1-3 have only vitthāretabbaṃ
3 B1 uteno always
4 B1 aniki-; B2 anaki- both; here and further on

[page 111]
XXXV. 127. 7] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 111
tīsu¹ bhaginīcittam upaṭṭhapetha dhītumattīsu dhītucittam
upaṭṭhapethāti || || Ayam pi kho Mahārāja hetu ayam pac-
cayo yenime² daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā bhadrena
yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikīḷitāvino
kāmesu yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacari-
yaṃ caranti addhānañca āpādentīti || ||
5 Lolaṃ kho³ Bhāradvāja cittam appekadā mātumattīsu
pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti bhaginīmattīsu pi lobhadhammā
uppajjanti bhaginīmattīsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti || ||
Atthi nu kho⁴ Bharadvāja añño ca hetu añño ca paccayo ||
yenime daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe || addhānañca
āpādentīti || ||
6 Vuttaṃ kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā
passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe
bhikkhave imam eva kāyam uddham pādatalā adho kesa-
matthakā tacapariyantam⁵ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino
paccavekkhatha || atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā
dantā taco maṃsaṃ nahārū aṭṭhī aṭṭhimiñjā⁶ vakkaṃ
hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakam pihakam papphāsam antam
antaguṇam udariyaṃ karīsam pittam semham pubbo lohi-
tam sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttanti || ||
Ayam pi⁷ kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime
daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe || addhānam ca āpādenti || ||
7 Ye te⁸ bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhū bhāvitakāyā bhāvita-
sīlā bhāvitacittā bhāvitapaññā tesaṃ taṃ sukaraṃ⁹ hoti ||
Ye ca kho te bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhū abhāvitakāyā abhā-
vitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapaññā tesaṃ taṃ dukkaraṃ
hoti || || Appekadā bho Bhāradvāja asubhato manasi karis-
sāmāti¹⁰ subhato va¹¹ āgacchati || || Atthi nu kho Bhāra-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 bhagīni-; B2 also not always
2 S1-3 yename several times
3 B1 adds bho
4 B1-2add bho
5 S1-3 tañcapari-,and further on tañco
6 B1-2 -miñjaṃ
7 Missing in B1-2
8 B1 Yehi
9 S1-3 dukkaraṃ, na (before dukkaraṃ) being added between
the lines in S3
10 B1 karissāmīti
11 S3 vā

[page 112]
112 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 127. 8
dvāja añño ca kho hetu añño ca paccayo yenime daharā
bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe || addhānaṃ ca āpadentīti || ||
8 Vuttaṃ kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā
passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe
bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha || cakkhunā rūpaṃ
disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mānuvyañjanaggāhino ||
yatvādhikaraṇam enaṃ cakkhundriyam asaṃvutam viha-
rantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvā-
saveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha || rakkhatha cak-
khundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaram āpajjatha || || Sotena
saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya
rasaṃ sāyitvā || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || Manasā
dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittagāhino ahuvattha mānuvyañ-
janaggāhino || yatvādhikaraṇam enam manindriyam asaṃ-
vutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāsaveyyuṃ || tassa {saṃvarāya} paṭipajjatha ||
rakkhatha manindriyam manindriye saṃvaram āpajjathā-
ti || || Ayaṃ kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime
daharā bhikkhū susū kālakesā || pe ||¹ addhānaṃ ca āpāden-
īti || ||
9 Acchariyam bho Bhāradvāja abbhutam bho Bhāra-
dvāja yāva subhāsitaṃ cidam² bho Bhāradvāja tena Bhaga-
vatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || Esa ceva
bho³ Bhāradvāja hetu esa paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhū
susū kāḷakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena
vayasā anikīḷitāvino kāmesu yāvajīvam paripuṇṇam parisud-
dham brahmacariyaṃ caranti addhānaṃ ca āpādenti || ||
10 Aham pi⁴ bho Bhāradvāja yasmiṃ samaye arakkhite-
neva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭ-
ṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi antepuraṃ⁵ pavisāmi ||
ativiya maṃ⁶ tasmiṃ samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti ||
yasmiñca khvāham bho Bhāradvāja samaye rakkhiteneva
kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2
2 Missing in B2; S1-3 idam
3 B1-2 esevakho bho
4 B1-2 inserts kho
5 B1-2 antepūram always
6 S3 mayaṃ

[page 113]
XXXV. 129. 3] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 113
satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi antepuram pavisāmi || na maṃ
tathā¹ tasmiṃ samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti || ||
11 Abhikkantam bho Bhāradvāja abhikkantam bho
Bhāradvāja || seyyathāpi bho Bharadvāja nikujjitaṃ vā
ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā mag-
gam ācikkheyya andakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhu-
manto rūpāni dakkhintīti ||² evam evam³ bhotā Bhāradvā-
jena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho
Bhāradvāja tam Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dham-
maṃ cā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ca || upāsakam mam bhavaṃ
Bhāradvājo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ ga-
tanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).128 (5) Soṇo
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soṇo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Soṇo gahapatiputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme no parinibbā-
yanti || ko pana hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā
diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||
Yathā purimasuttantam evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ⁴ || ||
Ayaṃ kho Soṇa hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce
sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).129 (6) Ghosita
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Ānando Kosambiyaṃ viharati
Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Ghosito gahapati yenāyasmā Ānando tenu-
pasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Ghosito gahapati āyasman-
tam Ānandam etad avoca || || Dhātunānattaṃ dhātunā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tattha
2 B1-2 dakkhantīti as usual
3 B2 S3 etam
4 See Nos. 118 and 119,124-126;-- much more complete in S1 than
in B1-3, in S3 than in S1

[page 114]
114 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 129. 4
nattanti bhante Ānanda vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante
dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
4 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturūpā ca manāpā
cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ca sukhavedaniyam phassam¹ paṭicca up-
pajjati sukhā² vedanā || || Saṃvijjati kho gahapati cakkhu-
dhāturūpā ca amanāpā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ca dukkhavedani-
yam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saṃvijjati
kho gahapati cakkhudhāturūpā ca upekhāṭṭhāniyā³ cakkhu-
viññāṇaṃ ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam⁴ phassam paṭicca
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati sotadhātu || ||
6 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati ghānadhātu || ||
7 Saṃvijjati kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca manāpā
jivhāviññāṇaṃ ca sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca up-
pajjati sukhāvedanā || || {Saṃvijjati} kho gahapati jivhādhā-
turasā ca amanāpā jivhāviññāṇaṃ ca dukkhavedaniyam
phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || {Saṃvijjati}
kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca upekhāṭṭhāniyā jivhāviññā-
ṇaṃ ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
8 Kāyadhātu || ||
9 {Saṃvijjati} kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca ama-
nāpā manoviññāṇam ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭic-
ca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saṃvijjati kho gahapati
manodhātudhammā ca amanāpā manoviññāṇaṃ ca duk-
khavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || ||
Saṃvijjati kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca upe-
khāṭṭhāniyā manoviññāṇañca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam
phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
10 Ettāvatā kho gahapati dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bha-
gavatāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 passaṃ almost always
2 The MSS. waver between -khā and -kha
3 S3 -ṭṭhāṇiyaṃ; B1 upekkhāvedaniyā always
4 The MSS. waver between -asukha-, asukhaṃ, and even asukhā-

[page 115]
XXXV. 130. 9] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 115

SN_4,35(1).130 (7) Haliddako
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantīsu
viharati Kuraraghare pavatte¹ pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni² gahapati yenāyasmā Mahā-
Kaccāno tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Hāliddikāni³ gahapati
āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad evoca || || Vuttam idam
bhante Bhagavatā Dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phas-
sanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānā-
nattanti || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante dhātunānattam paṭicca
uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppaj-
jati vedanānānattanti || ||
4 Idha gahapati bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā manā-
pam Itthetanti⁴ pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇam sukhavedani-
yam ||⁵ sukhavedaniyam⁶ phassam paṭicca uppajjati
sukhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā ca kho paneva⁷ rūpaṃ disvā
amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkha-
vedaniyaṃ || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati
dukkhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā kho paneva rūpam disvā
upekhāṭṭhāniyaṃ⁸ Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuviññāṇam
adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam
phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā⁹ || ||
5-9 Puna ca paraṃ gahapati sotena saddaṃ sutvā || ||
Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || ||
Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya
manāpaṃ Itthetanti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṃ sukhave-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 kusaghare sampavatte; B2 kulaghare pavatte
2 B1 Hāsindakāni; B2 Hāliddakānī
3 B2 Hāliddhakānī
4 B1 iṭṭhetanti always
5 B1 adds ca always
6 S1-3 do not repeat sukhavedaniyam, and further S3 never repeats
-vedaniyaṃ
7 B1 paneva always
8 B1 upekkhāvedaniyaṃ, as before, always
9 By a strange blunder, S1-3 insert here the two last parts of the
mano article, which reappear below in their right place

[page 116]
116 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 130. 10
daniyaṃ || sukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca uppajjati
sukhāvedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaṃ viññāya
amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṃ dukkha-
vedaniyaṃ || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paticca uppajjati
dukkha vedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaṃ viññāya
upekhāṭṭhāniyaṃ Itthetanti pajānāti manoviññāṇam
adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam
phassam paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
10 Evaṃ kho gahapati dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati
phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati ve-
danānānattanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).131 (8) Nakulapitā
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Bhaggesu viharati Suṃ-
sumāragire¹ Bhesakalāvane² Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme na
parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko pana paccayo
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantī-
ti || ||
4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā-³ || ||
10 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva-dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvinneyyā rūpā- || ||
17 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diṭṭheva dhamme parinibbāyantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).132 (9) Lohicco
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantīsu
viharati Makkarakaṭe araññe⁴ kuṭikāyaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 susu-; B2 -gīre
2 S1-3 -kaḷā-
3 As in No. 118. This sutta being the sixth in which this subject
is dealt with, I do not repeat the usual development
4 B1 arañña

[page 117]
XXXV. 132. 4] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO. 117
2 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa sambahulā antevā-
sikā kaṭṭhahārakā māṇavakā yenāyasmato Mahā-Kaccā-
nassa araññakuṭikā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu upasaṅkamitvā
parito parito kuṭikāyam¹ anucaṅkamanti anuvicaranti
uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kānici kānici selissakāni² ka-
ronti³ || || Ime pana muṇḍakā samaṇaka ibbhā kiṇhā⁴
bandhupādāpaccā imesam bhāratakānaṃ⁵ sakkatā garu-
katā mānitā pūjitā apacitāti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno vihārā nikkhamitvā
te māṇavake etad avoca || || Mā vo māṇavakā saddam
akattha⁶ dhammaṃ vo bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam vutte te māṇavakā tuṇhi ahesuṃ || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno te māṇavake gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sīluttamā⁷ pubbatarā ahesuṃ ||
te brāhmaṇā ye purāṇaṃ saranti ||
guttāni dvārāni surakkhitāni ||
ahesuṃ tesaṃ abhibhuyya kodhaṃ ||¹ ||
Dhamme ca jhāne ca ratā ahesuṃ ||
te brāhmaṇā ye purāṇaṃ saranti ||
ime ca vokkamma jappāmaseti⁸ ||
gottena mattā visamam caranti ||² ||
Kodhābhibhūtā puthu-attadaṇḍā⁹ ||
virajjhamānā¹⁰ tasathāvaresu ||
aguttadvārassa bhavanti moghā ||
supineva¹¹ laddham purisassa vittaṃ ||³ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 kuṭikāya
2 B1 seleyyakāni
3 B1 karonti
4 B1-2 kaṇhā
5 B1-2 bhara-
6 B1 Mā māṇavā-; B2 Māṇavakā saddam mākattha
7 S1-3 sīluttarā
8 S1-3 japā-
9 S1 puthū-; B1-2 suputhuttadaṇḍo
10 B1-2 virujjha-
11 S3 supinena

[page 118]
118 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 132. 5
Anāsakā thaṇḍilasāyikā ca ||
pātho sinānañca¹ tayo ca vedā ||
kharājinaṃ jaṭāpaṅko ||
mantā sīlabbataṃ tapo² ||⁴ ||
Kuhanā vaṅkaṃ³ daṇḍā ca ||
udakā ca manāni⁴ ca ||
vaṇṇā⁵ ete brāhmaṇānaṃ ||
katā kiñcikkhabāvanā⁶ ||⁵ || ||
Cittaṃ ca susamāhitaṃ ||
vippasannam anāvilaṃ ||
akhilaṃ⁷ sabbabhūtesu ||
so maggo brahmapattiyāti ||⁶ || ||
5 Atha kho te māṇavakā kupitā anattamanā yena
Lohicco brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā
Lohiccam brāhmaṇam etad avocuṃ || || Yagghe bhavaṃ
jāneyya samaṇo Mahā-Kaccāno brāhmaṇānam mante⁸
ekaṃsena apavadati paṭikkosatīti || ||
Evaṃ vutte Lohicco brāhmaṇo kupito ahosi⁹ anatta-
mano || ||
6 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi || || Na
kho pana me tam¹⁰ patirūpaṃ yo ham aññadatthu māṇa-
vakānaṃ yeva sutvā samaṇam Mahā-Kaccānam akkosey-
yaṃ¹¹ paribhāseyyaṃ || yaṃ nūnāham upasaṅkamitvā
puccheyyanti || ||
7 Atha kho Lohicco brāhmaṇo tehi mānavakehi sad-
dhiṃ yenāyasmā Maha-Kaccāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅka-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1; B2 pātopinānañca; S1 pāposinānañca; S3 pāpāsinānañca
2 S1-3 add ca
3 S3 vaṅka
4 B2 majjanāni; S3 has nāni; but one ma is put before udakā ca
5 S3 vaṇṇo
6 S1-3 kiñcikkha (S3 kiñcakkha)-bhādhanā
7 B2 akhīlaṃ
8 B2 mantam
9 S1-3 omit ahosi
10 B1 omits me; S1 omits pana
11 B1 inserts virujjheyyaṃ

[page 119]
XXXV. 132. 10] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 119
mitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Kaccanena saddhiṃ sammodi || sam-
modanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Lohicco brāhmaṇo āyasman-
tam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || || Āgamaṃsu nu¹ khvidha
bho Kaccāna amhākaṃ sambahulā antevāsikā kaṭṭhahā-
rakā māṇavakā ti || ||
Āgamaṃsu khvidha² te brāhmaṇa sambahulā antevāsikā
kaṭṭhaharakā māṇavakā ti || ||
Ahu pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṃ³
kocid eva kathāsallāpoti⁴ || ||
Ahu kho me⁵ brāhmaṇa tehi māṇavakehi saddhiṃ kocid
eva kathāsallāpo ti || ||
Yathā katham pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi mānavakehi
saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpoti || ||
Evaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tehi māṇavakehi saddhim ahosi
kathāsallāpo⁶ || ||
Sīluttamā pubbatarā ahesuṃ
te brāhmaṇā ye purāṇaṃ saranti || ||
pe ||
Akhilam sabbabhūtesu
So maggo brahmapattiyā ti || ||
Evaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tehi māṇavakehi⁷ saddhim
ahosi kathāsallāpoti || ||
9 Aguttadvāro⁸ ti bhavaṃ Kaccāno āha || Kittāvatā nu
kho⁹ Kaccāna aguttadvāro hotīti || ||
10 Idha brāhmaṇa ekacco cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piya-
rūpe rūpe adhimuccati || appiyarūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhi-
tāya satiyā¹⁰ ca viharati parittacetaso || tañ ca cetovimuttim

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 omits nu
2 S1-3 insert nu
3 S1-3 omit saddhiṃ
4 S3 -sallāposoti
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 B1-2 add ti
7 Missing in B1-2
8 Repeated by B1
9 B inserts bho
10 S1-3 anupaṭṭhitakāya sati always

[page 120]
120 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 132. 11
paññāvimuttim yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || yathāssa¹ te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na² niruj-
jhanti || ||
11-14 Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghā-
yitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam
phusitvā || ||
15 Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhi-
muccati || appiyarūpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitāya
satiyā ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññā-
vimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na nirujjhanti || ||
16 Evaṃ kho brāhmaṇa aguttadvāro hotīti || ||
17 Acchariyam bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna
yāvañcidaṃ bhotā³ Kaccānena aguttadvāro va samāno⁴
aguttadvāro ti akkhāto || || Guttadvāro guttadvāro ti⁵ bha-
vaṃ Kaccāno āha || kittāvatā nu kho bho Kaccāna gutta-
dvāro hotīti || ||
18 Idha brāhmaṇa bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
piyarūpe rūpe nādhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe na vyāpajjati ||
upaṭṭhitāya satiyā⁶ ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca
cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || ||
19-22 Sotena saddam sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghā-
yitvā || || Jivhāya rasam sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam
phusitvā || ||
23 Manasā dhammam viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhi-
muccati || appiyarūpe na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitāya satiyā ca
viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañ cetovimuttim paññāvimut-
tiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
24 Evam kho brāhmaṇa guttadvāro hotīti || ||
25 Acchariyaṃ bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yatthassa alays
2 S1-3 omit na here and further on
3 S3 bhokatā
4 S3 samaṇo
5 S3 guttadvāro ti guttadvāro
6 S1-3 upa (S3 uppa here) ṭṭhita kāya sati

[page 121]
XXXV. 133. 4] GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO 121
yāvañcidam bhotā Kaccānena guttadvāro ca samāno gutta-
dvāro akkhāto || || Abhikkantam bho Kaccāna abhikkan-
tam bho Kaccāna seyyathāpi bho Kaccāna nikujjitam vā
ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā mag-
gam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cak-
khumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti ||¹ evam eva² bhotā Kaccāne-
na anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho
Kaccāna tam Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ
ca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Upāsakam mam bhavam Kac-
cāno dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ || ||
Yathā ca bhavaṃ³ Kaccāno Makkarakaṭe upāsakakulāni
upasaṅkamati || evam evaṃ Lohiccakulam upasaṅkamatu ||
tattha ye māṇavakā vā māṇavikā vā bhavantaṃ Kaccānam
abhivādessanti paccupaṭṭhissanti āsanaṃ vā udakaṃ vā
dassanti tesaṃ tam bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhā-
yāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).133 (10) Verahaccāni
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Udāyī⁴ Kāmaṇḍāyaṃ vihā-
rati Todeyyassa brāhmaṇassa Ambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā antevāsī
maṇavako yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammoda-
nīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ māṇavakam āyasmā
Udāyī dhammiyā kathāya sandessesi samādapesi samutte-
jesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
4 Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā
kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito
uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Verahaccānigottam brāhmaṇim
etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaṇo Udāyī dham-
maṃ deseti ādikalyāṇam majjhekalyānaṃ pariyosānaka-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 dakkhanti
2 B1-2 evam evaṃ
3 S1 Bhagavaṃ and further on Bhagavantaṃ
4 S1-3 Udāyi always

[page 122]
122 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA {nu}[XXXV. 135. 5
lyānaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisud-
dham brahmacariyam pakāsetīti || ||
5 Tena hi tvam māṇavaka mama vacanena samaṇam
Udāyiṃ nimantehi svātanāya bhattenāti || ||
Evam hotī ti kho so māṇavako Verahaccānigottāya
brāhmaṇiyā patissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Adhi-
vāsetu kira bhavaṃ Udāyī amhākam¹ ācariyabhariyāya
Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyi tuṇhibhāvena || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyī tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
banhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Vera-
haccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
7 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam
Udāyiṃ paṇitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā
santappesi sampavāresi || ||
8 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam
Udāyim bhuttāviṃ oṇitapattapāṇiṃ pādukā ārohitvā ucce
āsane nisīditvā sīsam oguṇṭhitvā² āyasmantam Udāyim
etad avoca || || Bhaṇa samaṇa dhammanti || ||
Bhavissati bhagini samayoti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pak-
kāmi || ||
9 Dutiyam pi kho so māṇavako yenāyasmā Udāyī
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā sad-
dhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ katham sārāṇīyam vītisā-
retvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho
tam māṇavakam āyasmā Udāyī dhammiyā kathāya san-
dassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
10 Dutiyam pi kho so māṇavako āyasmatā Udāyinā
dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito
sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāh-
maṇī tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Verahaccānigottam
brāhmaṇim etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaṇo
Udāyī dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇam majjhekalyāṇam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 āyasmākaṃ
2 S1-3 -kuṇṭhitā; B1-2 -guṇḍitvā

[page 123]
XXXV. 133. 17] GAHAPATIVAGGO DUTIYO 123
pariyosānakalyāṇam sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalapari-
puṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsetīti || ||
11 Evam eva¹ pana tvam māṇavaka samaṇassa
Udāyissa vaṇṇam bhāsasi || samaṇo panudāyī² Bhaṇa
samaṇa³ dhammanti vutto samāno Bhavissati bhagini
samayo ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram⁴ pakkanto ti
¹² Tathā hi pana tvam bhoti pādukā ārohitvā ucce
āsane nisīditvā sīsam oguṇṭhitvā⁵ etad avoca Bhaṇa
samaṇa dhammanti || dhammagaruno hi te bhavanto
dhammagāravāti || ||
13 Tena tvam māṇavaka mama vacanena samaṇam
Udāyim nimantehi svāyatanāya bhattenāti || ||
Evam bhotīti⁶ kho so māṇavako Verahaccanigottāya
brāhmaṇiyā paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyī tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Adhivā-
setu kira bhavaṃ Udāyi amhākam⁷ ācariyabhariyāya⁸
Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyī tunhibhāvena || ||
14 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyī tassā rattiyā accayena
pubbanhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena
Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅ-
kami || Upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
15 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam
Udāyim paṇitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā
santappesi sampavāresi || ||
16 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam
Udāyim bhuttāvim oṇītapattapāṇim pādukā orohitvā nīce
āsane nisīditvā sīsaṃ vivaritvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad
avoca || Kisminnu kho bhante sati arahanto sukhadukkham
paññāpenti kismim asati arahanto sukhadukkhaṃ na
paññāpentīti || ||
17 Cakkhusmiṃ kho bhagini sati arahanto sukhaduk-
kham paññāpenti || Cakkhusmim asati arahanto sukhaduk-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 evaṃ
2 B1-2 omit pan
3 S1-3 omit samaṇa
4 Missing in B1-2
5 S3 -kuṇo
6 S3 hotīti
7 S1 asmākaṃ; S3 āyasmā akaṃ
8 S1-3 āca (S3-cca-)riyāya-

[page 124]
124 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 133. 18
khaṃ na paññapenti || la || Jivhāya sati arahanto sukhaduk-
kham paññāpenti || jivhāya asati arahanto sukhadukkham na
paññapenti || la || || Manasmiṃ sati arahanto sukhadukkham
paññāpenti || manasmim asati arahanto sukhadukkham
na paññāpentīti || ||
18 Evaṃ vutte Verahaccānigottā brāhmaṇī āyasmantam
Udāyim etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam
bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya
paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācik-
kheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto
rūpāni dakkhintīti || evam eva ayyena Udāyinā anekapari-
yāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham ayya¹ Udāyi tam²
Bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhik-
khusaṅghañca || upāsikam mam ayyo Udāyī dhāretu ajja-
tagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||
Gahapativaggo tatiyo³ ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Vesālī Vajji Nāḷandā ||
Bhāradvāja⁴ Sono ca Ghosito ||
Hālindako⁵ Nakulapitā ||
Lohicco Verahaccānīti⁶ || ||

CHAPTER IV DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO

SN_4,35(1).134 (1) Devadahakhaṇo
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Devada-
hannāma Sakkānam⁷ nigame⁸ || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Nāham
bhikkhave sabbesaññeva bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyata-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 bhante; S3 ayyam
2 S3 Udāyiṇaṃ
3 Put at the end by S1-3
4 S1-3 rājā
5 B2 Hāliddhako; S1 Haliddāko; S3 Haliddikā
6 S1-3 Verahaccayatī; B2 -ccavāti
7 S1-3 sakyānam
8 S1 nigamo

[page 125]
XXXV. 134. 11] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 125
nesu appamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi || Na ca panāham
bhikkhave sabbesaññeva bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyata-
nesu nāppamādena karaṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
3 Ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusita-
vanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parik-
khiṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā || tesāham
bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu nāppamādena
karaṇīyanti vadāmi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
4 Kataṃ¹ tesam appamādena || abhabbā te pamajji-
tuṃ || ||
5 Ye ca kho te bhikkhave bhikkhū sekhā² appattamā-
nasā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemam patthayamānā viharanti ||
tesāham bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu
appamādena³ karaṇīyanti vadāmi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā manoramā pi
amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaṃ na pariyādāya
tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṃ hoti viriyam
asallīnaṃ || upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā⁴ || passaddho kāyo
asāraddho || samāhitaṃ cittam ekaggaṃ || || Imaṃ khvāham
bhikkhave appamādaphalaṃ sampassamāno tesam bhik-
khūnaṃ chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti
vadāmi || ||
7,8,9,10 Pe || Santi bhikkhave jivhā- kāya- || ||
11 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā manoramā
pi amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaṃ na pariyā-
dāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaṃ hoti viriyam
asallīnaṃ || upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā⁵ || passaddho kāyo
asāraddho || samāhitaṃ cittam ekaggaṃ || || Imam khvāham
bhikkhave appamādaphalam sampassamāno tesam bhik-
khūnam chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaṇīyanti
vadāmīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 kataṃ (?); S3 nataṃ distinctly; B1-2 katham; corrected in
B2 to kataṃ
2 S1-3 ye kho
3 B1-2 nesāhaṃ bhi- -āyatanesu nāppamādena
4 S3 appamuṭṭhā
5 S3 apammuṭṭhā

[page 126]
126 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 135. 2

SN_4,35(1).135 (2) Saṅgayha
2 Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaṃ vo bhikkhave khaṇo
vo paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || ||
3 Diṭṭhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma
nirayā || || Tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā¹ rūpam passati ||
aniṭṭharūpaññeva² passati no iṭṭharūpaṃ || akantarūpañ-
ñeva passati no kantarūpaṃ || amanāparūpaññeva passati
no manāparūpaṃ || || Yaṃ kiñci sotena saddaṃ suṇāti || ||
Yaṃ kiñci ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyati || || Yaṃ kiñci jivhāya
rasaṃ sāyati || || Yaṃ kiñci kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusati || ||
Yaṃ kiñci manasā dhammam vijānāti || aniṭṭharūpaññe va
vijānāti no iṭṭharūpaṃ || akantarūpaññeva vijānāti no
kantarūpaṃ || amanāparūpaññeva vijānāti no manāpa-
rūpaṃ || ||
Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaṃ vo bhikkhave khaṇo vo
paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || ||
4 Diṭṭhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma
saggā || || Tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati ||
iṭṭharūpaññeva passati no aniṭṭharūpaṃ || kantarūpaññeva
passati no akantarūpaṃ || manāparūpaññeva passati no
amanāparūpaṃ || gha || Yam kiñci jivhāya sāyati || la || ||
Yaṃ kiñci manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti || iṭṭharūpaññeva
vijānāti no aniṭṭharūpaṃ || kantarūpaññeva vijānāti no
akantarūpaṃ || manāparūpaññeva vijānāti no amāna-
rūpaṃ || ||
Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaṃ vo bhikkhave khaṇo vo
paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāyāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).136 (3) Agayha
2 Rūpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā³ rūpasamuditā ||
rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaṃ⁴ bhikkhave deva-
manussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || ||
Rasārāmā || || Phoṭṭhabbārāmā || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tattha cakkhunā yaṃ kiñci
2 S1-3 ariṭṭha
3 S1-3 devā- always
4 B1-2 dukkhā always

[page 127]
XXXV. 136. 4] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 127
devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā || dhamma-
vipariṇāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaṃ bhikkhave devama-
nussā viharanti || ||
3 Tathāgato ca kho bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
rūpānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīna-
vañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na rūpārāmo na
rūparato na rūpasamudito ||¹ rūpavipariṇāmavirāganirodhā
sukhaṃ² bhikkhave Tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaṃ || ||
Gandhānaṃ || || Rasānaṃ || || Phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || || Dham-
mānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na dhammārāmo na
dhammarato na dhammasamudito dhammavipariṇāma-
virāganirodhā³ sukho⁴bhikkhave tathāgato viharatīti || ||
4 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā⁵ Sugato athāparam
pi etad avoca satthā || ||
Rūpā saddā gandhā rasā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā || ||
iṭṭhā kantā manāpā ca || yāvatatthīti vuccati⁶ ||¹ ||
Sadevakassa lokassa || ete vo sukhasammatā ||
Yattha cete nirujjhanti || taṃ tesaṃ dukkhasammataṃ ||² ||
Sukhaṃ diṭṭham ariyehi⁷ || sakkā yassa nirodhanaṃ⁸ ||
paccanīkam idaṃ hoti || sabbalokena dassanam⁹ ||³ ||
Yam pare sukhato āhu || tad ariyā āhu dukkhato ||
yam pare dukkhato āhu || tad ariyā sukhato vidū ||⁴ ||
Phassadhammaṃ durājānaṃ¹⁰ || sammuḷhettha¹¹ avid-
dasu ||
nivutānaṃ¹² tamo hoti || andhakāro apassataṃ ||⁵ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 inserts na
2 S3 repeats sukhaṃ; B1-2 have sukho
3 S3 dhammanavipariṇāmanavirāga-
4 So B1-2, S3; S1 sākho
5 B1-2 vatvāna
6 B2 vuccanti; S3 yāvaṃtthīti vuccatī
7 S3 sukhanti diṭṭhemariyehi
8 S1-3 sakkāyassuparodhanaṃ
9 B1-2 passataṃ
10 S1-3 phassā-; B1-2 passa- duvijānaṃ
11 S1-3 sampamuḷhettha
12 S3 nivitāṇaṃ

[page 128]
128 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 136. 5
Satañca vivaṭaṃ hoti || āloko passatam idha ||
santikena vijānanti || mahādhammassa¹ kovidā ||⁶ ||
Bhavarāgaparetehi || bhavasotānusāribhi² ||
Māradheyyānupannehi || nāyam dhammo³ susambud-
dho⁴ ||⁷ ||
Ko nu aññatra-m-ariyehi || padaṃ sambuddham arahati ||
Yam padaṃ sammadaññāya || parinibbanti anāsavāti ||8 ||
5 Rūpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā rūparatā rūpasa-
muditā || rūpaviparināmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave
devamanussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || ||
Rasārāmā || || Phoṭṭhabbārāmā || || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave
devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā || dhamma-
pariṇāmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave devamanussā
viharanti || ||
6 Tathāgato ca bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
rūpānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādina-
vañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na rūpārāmo
na rūparato na rūpasamudito ||⁵ rūpavipariṇāmavirāgani-
rodhā sukho bhikkhave tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaṃ || ||
Gandhānam || || Rasānaṃ || || Phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || || Dham-
mānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā na dhammārāmo na
dhammarato na dhammasamudito⁵ || dhammavipariṇāma-
virāganirodhā sukho bhikkhave Tathāgato viharatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).137 (4) Palāsinā1
2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo
pahīnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Kiñca bhikkhave na
tumhākam || ||
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha ||
taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || Jivhā na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 magā-
2 B1-2 bhavayogānu-
3 B1 maggo
4 B1-2 -budho
5 S1-3 insert na here

[page 129]
XXXV. 139. 3] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 129
tumhākam tam pajahatha || sā vo pahīnā¹ hitāya sukhāya
bhavissati || la || || Mano na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || So
vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇakaṭ-
ṭhasākhāpalāsam taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya vā yathā-
paccayaṃ vā kareyya api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe
jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayam vā karotīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no etam bhante attā vā attaniyaṃ vā ti || ||
10 Evam eva vo kho bhikkhave cakkhuṃ na tumhākaṃ
tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati ||
Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || Jivhā || pe || Mano na tumhākaṃ tam
pajahatha || so vo pahīno hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).138 (5) Palāsinā2
2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo
pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākam || ||
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo
pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā na tumhākaṃ te paja-
hatha || || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇa-
kaṭṭhaṃ || la ||
10 Evam eva kho bhikkhave rūpā na tumhākaṃ te
pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā
na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā hitāya sukhāya
bhavissantīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).139 (6) Hetunā ajjhatta1
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi pac-
cayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi² anicco || aniccasambhūtam
bhikkhave cakkhuṃ kuto niccam bhavissati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 taṃvopahīnaṃ
2 S3 inserts paccayo

[page 130]
130 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 139. 4
4-5 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-7 Jivhā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya
uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave jivhā
kuto niccā bhavissati || la || ||
8 Mano anicco || yo pi bhikkhave hetu yo pi paccayo
manassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūto bhik-
khave¹ mano kuto nicco bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || la || || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || la || ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe ||
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).140 (7) Hetunā ajjhatta2
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi
paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasam-
bhūtam bhikkhave cakkhuṃ kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-7 Jivhā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya
uppādāya kuto sukhā bhavissati || || Kāyo || pe || ||
8 Mano dukkho || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa
uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūto bhikkhave mano
kuto sukho bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).141 (8) Hetunā ajjhatta3
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi pac-
cayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtam
bhikkhave cakkhuṃ kuto attā bhavissati || || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya
uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtā bhikkhave jivhā
kuto attā bhavissati || ||
Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3

[page 131]
XXXV. 144. 8] DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO 131
uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūto bhikkhave mano
kuto attā bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).142 (9) Hetunā bāhira1
3 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rūpānam uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhik-
khave rūpā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Poṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammā-
nam uppādaya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave
dhammā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
9 Evam passam || la ||¹ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).143 (10) Hetunā bāhira2
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rupānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtā bhik-
khave rūpā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dham-
mānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtā bhik-
khave dhammā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).144 (11) Hetunā bāhira3
3 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rupānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtā bhik-
khave rūpā kuto attā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dham-
mānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtā bhikkhave
dhammā kuto attā bhavissanti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3

[page 132]
132 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 144. 9
9 Evam passam || pe ||¹ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Devadahavaggo catuttho² ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Devadahakhaṇo Saṅgayha³ ||
Agayha⁴ dve honti⁵ Palāsinā⁶ ||
Hetunā pi tayo vuttā || ||
Duve⁷ ajjhatta-bāhirāti || ||

CHAPTER V NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO

SN_4,35(1).145 (1) Kammam
2 Navapurāṇāni bhikkhave kammāni desissāmi kam-
manirodham kammanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ || tam
suṇātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti⁸ || ||
3 Katamam bhikkhave purāṇakammaṃ⁹ || ||
Cakkhum bhikkhave purāṇakammam abhisaṅkhatam
abhisañcetayitaṃ vedaniyaṃ daṭṭhabbam || pa || Jivhā
purāṇakammam¹⁰ abhisaṅkhatā abhisañcetayitā vedaniyā
daṭṭhabbā || la || Mano purāṇakammaṃ¹¹ abhisaṅkhato abhi-
sañcetayito vedaniyo daṭṭhabbo¹² || ||
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave purāṇakammaṃ || ||
4 Katamañca bhikkhave navakammaṃ¹³ || || Yaṃ kho
bhikkhave etarahi kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācāya manasā
idam vuccati bhikkhave navakammaṃ || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave kammanirodho || || Yo kho bhik-
khave kāyakammavacīkamma manokammassa¹⁴ nirodhā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2
2 Put at the end by S1-3
3 S1-3 sagayha; B2 saṃgayha; B1 pagayha
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B2 hoti
6 S1-3 palāsinaṃ; B1 ma (B2 pa-)ṇasinā
7 S1-3 te kho
8 sādhukamo -ti is omitted by S1-3
9 S1-3 purāṇaṃ- always
10 B1 -kammā
11 B1 -kammo
12 While S1-3 do not omit Sotaṃ . . . Ghānam . . . Kāyo, they omit
Mano . . .
13 S1-3 navaṃ kammaṃ always
14 S1-3 Kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ

[page 133]
XXXV. 146. 7] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 133
vimuttiṃ¹ phusati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave kamma-
nirodho || ||
6 Katamā² ca bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminī paṭipa-
dā || ||
Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo seyyathīdam sam-
mādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto
sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminī paṭi-
padā || ||
7 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā purāṇakam-
maṃ || desitaṃ navakammaṃ || desito kammanirodho || desitā
kammanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || ||
8 Yaṃ kho bhikkhave satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ
hitesinā anukampakena anukampam upādāya kataṃ³ vo⁴
tam mayā || ||
9 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni
jhāyatha⁵ bhikkhave mā pamādattha⁶ mā pacchāvippa-
tisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaṃ vo⁷ amhākam⁸ anusāsanīti⁹ || ||

SN_4,35(1).146 (2) Sappāya1
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ dessis-
sāmi || taṃ sunātha || pa || || katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbā-
nasappāyā¹⁰ paṭipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum aniccanti passati ||
Rūpā aniccāti passati || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti passati ||
Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti passati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duk-
khaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā passati || tam pi Aniccanti
passati || ||
4-5 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-7 Jivhā aniccāti passati || Rasā aniccāti passati ||
Jivhāviññāṇam aniccanti passati || Jivhāsamphasso aniccoti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 vimutti
2 S1-3 katamo
3 B2 has kataṃ kammaṃ (kampaṃ)
4 B1 kho instead of vo tam
5 B2 nijjhāyatha
6 B1-2 pahadattha
7 B1 kho; S3 o (?) between the lines
8 B2 tamhākaṃ
9 S3 anusāsatati
10 S1-3 -sappāya always

[page 134]
134 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 146. 8
passati || Yam pidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam
pi Aniccanti passati || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano aniccoti passati || Dhammā aniccāti passati ||
Manoviññāṇam aniccanti passati || Manosamphasso aniccoti
passati || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam
pi aniccanti passati || ||
9 Ayam kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).147 (3) Sappāya2
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi ||
tam suṇātha || pa || || katamā ca sā¹ bhikkhave nibbānasappā-
yāpaṭipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhuṃ dukkhanti passati ||
Rūpā dukkhāti passati || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhanti
passati || Cakkhusamphasso dukkhoti passati || Yam pidaṃ
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi dukkhanti
passati || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānam || || Jivhā dukkhā ti passati || ||
la || ||
8 Mano dukkhoti || Dhammā dukkhā ti || Manoviññā-
naṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi Dukkhanti passati || ||
9 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave sappāyā paṭipadāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).148 (4) Sappāya3
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi ||
taṃ sunātha || la || Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā
paṭipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum anattā ti passati ||
Rūpā anattā ti passati || Cakkhuviññāṇam anattāti passati ||
Cakkhusamphasso anattā ti passati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhu-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit sā

[page 135]
XXXV. 149. 9] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 135
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ || tampi Anattā ti
passati || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā anattāti passati || ||
Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattāti passati || Dhammā anattāti passati ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhum asukhaṃ vā tam pi anattāti passati || ||
9 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).149 (5) Sappāya4
2 Nibbānasappāyaṃ vo bhikkhave paṭipadaṃ desissāmi ||
taṃ suṇātha || la || ||
Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā patipadā || ||
3 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rupā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || Cakkhu-
viññāṇam || Cakkhusamphasso || la || Yam pidam cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā
ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || || No hetam bhante
⁴-⁸ Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano¹ || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati rūpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi
nibbindati || Cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || || Yam
pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ su-
khaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tasmim

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Mano is complete in S1-3

[page 136]
136 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 149. 10
nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
10 Ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paṭipadā ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).150 (6) Antevasi
3 Anantevāsikam¹ idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaṃ
vussati anācariyakaṃ || ||
4 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ
na phāsuṃ² viharati || Anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu
anācariyako³ sukham⁴ phāsuṃ viharati || ||
5 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako
dukkhaṃ na phāsuṃ viharati || ||
6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saññoja-
niyā tyassa⁵ antovasanti antassa vasanti⁶ pāpakā akusalā
dhammā ti || tasmā Santevāsiko⁷ ti vuccati || || Te⁸ naṃ
samudācaranti || samudācaranti nam⁹ pāpakā akusalā
dhammā ti || tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || la || ||
7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena saddaṃ
sutvā || ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || ||
9-10 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya
rasaṃ sāyitvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅ-
kappā saññojaniyā || pe || || Puna ca param bhikkhave
bhikkhuno kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||
11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā
dhammam viññāya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā¹⁰
sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā || tyassa antovasanti antassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Antevāsikam
2 B1-2 phāsu always
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3; add vā
5 S1-3 tyāssa always
6 S1 anvassa (S3 anvāssa-) vasanti
7 S1 sā antevāsiko; S3 has the same, a being erased, whence sānte-
8 S1-3 tena
9 S1-3 omit samudācaranti naṃ
10 Missing in S1; written but erased in S3

[page 137]
XXXV. 150. 20] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 137
vasanti¹ pāpakā akusalā dhammā || tasmā Santevāsiko² ti
vuccati || te naṃ³ samudācaranti samudācaranti nam⁴
pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || ||
12 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko⁵ sācariyako
dukkhaṃ na phāsuṃ viharati || ||
13 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācari-
yako sukham phāsuṃ viharati || ||
14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na
uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā sañño-
janiyā || tyassa na antovasanti nāssa antovasanti pāpakā
akusalā dhammāti tasmā Antevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te na
naṃ⁶ samudācaranti na⁷ samudācaranti nam pāpakā
akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anācariyako ti vuccati || ||
15-18 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena
saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya
rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||
19 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā
dhammaṃ viññāya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā⁸
sarasaṅkappā saññojaniyā tyassa na antovasanti⁹ nassa
antovasanti¹⁰ pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anantevā-
siko ti vuccati || || Te na naṃ samudācaranti na samudā-
caranti nam¹¹ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti tasmā Anācariyako
ti vuccati || ||
20 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anā-
cariyako sukham phāsuṃ viharati || ||
Anantevāsikam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaṃ vuccati¹²
anācariyakaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anvāssavasanti; the word, written between the lines in S3,
is not very distinct
2 S1 sā antevasiko as before; S3 antevāsiko; B2 sānte-
3 S1 tenataṃ
4 S3 omits samudācaranti naṃ
5 So B1 S3; S1 B2 sāntevasīko
6 B2 te nenaṃ
7 S1 inserts tam between na and samudo omitting the ollowing naṃ;
S3 omits the whole
8 Missing in S1-3
9 S1-3 antova (S3-vā-)sissanti
10 S1-3 antevasanti
11 S1 na naṃ samudācaranti; missing in S3
12 B1-2 vussati

[page 138]
138 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 150. 21
21 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaṃ
na phāsuṃ viharati || anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu anā-
cariyako sukham phāsuṃ viharatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).151 (7) Kimatthiya
3 Sace vo bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam
puccheyyuṃ || Kim atthi yam āvuso samaṇe Gotame
brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave
tesam aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evaṃ vyākarey-
yātha || ||
4 Dukkhassa kho āvuso yassa pariññāya¹ Bhagavati
brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam
puccheyyuṃ || || Katamam pana tam avuso² dukkham
yassa pariññāya samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti ||
evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyānam
paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyātha || ||
6-11 Cakkhuṃ kho āvuso dukkhaṃ tassa pariññāya
Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati || Rūpā dukkhā tesam
pariññāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati || Cakkhusamphasso
dukkho tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussa-
ti || ||³ Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā adukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ
vā tam pi dukkhaṃ || tassa pariññāya Bhagavati brahma-
cariyaṃ vussati || ||
12 Idaṃ kho āvuso dukkhaṃ yassa pariññāya Bhaga-
vati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
13 Evam puṭṭhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam aññatitthiyā-
nam paribbājakānam evaṃ vyākareyyāthāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).152 (8) Atthi nu kho pariyāyo
3 Atthi nu kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam
āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva⁴ saddhāya aññatra ruciyā
aññatrānussavā aññatrākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pariññattham
2 B1 panāvuso
3 So S1-3; less abridged in B1-2
4 S1-3 aññattho always

[page 139]
XXXV. 152. 11] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 139
nijjhānakhantiyā aññam vyākareyya || Khīnā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātī ti¹ || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe² || ||
5 Atthi bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma
bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhan-
tiyā aññaṃ vyākareyya || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacari-
yaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanātīti || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam
āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya || pe || aññatra diṭṭhi-
nijjhānakhantiyā aññaṃ vyākaroti Khiṇā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
7 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā
santam vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ
rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantam vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosa-
mohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || ||
Yantam³ bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpam disvā santam
vā ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohaṃ Atthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgado-
samohoti pajānāti || asantaṃ vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaṃ
Natthi me ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || api nu me
bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā veditabbā ruciyā vā vedi-
tabbā anussavena vā veditabbā ākāraparivitakkena vā vedi-
tabbā diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā paññāya disvā veditabbā
ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma
bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatrānus-
savā aññatrākāraparivitakkā aññatradiṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā
aññaṃ vyākaroti Khīṇā jati vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
8-11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ
sutvā || pe || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ
sāyitvā⁴ || || Kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pajānāmīti always
2 So S1-3; complete in B1-2
3 S1-3 santam
4 10 (Jivhāya . . .)is complete in B1-2

[page 140]
140 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 152. 12
12 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ
viññāya santaṃ vā ajjhattam rāgadosamoham. Atthi me aj-
jhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ
rāgadosamohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti
pajānāti || || Yam tam bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaṃ
viññāya santaṃ vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaṃ Atthi me
ajjhattaṃ rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ
rāgadosamohaṃ Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti
pajānāti || api nu me bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā vedi-
tabbā || pe || diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā paññāya disvā veditabbā-
ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
13 Ayam pi kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam
āgamma bhikkhu aññatreva saddhāya aññatra ruciyā
aññatrānussavā aññatrākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinij-
jhānakhantiyā aññaṃ vyākaroti || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).153 (9) Indriya
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || Indriyasampanno indriyasampanno ti vucca-
ti || kittāvatā nu kho bhante indriyasampanno hotīti || ||
4 Cakkhundriye ce bhikkhu udayavyayānupassī¹ viha-
ranto cakkhundriye nibbindati || Sotindriye || Ghānindriye ||
Jivhindriye || Kāyindriye || Manindriye ce bhikkhu udaya-
vyayānupassī viharanto manindriye nibbindati || nibbindaṃ
virajjati || la || Vimutasmi vimuttamhīti ñānaṃ hoti || Khīnā
jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ || kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
5 Ettāvatā kho bhikkhu indriyasampannoti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 udayabbayā-

[page 141]
XXXV. 154. 9] NAVAPURĀṆAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 141

SN_4,35(1).154 (10) Kathika
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante
vuccati kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hotīti || ||
4 Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaṃ deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vaca-
nāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya paṭipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhik-
khūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindā¹
virāgā¹ nirodhā¹ anupādā vimutto hoti || Diṭṭhadhamma-
nibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāya || ||
9 Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaṃ deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vaca-
nāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paṭipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti
alaṃ vacanāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindā² virāgā
nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || Diṭṭhadhammanibbānap-
patto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti³ || ||
Navapurāṇavaggo pañcamo⁴ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kammaṃ cattāri⁵ Sappāyā || Anantevāsi Kimatthiyā⁶ ||
Atthinukhopariyāyo || Indriya-Kathikena te dasāti⁷ || ||
Tatra Vagguddānaṃ⁸ ||
Yogakkhemi ca Loko ca ||⁹ Gahapati Devadahena ca ||
Navapurāṇena paññāsaṃ || tatiyaṃ tena vuccatīti¹⁰ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ya
2 S3 add ya between the lines
3 S1 B1 vacanāya
4 After the uddānam in S1-3
5 S1-3 ca (S1 cā-)riya
6 S1-3 -atthikā
7 S1-3 cāti instead of te-
8 Missing in B1-2
9 S1-3 -khemañca lokañca
10 S1-3 vuccati

[page 142]
142 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 155. 3
PAÑÑĀSAM CATUTTHAM

CHAPTER I NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO

SN_4,35(1).155 (1) Nandikkhaya1
3 Aniccaṃ yeva bhikkhave cakkhuṃ Aniccanti passati ||
sāyaṃ¹ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāsampassaṃ nibbindati
nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-7 Aniccaṃ yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu sotaṃ Aniccanti
passati || ghānaṃ Aniccanti passati || jivham² Aniccanti
passati || kāyam Aniccanti passati || ||
8 Aniccaṃ yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu manaṃ Aniccanti
passati || sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāpassaṃ nibbin-
dati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).156 (2) Nandikkhaya2
3 Anicce yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpe Aniccā ti pas-
sati || sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi || sammāpassaṃ nibbin-
dati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-8 Anicce yeva bhikkhave sadde || gandhe || rase || phoṭ-
ṭhabbe || dhamme Aniccā ti passati || sāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭ-
ṭhi || sammāpassaṃ nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo
rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ
suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).157 (3) Nandikkhaya3
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || cakkha-
niccataṃ³ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || Cakkhum
bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto cakkhanicca-
taṃ³ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto cakkhusmim pi
nibbindati || nandikkhayo rāgakkhayo ragakkhayā nandik-
khayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sāssa always
2 S1-3 jivhā
3 S1-3 cakkhuaniccataṃ

[page 143]
XXXV. 159. 3] NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO 143
4-5 Sotam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || Ghā-
naṃ || ||
6 Jivham bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || jivhānic-
cataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave
bhikkhu yoniso manasi karotha || jivhāniccataṃ ca yathā-
bhūtaṃ samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave bhikkhu
yoniso manasi karonto jivhāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ
samanupassanto jivhāya nibbindati || || pe || cittam suvimut-
tanti vuccati || ||
7-8 Kāyam || || Manam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karo-
tha || manāniccataṃ ca yathābhūtam samanupassatha || ||
Manam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto manā-
niccataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto manasmimpi
nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandik-
khayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).158 (4) Nandikkhaya4
3 Rūpe bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || rūpāniccataṃ
ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || || Rūpe bhikkhave
bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto rūpāniccataṃ ca yathā-
bhūtaṃ samanupassanto rūpesu pi nibbindati || nandik-
khayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirā-
gakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-7 Sadde || || Gandhe || || Poṭṭhabbe || || Kāye || ||
8 Dhamme bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || dham-
māniccataṃ ca yathābhutaṃ samanupassatha || || Dhamme
bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto dhammānic-
cataṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto dhammesu pi
nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandik-
khayo nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).159 (5) Jīvakambavane1
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jīvakam-
bavane || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi Bhikkhavoti ||
la || ||
3 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhik-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 144]
144 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 159. 4
khave bhikkhuno yathābhūtam okkhāyati || || Kiñca yathā-
bhūtam okkhāyati || ||
4 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Rupā
aniccāti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuviññāṇam anic-
canti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti
yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathā-
bhūtam okkhāyati || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || Ghānaṃ || Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano aniccoti yathābhutam okkhāyati || Dhammā
aniccāti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || la || Yam pidam mano
samphassapaccayā uppajjati sukkhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā aduk-
khamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhā-
yati || ||
10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhik-
khuno yathābhūtam okkhāyatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).160 (6) Jīvakambavane2
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jīvakam-
bavane || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū amantesi || la || ||
3 Paṭisallāṇe¹ bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paṭisallī-
ṇassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathābhūtam okkhāyati² || ||
Kiñca yathābhūtam okkhāyati || ||
4 Cakkhu aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Rūpā anic-
cāti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuviññāṇam aniccanti
yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti yathā-
bhūtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhūtam okkhā-
yati || ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anicco ti yathābhūtam okkhāyati || Dhammā ||
Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 paṭisallīno here and further on
2 S1-3 pakkhāyati always

[page 145]
XXXV. 161. 10] NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO 145
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi Aniccanti yathabhūtam
okkhāyati || ||
10 Patisallāṇe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallī-
ṇassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathabhūtam okkhāyatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).161 (7) Koṭṭhiko1
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko¹ yena Bhagavā ||
pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā
saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || yam aham Bhagavato
dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto
vihareyyanti || ||
Yaṃ kho Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ || tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo || || Kiñca Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho² Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ tatra te chando
pahātabbo || Rupā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cak-
khuviññāṇam aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cak-
khusamphasso anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || Yam
pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ su-
khaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi anic-
caṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-6 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
7 Jivhā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rasā aniccā ||
Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || Jivhāsamphasso || Yam pidaṃ jivhā-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duk-
khaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccaṃ tatra te
chando pahātabbo || ||
8-9 Kāyo || || Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Dhammā aniccā || Manoviññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ || manosamphasso ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi
aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
10 Yam kho Koṭṭhika aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātab-
boti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Koṭṭhito always
2 Missing in S1-3

[page 146]
146 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 162. 2

SN_4,35(1).162 (8) Koṭṭhiko2
2-3 Atha kho || la || vihareyyanti¹ || ||
Yam kho Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
kiñca Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho² Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ tatra te chando
pahātabbo || Rūpā dukkhā tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Cakkhusamphasso dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ
sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi
dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Ghānaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Jivhā-
dukkhā || || Kāyo dukkho || ||
9 Mano dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo || pe || Mano
samphasso- || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā up-
pajjati vedayitaṃ- || tam pi dukkhaṃ tatra te chando
pahātabbo || ||
10 Yaṃ kho Koṭṭhika dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).163 (9) Koṭṭika3
2-3 Ekam antaṃ || la || vihareyyanti || ||
Yo kho Koṭṭhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Ko ca Koṭṭhika anattā || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho Koṭṭhika anattā tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo || Rūpā anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuviñ-
ñāṇam anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso
anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo³ || || Yam pidam cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattā tatra te chando
pahātabbo || la ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Dhammā
anattā || Manoviññāṇaṃ || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 have Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho- -desetu --pe--
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 repeat here cakkhuviññāṇam . . .

[page 147]
XXXV. 165. 10] NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO 147
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ || pe || tam pi
anattā tatra chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo kho Koṭṭhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo
ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).164 (10) Micchādiṭṭhi
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato mic-
chādiṭṭhi pahīyati || rūpe aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi
pahīyati || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aniccato jānato passato mic-
chādiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhusamphassam aniccato jānato
passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || pa || Yam pidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato
micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati || ||
10 Evam kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato micchā-
diṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).165 (11) Sakkāya
2-3 Etad¹ avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato
katham passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
4-9 Cakkhum kho bhikkhu dukkhato jānato passato
sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || rūpe dukkhato jānato passato
sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhato jānato
passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhusamphassaṃ duk-
khato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || la || Yam
pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukkhaṃ vā || tam pi dukkhato
jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati || ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato micchādiṭṭhi
pahīyatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Preceded in S1-3 by Ekam antam . . . Bhagavantam

[page 148]
148 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 166. 2

SN_4,35(1).166 (12) Attano
2-3 Etad¹ avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato
katham passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyatīti || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ kho bhikkhu anattato jānato passato attānu-
diṭṭhi pahīyati || rūpe anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi
pahīyati || cakkhuviññāṇam anattato jānato passato attānu-
diṭṭhi pahīyati || cakkhusamphassam anattato jānato passato
attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati || Yam pidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham-
asukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi
pahīyati ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhaṃ || || Kāyaṃ || ||
9 Manam anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati ||
dhamme || manoviññāṇaṃ || manosamphassaṃ || yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || tam pi anattato jānato
passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyati ||
10 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato attānudiṭṭhi
pahīyatīti² || ||
Nandikkhayavaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Nandikkhayena cattāro ||
Jīvakambavane duve³ ||
Koṭṭhikena⁴ tayo vuttā ||
Micchā Sakkāya Attano ti || ||

CHAPTER II SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]

SN_4,35(1).167 (1) Chandena (aṭṭhārasa)1
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 As in the preceding sutta (p. 147, n. 1)
2 This number is missing in B1-2
3 S1-3 dve
4 51-3 koṭṭhitena

[page 149]
XXXV. 168. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 149
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || ||
9 Mano anicco tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo
ti || ||
(2) Chandena2
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo ||
kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahā-
tabbo || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Kāyo
anicco
⁹ Mano anicco tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabboti || ||
(3) Chandena3
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahā-
tabbo || kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo
pahātabbo || || Sotam aniccaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || ||
Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anicco tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahā-
tabbo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).168 (4-6) Chandena4,5,6,
3 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhik-
khave dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-6 Sotaṃ dukkhaṃ || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano dukkho tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahā-
tabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 150]
150 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 168. 10
10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).169 (7-9) Chandena7,8,9
3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave
anattā || ||
4 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahā-
tabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

SN_4,35(1).170 (10-12) Chandena10,11,12
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave
aniccaṃ || ||
4 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

SN_4,35(1).171 (13-15) Chandena13,14,15
3 Yam bhikkhave dukkham tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhik-
khave dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Rupā bhikkhave dukkhā || tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā dukkhā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 151]
XXXV. 173. 3. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 151

SN_4,35(1).172 (16-18) Chandena16,17,18
3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca bhikkhave
anattā || ||
4 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).173 (19) Atītena (nava)1
3-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ atītaṃ || Sotaṃ || ||
Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || Mano anicco atīto || ||
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi nibbindati || ghānasmim pi
nibbindati || jivhāya pi nibbindati || kāyasmiṃ pi || manasmim
pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati Vimut-
tasmi vimuttamhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātīti || ||
(20) Atītena2
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam anāgataṃ || || Sotaṃ || ||
Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā aniccā anāgatā || Kāyo || || Mano anicco
anāgato || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātī-
ti || ||
(21) Atītena3
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaṃ || So-
taṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-8 Jivhā aniccā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || || Mano anicco
paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātī-
ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 152]
152 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 174. 3

SN_4,35(1).174 (22-24) Atītena4,5,6
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atītam anāgatam
paccuppannaṃ || || sotam || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-8 Jivhā dukkhā atīta anāgatā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || ||
Mano dukkho atīto anāgato paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).175 (25-27) Atītena7,8,9
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atītam anāgatam paccup-
pannaṃ || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
6-8 Jivhā anattā || Kāyo || Mano atīto anāgato paccup-
panno || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthatāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).176 (28-30) Atītena (nava)10,11,12
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā
aniccā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).177 (31-33) Atītena13,14,15
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā
dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).178 (34-36) Atītena16,17,18
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā
anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).179 (37) Yadanicca (aṭṭhārasa)1
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atītaṃ || Yad aniccaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 153]
XXXV. 179. 3. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 153
tam dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotam aniccaṃ || || Ghānam aniccaṃ || || Jivhā
aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || ||
8 Mano anicco atīto || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
(38) Yadanicca2
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ anāgataṃ || yad aniccam
taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ
Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotam aniccaṃ || || Ghānam aniccaṃ || || Jivhā anic-
cā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anicco anāgato || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
(39) Yadanicca3
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaṃ || yad
aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad
anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anicco paccuppanno || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 154]
154 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 180. 3

SN_4,35(1).180 (40-42) Yadanicca4,5,6
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atītam anāgatam pac-
cuppannam || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ
yathābhutam sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano dukkho atīto anāgato paccuppanno || || Yam
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama Neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).181 (43-45) Yadanicca7,8,9
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atītam anāgatam paccup-
pannaṃ || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na
meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya
daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattā atīto anāgato paccuppanno || Yad anattā
taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).182 (46-48) Yadanicca10,11,12
3 Rupā bhikkhave aniccā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
Yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkham || Yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā
taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā aniccā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad anic-
caṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā
taṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 155]
XXXV. 184. 2. 9] SAṬṬHI-PEYYĀLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO] 155

SN_4,35(1).183 (49-51) Yadanicca13,14,15
3 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
yam dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || yaṃ
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthāttāyāti pajānātī-
ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).184 (52-54) Yadanicca16,17,18
3 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
yad anattā taṃ Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso
attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā anattā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad
anattā taṃ Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti ||
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).185 (55) Ajjhatta (tayo)1
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ ||
Jivhā || Kāyo || Mano anicco || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pājānātīti || ||
(56) Ajjhatta2
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 156]
156 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 185. 3. 3
(57) Ajjhatta3
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || || Sotaṃ || || Ghānaṃ || ||
Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).186 (58) Bāhira (tayo)1
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || ||
9 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
(59) Bāhira2
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave dukkhā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā dukkhā || ||
(60) Bāhira3
3-8 Rūpā bhikkhave anattā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoṭṭhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || ||
9 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Saṭṭhi-peyyālaṃ samattaṃ¹ || ||
Tassuddānam² || ||
Chandenaṭṭhārasā³ honti ||
Atītena ca dve⁴ nava⁵ ||
Yadaniccāṭṭhārasā⁶ vuttā ||
Tayo ajjhatta-bāhirā⁷ ||
Peyyālo saṭṭhiko vutto⁸ ||
Buddhenādiccabandhunā ti || ||
Suttantāni saṭṭhi⁹ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -peyyālo samatto
2 S1-3 tatrudo
3 S1-3 Chandena aṭṭhā-
4 S1-3 vaṭṭhe instead of ca dve
5 S1 navā; S3 ṇavā; B2 na || pa ||
6 S1-3 aniccā aṭṭhā
7 B1 S1-3 ajjhattaṃ
8 S1-3 saṭṭhitā vuttā; S1 vutta
9 In B1-2 only; B2 has suttantānaṃ

[page 157]
XXXV. 187. 2] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 157

CHAPTER III SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO

SN_4,35(1).187 (1) Samuddo1
2 Samuddo samuddo ti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano
bhāsati || || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ||
mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā¹ udakaṇṇavo || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa rūpa-
mayo vego || yo taṃ rūpamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave atari² cakkhusamuddaṃ saūmiṃ³
sāvaṭṭaṃ⁴ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāragato thale
tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo || || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa rasamayo
vego || Yo taṃ rasamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave atari jivhāsamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagāhaṃ
sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāragato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo || ||
la || ||
8 Mano bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa dham-
mamayo vego || yo taṃ dhammavegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave atari manosamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sa-
gāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāragato thale tiṭṭhati brāh-
maṇo ti || ||
9 Idam avoca satthā⁵ || ||
Yo imaṃ samuddaṃ sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ ||
saūmibhayaṃ⁶ duttaram accatari ||
So vedagū vusitabrahmacariyo⁷ ||
lokantagū pāragato ti vuccatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).188 (2) Samudda2
2 Samuddo samuddoti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -rāsiṃ; S1-3 repeat mahā
2 S3 atarī; B2 attani always
3 B1-2 saummim always
4 B2 sāvaṭṭham always
5 Missing in S1-3
6 So S1-3; B saummiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sabhayaṃ
7 B2 vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ

[page 158]
158 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 188. 3
bhāsati || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ||
mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā udakaṇṇavo || ||
3-5 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajaniyā || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ti || || Etthāyaṃ sade-
vako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇīpajā¹
sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā² tantā kulakajātā
guṇaguṇikajātā³ muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattanti⁴ || ||
6-7 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || la ||
8 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmupasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo || || Etthāyam sa-
devako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī
pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantā kulaka-
jātā guṇaguṇikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattantīti⁵

SN_4,35(1).189 (3) Bālisiko
2 Yassa rāgo ca doso ca avijjā ca virājitā || so imaṃ
samuddaṃ sagāhaṃ⁶ sarakkhasaṃ saūmibhayaṃ⁷ dutta-
ram⁸ accatari⁹ || ||
Saṅgātiko maccujaho nirūpadhi ||
pahāya dukkham apunabbhavāya ||
atthaṅgato so na pamāṇam eti¹⁰ ||
amohayi maccurājanti brūmīti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave bāḷisiko¹¹ āmisagataṃ baḷisaṃ
gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam¹² añña-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -brahmaṇiyā pajāya here only
2 B1-2 samuddā
3 So B2; B1 kulaguṇṭhikajātā; S1-3 gulāguṇḍikajātā
4 So B1; B2 S1-2 -vattati
5 See notes of numbers 3-5
6 S1-3 saṅgahaṃ
7 B2 sabhayaṃ
8 B1 suduttaraṃ
9 B2 accarati
10 B2 samānam eti; B1 puneti
11 S1-3 bālisako
12 S1-3 kamena

[page 159]
XXXV. 190. 2] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 159
taro āmisacakkhu maccho gileyya || evaṃ hi so¹ bhikkhave
maccho gilitabaḷiso² bāḷisikassa anayam āpanno vyasanam
āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāḷisikassa || evam eva kho
bhikkhave cha yime baḷisā lokasmiṃ anayāya sattānaṃ
vyābādhāya³ pāṇinaṃ || || Katame cha ||
4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || tañ ce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaliso⁴ Mārassa anayam āpanno
vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa ||
7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || pe || ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā- -raja-
nīyā || || Tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya
tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso⁵
Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathakāma-
karaṇīyo pāpimato || ||
10-12 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || || Tañce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya⁶ tiṭṭhati ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na gilitabaliso Mārassa ||
abhedi baḷisaṃ paribhedi baḷisam⁷ na anayam āpanno na
vyasanam āpanno na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato || pa || ||
13-14 Santi bhikkhave jivhāviññeyyā rasā || pe || ||
15 Santi bhikkhave manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā-
-rajanīyā || Tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivādati nājjho-
sāya tiṭṭhati ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na giḷitabaḷiso
Mārassa || abhedi baḷisaṃ paribhedi baḷisaṃ na anayam
āpanno na yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).190 (4) Khīrarukkhena
2-6 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit hiso
2 B1 gilabaḷiso; S3 has gita- and B2 gila omitting baḷiso
3 B1-2 vadhāya
4 B1-2 gila (B2 ḷa)baḷiso
5 S1 gili-; B1-2 gila as before and afterwards
6 S1-3 na ajo
7 S1-3 omit paribhedi baḷisam here only

[page 160]
160 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 190. 7
vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so
atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so
appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || tassa parittā ce pi¹
cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti²
pariyādiyantevāssa³ cittaṃ || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaṃ || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so
atthi yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so
appahīno ||⁴ yo moho so appahīno || la || ||
7 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā
vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso
so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso
so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || tassa parittā ce pi
manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti
pariyādiyantevāssa cittam || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaṃ || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhu rāgo so atthi || yo doso so
atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so
appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khīrarukkho assattho vā nigro-
dho vā pilakkho⁵ vā udumbaro vā daharo taruṇo komā-
rako || tam enam puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā⁶ yato⁷ yato
ābhindeyya⁸ āgaccheyya khīranti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Yaṃ hi bhante khīraṃ tam atthīti || ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā
bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so atthi ||
yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo
doso so appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || tassa parittā ce pi
cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti || pari-
yādiyantevāssa cittaṃ || ko pana vādo adhimattānaṃ || ||
Tam kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave⁹ rāgo so atthi || yo doso so

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ceto pi here only
2 So all the MSS.; B1-2always; S1-3 here only; further on gacchanti
3 B1-2 -vassa always
4 S1-3 insert --pe-- here
5 B1-2 milakkhu
6 B1-2 kudhāriyā always
7 B1-3 ato here only
8 So B2; the other MSS. abhindeyya
9 Missing in S1-3

[page 161]
XXXV. 190. 16] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 161
atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so
appahīno || yo moho so appahīno || || Yassa kassaci bhik-
khave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu
rasesu yo rāgo so atthi || pe || || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave
bhikkhussa va bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu
yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo
rāgo so appahīno || yo doso so appahīno || yo moho so appa-
hīno || || Tassa parittā ce pi manoviññeyyā dhammā ma-
nassa āpātham āgacchanti¹ pariyādiyantevassa cittaṃ || ko
pana vādo adhimattānam || || Taṃ kissa hetu || || Yo bhik-
khave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi ||
yo rāgo so appahīno || pe || ||
10-12 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhik-
khuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so natthi ||
yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno ||
yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || || Tassa² adhi-
mattā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpātham
āgacchanti³ nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo
parittānaṃ || || Taṃ kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave rāgo so
natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so
pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || ||
13-15 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā
vā jivhāviññeyyesu || pe || manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo
rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo
rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || ||
Tassa adhimattā ce pi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa
āpātham āgacchanti nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko
pana vādo parittānaṃ || || Taṃ kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo
rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || ||
16 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khīrarukkho assattho vā
nigrodho vā pilakkho⁴ vā udumbaro vā sukkho koḷāpo
terovassiko || tam enaṃ puriso tiṇhāya kuṭhāriyā yato
yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya āgaccheyya khīran ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 āgaccheyyanti; S3 gaccheyyanti
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1 gacchanti B1-2 milakkhu as before

[page 162]
162 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 191. 1
No hetam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Yaṃ hi bhante khīraṃ taṃ natthi || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā
bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuviññeyesu rūpesu yo rāgo so natthi ||
yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno ||
yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so pahīno || Tassa adhimattā
ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti ||
nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || Ko pana vādo parittānaṃ || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo
moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo
moho so pahīno || la || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa
vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu rāsesu || pe || Yassa kas-
saci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññey-
yesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo
moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo
moho so pahīno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi manoviññeyyā
dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti || nevassa cittam
pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaṃ || || Taṃ kissa
hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so
natthi || Yo rāgo so pahīno || yo doso so pahīno || yo moho so
pahīno ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).191 (5) Koṭṭhiko
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Mahā-Koṭṭhiko¹ Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Miga-
dāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko sāyaṇhasamayam
paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko āyas-
mantam Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kinnu kho āvuso
Sāriputta cakkhu rūpānaṃ samyojanaṃ rūpā cakkhussa
saṃyojanaṃ || Jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ rasā jivhāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Koṭṭhito as usual

[page 163]
XXXV. 191. 6] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 163
saṃyojanaṃ || || Mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ dhammā
manassa saṃyojananti || ||
4 Na kho āvuso Koṭṭhika cakkhu rūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ
na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubha-
yam paticca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyoja-
naṃ || || Na jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rasā jivhāya
saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati
chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || || Na mano dham-
mānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ ||
yañ ca tattha tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo
taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || ||
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāḷo ca balivaddo¹ odāto ca bali-
vaddo ekena damena² vā yottena vā saṃyuttassu || Yo nu kho
evaṃ vadeyya || kālo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃ-
yojanaṃ || odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa saṃyoja-
nanti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Na kho āvuso kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃ-
yojanaṃ || na pi³ odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa
saṃyojanaṃ || yena ca kho ekena damena⁴ vā yottena vā
saṃyuttā || taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || || Evam eva kho
āvuso na cakkhurūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa
saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || pe || Na jivhā
rasānam saṃyojanaṃ || la || Na mano dhammānam saṃyo-
janam na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha
tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha
saṃyojanaṃ || ||
6 Cakkhu vā āvuso⁵ rūpānaṃ saṃyojanam abhavissa ||
rūpā vā⁶ cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ⁷ || na yidaṃ brahmacariya-
vāso paññāyetha⁸ sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho
āvuso na cakkhu rupānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -baddo
2 B1-2 dāmena
3 S1-3 nāpi
4 S1 dāmena as B1-2
5 S1 cakkhucāvuso; S3 cakkhuñcāvuso
6 S1-3 omit vā
7 S1-3 add abhavissa
8 B1 paññāyati always

[page 164]
164 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 191. 7
samyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || tasmā brahmaca-
riyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhayāya ||¹ pa || ||
Jivhā vā āvuso² rasānaṃ saṃyojanam abhavissa || rasā
vā jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || nayidaṃ³ brahmacariyavāso
paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso
na jivhā rasānaṃ samyojanaṃ || na rasā jivhāya saṃyoja-
naṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chan-
darāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || tasmā brahmacariyavāso
paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || pa || || Mano vā avuso
dhammānaṃ saṃyojanam abhavissa || dhammā vā manassa
saṃyojanaṃ || nayidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha
sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na mano
dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na dhammā manassa saṃyo-
janaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati
chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || tasmā brahma-
cariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
7 Iminā⁴ petam⁵ āvuso pariyāyena veditabbaṃ || yathā
na cakkhu rūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na rūpā cakkhussa
saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanaṃ || pa || Na jivhā-
rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || pe || Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃ-
yojanam na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañca tattha
tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || tam⁶ tattha
saṃyojanaṃ || ||
8 Saṃvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato cakkhu || passati
Bhagavā cakkhunā rūpaṃ || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi ||
suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || pe || || Saṃvijjati kho āvuso
Bhagavato jivhā || sāyati Bhagavā jivhāya rasaṃ || chan-
darāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || ||
Saṃvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato mano || jānāti⁷ Bhagavā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In this part cakkhu and jivhā are awkwardly intermixed in S1-3
2 S1-3 Jivhācāvuso
3 B1 tasmā
4 So B1 only; S1-3, B2 tadaminā
5 B2 metaṃ
6 S1-3 omit taṃ
7 B1-2 vijānāti

[page 165]
XXXV. 192. 4] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 165
manasā dhammaṃ || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvi-
muttacitto Bhagavā¹ ||
9 Iminā kho etam āvuso² pariyāyena veditabbaṃ ||
yathā na cakkhu rupānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa
saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha samyojanaṃ || || Na sotaṃ ||
Na ghānam || || Na jivhā rasānam saṃyojanaṃ na rasā
jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayaṃ paṭicca
uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojanam || || Na kāyo || ||
Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na dhammā manassa
saṃyojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati
chandarāgo taṃ tattha saṃyojananti || ||

SN_4,35(1).192 (6) Kāmabhū
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Ānando āyasmā ca Kāma-
bhū Kosambiyaṃ viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kāmabhū sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭi-
sallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhim sammodi ||
sammodanīyaṃ katham sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Kāmabhū āyas-
mantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso
Ānanda cakkhuṃ rupānam saṃyojanaṃ rūpā cakkhussa
saṃyojanaṃ || pa || jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ rasā
jivhāya saṃyojanam || pa || || mano dhammānam saṃyoja-
naṃ dhammā manassa saṃyojananti || ||
4 Na kho āvuso Kāmabhū cakkhu rūpānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ
na rūpā cakkhussa saṃyojanaṃ || yañca tattha tad ubha-
yam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha saṃyo-
janaṃ || pa || || Na jivhā rasānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ na rasā
jivhāya saṃyojanaṃ || || Na mano dhammānaṃ saṃyoja-
naṃ na dhammā manassa saṃyojanaṃ || yañca tattha tad
ubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ tattha saṃ-
yojanaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This paragraph is complete in B1-2
2 Missing in S1-3

[page 166]
166 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 192. 5
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāḷo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo
ekena dāmena¹ vā yottena vā saṃyuttā assu || || Yo nu
kho evaṃ vadeyya || kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa
saṃyojanaṃ odāto balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saṃyo-
jananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Na kho avuso kāḷo balivaddo odatassa balivaddassa
saṃyojanaṃ na pi odāto balivaddo kāḷassa balivaddassa
saṃyojanaṃ || yena ca kho te ekena dāmena vā yottena vā
saṃyuttā || taṃ tattha saṃyojanam || Evam eva kho āvuso
na cakkhu rupānaṃ saṃyojanaṃ || na rūpā cakkhussa
saṃyojanaṃ || Na jivhā || pa || || Na mano || pa || || yañ ca
tattha tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taṃ
tattha saṃyojananti || ||

SN_4,35(1).193 (7) Udāyī
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Ānando āyasmā ca Udāyī
Kosambiyaṃ viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyī sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisal-
lāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upa-
saṅkamitvā- -vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Udāyī āyasmantam
Ānandam etad avoca || Yatheva nu² kho āvuso Ānanda
ayaṃ kāyo Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo
pakāsito iti pi ayaṃ kāyo anattāti || sakkā evam evaṃ
viññāṇam pidam ācikkhituṃ desetum paññāpetum paṭṭha-
petuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ uttānīkātum³ iti pidaṃ viññā-
ṇam anattā ti || ||
Yatheva kho āvuso Udāyi ayaṃ kāyo Bhagavatā aneka-
pariyāyena akkhāto vivaṭo pakāsito iti pāyam⁴ kāyo
anattāti || sakkā evam evaṃ⁵ viññāṇam pi⁶ ācikkhituṃ
desetuṃ paññāpetum paṭṭhapetum vivarituṃ vibhajitum
uttānīkātum || iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattāti || ||
4-6 Cakkhuñca āvuso paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhu-
viññāṇanti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all the MSS. here and further on
2 S1 tatra
3 S3 uttāni- always
4 S1-3 piyaṃ
5 S1-3, B2 eva
6 B1 idaṃ

[page 167]
XXXV. 193. 10] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 167
Evam āvusoti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca¹ paccayo cakkhuviññāṇassa²
uppādāya so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbam apariseso³ nirujjheyya api nu kho
cakkhuviññāṇam paññāyethāti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhā-
taṃ vivaṭam pakāsitam iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || pa || ||
7-8 Jivhañcāvuso paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhā-
viññāṇanti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo jivhāviññāṇassa uppādāya
so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbam
apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho jivhāviññāṇam paññā-
yethā ti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhā-
taṃ vivaṭam pakāsitam iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || pa || ||
9 Manañcāvuso paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati mano-
viññāṇanti || ||
Evam āvusoti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppā-
dāya || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā
sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho manoviññāṇam
paññāyethāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhā-
taṃ vivaṭam pakāsitam iti pidaṃ viññāṇam anattā ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sāra-
pariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇham kuṭhārim⁴ ādāya vanam
paviseyya || so tattha passeyya mahantaṃ kadalikkhan-
dhaṃ ujuṃ navakam⁵ akukkukajātaṃ⁶ || tam evam mūle

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 -viññāṇaṃ
3 S1, B1 aparisesā always
4 B1-2 kudhārim
5 So B1; S1-3 ujukaṃ navaṃ; B2 navaṃ, the other word being
indistinct and erased
6 B1 akukkajaṭajātaṃ; B2 akkujajātaṃ

[page 168]
168 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 193. 11
chindeyya || mūle chetvā agge chindeyya || agge chetvā
pattavaṭṭiṃ¹ vinibbhujjeyya² || || So tattha pheggum
nādhigaccheyya kuto sāram || ||
11 Evam eva kho āvuso bhikkhu chasu³ phassāyatanesu
nevattānaṃ na attaniyaṃ⁴ samanupassati || so evam⁵
asamanupassanto⁶ na kiñci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ
na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaṃ neva⁷ parinibbā-
yati || Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karanīyaṃ
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).194 (8) Ādittena
1 Ādittapariyāyaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyaṃ
desissāmi tam suṇātha || || Katamo ca so bhikkhave āditta-
pariyāyo dhammapariyāyo || ||
2 Varam bhikkhave tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sam-
pajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
na tveva cakkhuviññeyesu rūpesu anuvyañjanaso nimittag-
gāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ⁸ vā bhikkhave viññāṇam
tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitam vā ||
tasmiṃ ce⁹ samaye kālaṃ kareyya ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati ||
yaṃ dvinnaṃ¹⁰ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nira-
yaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
3 Imaṃ khvāham¹¹ bhikkhave ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhena ayosaṃkunā ādittena
sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena sotindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
na tveva sotaviññeyyesu saddesu anuvyañjanaso nimittag-
gāho || nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭ-
ṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ vā || tas-
miṃ ce samaye kālam kareyya ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati || yaṃ
dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā
tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
4 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavam disvā evaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 -vaṭṭhaṃ
2 B1-2 vinibbajjeyya; B2 has a single j
3 S1-3 chassu
4 S1-3 nāttaniyaṃ
5 B2 eva
6 B1 samanu-
7 B1 paccattaññeva; B2 paccattañceva
8 S1-3 -gathitaṃ always
9 Missing in S1-3 always
10 B1 dinnaṃ always
11 Missing in S1-3

[page 169]
XXXV. 194. 7] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 169
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhena nakhacchedanena
ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena ghānindriyaṃ sam-
palimaṭṭhaṃ || na tveva ghānaviññeyyesu gandhesu anu-
vyañjanaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhik-
khave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassā-
dagadhitaṃ vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya ṭhānam
etaṃ vijjati || yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ
gaccheyya nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
5 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhena khurena ādittena
sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena jivhindriyaṃ sampalimaṭ-
ṭhaṃ na tveva jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu anuvyañjanaso
nimittaggāho || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viññā-
ṇam tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya || anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ
vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya || ṭhānam etaṃ
vijjati || yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya
nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
6 Imaṃ khvāham bhikkhave ādīnavaṃ disvā evaṃ
vadāmi¹ || Varam bhikkhave tiṇhāya sattiyā ādittāya sam-
pajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya kāyindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
na tveva kāyaviññeyyesu phoṭṭhabbesu anuvyañjanaso
nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaṃ vā bhikkhave viñ-
ñāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭheyya anuvyañjanassādagadhitaṃ
vā || tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyya ṭhānam etam vijjati ||
yaṃ dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ gaccheyya nira-
yaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā || ||
7 Imaṃ khvāhaṃ² bhikkhave ādīnavam disvā evam
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave suttaṃ³ || suttaṃ kho panā-
ham bhikkhave vañjhaṃ⁴ jīvitānam⁵ vadāmi aphalaṃ
jīvitānaṃ vadāmi momūhaṃ jīvitānam vadāmi⁶ || na
tveva tathārūpe vitakke vitakkeyya yathārūpānaṃ vitakkā-
naṃ vasaṃgato saṅgham bhindeyya || || Imam khvāham

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 --pe-- instead of imaṃ- -vadāmi
2 S1 khavāhaṃ; S3 khumāhaṃ
3 B1-2 sottaṃ
4 S3 vaṃjaṃ; B1 vajjam; B2 vajjham
5 S3 jīvitāya; and the sequel is missing till sajotibhūtāya
6 momūham . . . vadāmi is missing in S1

[page 170]
170 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 194. 8
bhikkhave vañjhaṃ jīvitānam¹ ādīnavam disvā evaṃ
vadāmi || ||
8 Tattha² bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcik-
khati || ||
Tiṭṭhatu tāva tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampaj-
jalitāya sajotibhūtāya cakkhundriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ ||
handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti cakkhum
aniccaṃ rūpā aniccā cakkhuviññāṇam aniccaṃ || cakkhu-
samphasso anicco || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham
asukhaṃ vā tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
9 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhena ayosaṃkunā ādittena sampajja-
litena sajotibhūtena sotindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ || handā-
ham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti sotam aniccaṃ saddā
aniccā sotaviññāṇam aniccaṃ sotasamphasso³ anicco || yam
pidaṃ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ
vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
10 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhena nakhacchedanena⁴ ādittena
sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena ghānindriyaṃ sampalimaṭ-
ṭhaṃ || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti ghānam
aniccaṃ gandhā aniccā ghānaviññāṇam aniccaṃ ghāna-
samphasso anicco || yam pidaṃ ghānasamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaṃ || la || tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
11 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhena khurena ādittena sampajjali-
tena sajotibhūtena jivhindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭhaṃ || handā-
ham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti jivhā aniccā rasā
aniccā jivhāviññāṇam aniccaṃ jivhāsamphasso anicco ||
yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ ||
pe || tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
12 Tiṭṭhatu tāva tiṇhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya
sajotibhūtāya kāyindriyaṃ sampalimaṭṭham || handāham
idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti kāyo anicco phoṭṭhabbā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vañjhaṃ (written vajjaṃ) jīvitānam is to be found in B1 only
2 S1 tatra
3 This word and the sequel till ghānam aniccaṃ is missing both
in S1-3 by mistake rather than for abbreviating
4 B1 nasa-

[page 171]
XXXV. 195. 4] SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO 171
aniccā kāyaviññāṇam aniccaṃ kāyasamphasso anicco ||
Yam pidaṃ kāyasamphassapaccayā || pe || tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
13 Tiṭṭhatu tāva suttaṃ || handāham idam eva manasi
karomi || || Iti mano anicco dhammā aniccā manoviññāṇam
aniccaṃ manosamphasso anicco || yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ
vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam pi aniccaṃ || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako {cak-
khusmiṃ} nibbindati rūpesu nibbindati cakkhuviññāṇe pi
nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā tasmim¹ pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiṃ
vimuttamhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahma-
cariyam kataṃ karanīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
15 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave ādittapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo
ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).195 (9) Hatthapādupamā1
1 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaṃ paññā-
yati || pādesu sati abhikkamapatikkamo paññāyati || pabbesu
sati sammiñjanapasāraṇam² paññāyati || kucchismiṃ sati
jighacchā pipāsā paññāyati || ||
2 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmiṃ sati cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattam sukhaṃ dukkham ||
pe || jivhāya sati jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṃ
sukhaṃ dukkham || pa || manasmiṃ sati manosāmphassa-
paccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ³ || ||
3 Hatthesu bhikkhave asati ādānanikkhepanaṃ na
paññāyati || pādesu asati abhikkamapaṭikkamo na paññā-
yati || pabbesu asati sammiñjanapasāraṇaṃ na paññāyati ||
kucchismim asati jighacchā pipāsā na paññāyāti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmim asati cakkhu-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tam, the preceding words missing form yam pidam. . .
2 B1 samiñjana-; B2 samañchana- both always
3 B1-2 add || la ||

[page 172]
172 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 196. 1
samphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ
vā || pe || jivhāya asati jivhāsamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ||
pa || || Manasmim asati manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati
ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||

SN_4,35(1).196 (10) Hatthapādupamā2
1-4 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaṃ hoti¹ ||
pādesusati- -manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṃ
sukhaṃ dukkhanti || ||
Samudda-vaggo2
Tassuddānaṃ3 || ||
Dve Samuddā Bāḷasiko⁴ ||
Khīrarukkhena Koṭṭhiko⁵ ||
Kāmabhū Udāyī⁶ ceva ||
Ādittena ca aṭṭhamam ||
Hatthapādupamā duve⁷ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti⁸ || ||

CHAPTER [IV] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO PAÑCAMO

SN_4,35(1).197 (1) Āsīviso
1-2 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaṃ || pa || āmantesi || Bhagavā etad avoca⁹ || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave cattāro āsīvisā¹⁰ uggatejā ghora-
visā || || Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo
sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikulo || tam enam¹¹ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || ||
Ime te ambho purisa cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The substitution of hoti for paññāyati is the only difference
between this sutta and the preceding one
2 In B1-2 only
3 S1-2 tatrudo
4 S1 bāḷiasako; S3 bāḷisiko
5 S1-3 koṭṭhito
6 B2, S1-3 Udāyī
7 S1-3 dveti
8 S1-3 Samuddavaggo samatto instead of Vaggo-
9 In B2 only
10 B1-2 āsi- always
11 S3 eṇaṃ; S1 ena

[page 173]
XXXV. 197. 6] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 173
kālena kālaṃ vuṭṭhāpetabbā kālena kālaṃ nahāpetabbā¹
kālena kālam bhojetabbā kālena kālam pavesetabbā² || yadā
ca kho te ambho purisa imesaṃ catunnam āsīvisānam ugga-
tejānaṃ ghoravisānam aññataro vā aññataro vā kuppissati ||
tato tvam ambho purisa maraṇam vā nigacchissasi³ mara-
ṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ || yan te ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ
taṃ karohīti || ||
4 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisā-
nam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānaṃ yena vā tena vā palāye-
tha || tam enam vadeyyuṃ || || Ime te ambho purisa pañca-
vadhakā paccatthikā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubaddhā⁴ yattheva
nam passissāma⁵ tattheva jīvitāvoropessāmāti || yan te
ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
5 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisā-
nam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam bhīto pañcannaṃ vadha-
kānaṃ paccatthikānaṃ yena vā tena vā palāyetha || tam
enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || || Ayan te ambho purisa chaṭṭho
antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubad-
dho yattheva nam passissāmi⁶ tattheva⁷ siro pātessāmī-
ti⁸ || yan te ambo purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisā-
nam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam bhīto pañcannam vadha-
kānam paccatthikānam bhīto chaṭṭhassa antaracarassa
vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa yena vā tena vā palāyetha || so
passeyya suññaṃ gāmaṃ yaññayad evaṃ gharaṃ paviseyya
rittakaññeva paviseyya tucchakaññeva paviseyya suñña-
kaññeva paviseyya || yaññayadeva bhājanam parimaseyya
tucchakaññeva parimaseyya suññakaññeva parimaseyya ||
tam enam evam vadeyyuṃ || || Idāni ambho purisa imam
suññagāmaṃ corā gāmaghātakā⁹ vadhissanti¹⁰ || yan te
ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ taṃ karohīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-3 nahā-
2 S1-3 saṃvesetabbā
3 B1-2 nigacchasi; S1-3 nigacchissati
4 B1-2 anubandhā
5 S1-3 passāma
6 B1 passāmi; B2 passissati
7 B1 inserts te
8 B2 pātessatīti; S1-3 siro vapatissāmīti
9 So B1; B2 corāgāmaghātā; S1 corāghātā; S3 coraghātā
10 B1 pavīsanti

[page 174]
174 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 197. 7
7 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhīto catunnam āsīvisā-
nam uggatejānaṃ ghoravisānam bhīto pañcannaṃ vadha-
kānam paccatthikānam bhīto chaṭṭhassa antaracarassa
vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa bhīto corānaṃ gāmaghātakā-
naṃ¹ yena va tena vā palāyetha || || So passeyya mahan-
tam udakaṇṇavam orimantīram sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayam
pārimantīraṃ khemam appaṭibhayaṃ na cassa nāvā santā-
raṇī uttārasetuvā² apārāpāraṃgamanāya || ||
8 Atha kho so bhikkhave tassa purisassa evam assa
Ayaṃ kho mahā udakaṇṇavo orimantīram sāsaṅkaṃ sap-
paṭibhayam pārimantīraṃ khemam appaṭibhayaṃ natthica³
nāvā santāranī uttārasetu vā aparāpāraṃgamanāya || ||
Yam nūnāhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭha-sākhā-palāsaṃ saṅkaḍḍhitvā
kullam bandhitvā taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi
ca vāyamamāno⁴ sotthinā pāram gaccheyyan ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso tiṇa-kaṭṭha-sākhā-palā-
sam saṃkaḍḍhitvā kullam bandhitvā taṃ kullaṃ nissāya
hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ gac-
cheyya || || tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale titthati brāhmaṇo || ||
10 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhave katā atthassa viññā-
panāya ayaṃ cettha⁵ attho || ||
11 Cattāro āsīvisā uggatejā ghoravisā ti kho bhikkhave
catunnetam mahābhūtānam adhivacanaṃ || pathavīdhātuyā
āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā ||
12 Pañcavadhakā paccatthikā ti kho bhikkhave pañcan-
netam upādānakkhandhānam adhivacanam seyyathīdaṃ
rūpupādānakkhandhassa vedanupādānakkhandhassa sañ-
ñupādānakkhandhassa saṅkhārupādānakkhandhassa viññā-
nupādānakkhandhassa || ||
13 Chaṭṭho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko ti kho bhik-
khave nandirāgassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
14 Suñño gāmo ti kho bhikkhave channam⁶ ajjhattikā-
nam adhivacanaṃ || cakkhuto ce pi nam bhikkhave paṇḍito
vyatto medhāvī upaparikkhati rittakaññeva khāyati tuc-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -ghātānaṃ
2 B2 S3 uttara
3 B1 nacassa
4 S1-3 vāyā- always
5 S1-3 ayañcevettha
6 B1-2 channetaṃ

[page 175]
XXXV. 198. 3] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 175
chakaññeva khāyati suññakaññeva khāyati || pa || jivhato
ce pi nam bhikkhave || pa || manato ce pi nam bhikkhave
paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī upaparikkhati rittakaññeva khāyati
tucchakaññeva khāyati suññakaññeva khāyati || ||
15 Corā gāmaghātakā ti kho bhikkhave channam¹ bāhi-
rānam āyatanānam adhivacanaṃ || cakkhu bhikkhave hañ-
ñati manāpāmanāpesu rūpesu || sotam bhikkhave || la ||
ghānam bhikkhave || pa || jivhā bhikkhave haññati manāpā-
manāpesu rasesu || kāyo bhikkhave || pa || mano bhikkhave
haññati manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu || ||
16 Mahā udakaṇṇavo ti kho bhikkhave catunnam²
oghānam adhivacanaṃ || kāmoghassa bhavoghassa diṭṭho-
ghassa avijjoghassa || ||
17 Orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayan ti kho bhik-
khave sakkāyassetam adhivacanam || ||
18 Pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemam appaṭibhayan ti kho bhik-
khave nibbānassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
19 Kullan ti kho bhikkhave ariyassetam aṭṭhaṅgikassa
maggassa adhivacanaṃ || seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhiyā pa ||
sammāsamādhissa³ || ||
20 ⁴Hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyāmo ti kho bhikkhave
viriyārambhassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
21 Tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo ti kho
bhikkhave arahato etam adhivacanan ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).198 (2) Rato
3 Tīhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭ-
ṭheva⁵ dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati || yoni⁶
cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānam khayāya || || Katamehi tīhi ||
Indriyesu guttadvāro hoti⁷ || bhojane mattaññu jāgariyam
anuyutto || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 channetam
2 B1-2 catunnetaṃ
3 B1 sammādiṭṭhi || pa || samādhi
4 B1 puts tassa before hatthehi, perhaps on account of the ending
ssa of the preceding word
5 S1-3 diṭṭheceva
6 S1-3 yonī always
7 Missing in S1-3

[page 176]
176 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 198. 4
4 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro
hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na
nimittagāhī hoti nānuvyañjanaggāhī || yatvādhikaraṇam
enaṃ cakkhundriyam asaṃvutam viharantam abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ¹ ||
tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cak-
khundriye saṃvaram āpajjati || || Sotena saddam sutvā || ||
Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || ||
Kāyena phoṭṭhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaṃ
viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti || yatvādhikaraṇam enam
manindriyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ || tassa {saṃvarāya}
paṭipajjati rakkhati manindriyam manindriye {saṃvaram}
āpajjati ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave subhūmiyaṃ cātumahāpathe
ājaññaratho² yutto assa³ odhasatapatodo⁴ tam enaṃ dak-
kho⁵ yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhirūhitvā vāmena
hatthena rasmiyo⁶ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena patodam⁷
gahetvā yenicchakam yadicchakam sāreyya pi pacchāsārey-
ya⁸ pi || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imesaṃ
channam indriyānam ārakkhāya sikkhati || saṃyamāya
sikkhati || damāya sikkhati⁹ upasamāya sikkhati || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro
hoti || ||
6 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane mattaññu hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāram
āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhū-
sanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃ-
suparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya || iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ
paṭihaṅkhāmi navaṃ ca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi¹⁰ || yātrā¹¹
ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 anvāsaveyyuṃ
2 S1 āhaññā-
3 B1-2 insert ṭhito
4 S3 -dhasta- B1 -vantara- B2 -vattana-
5 B1 anurakkho
6 B1 rajjuyo
7 B2 pattodakaṃ
8 B1 hareyyapi -hareyya
9 damāya sikkhati is missing in B1
10 B1-2 uppādissāmī
11 B1-2 yatrā here and further on

[page 177]
XXXV. 199. 4] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 177
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso vaṇam ālimpeyya yāvad
eva ropanatthāya¹ || seyyathā² vā pana akkham abbhañ-
jeyya yāvad eva bhārassa nittharaṇatthāya³ || || Evaṃ kho
bhikkhave bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva
davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvad
eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsuparatiyā
brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāṇaṃ ca vedanam paṭihaṅ-
khāmi navaṃ ca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi || yātrā ca me
bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || ||
Evam kho bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane mattaññu hoti || ||
8 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto
hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya
āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || || Rattiyā
pathamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇiyehi
dhammehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmam
dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyam kappeti pāde pādam accā-
dhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññam manasi karitvā ||
rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmam paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisaj-
jāya āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto
hoti || ||
9 Imehi kho⁴ bhikkhave bhikkhu tīhi dhammehi saman-
nāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo
viharati yoni⁵ cassa āraddhā⁶ hoti āsavānaṃ khayāyāti || ||

SN_4,35(1).199 (3) Kummo
3 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave kummo kacchapo sāyaṇha-
samayam anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi || siṅgālo pi kho
bhikkhave sāyaṇhasamayam anunadītīre gocarapasuto
ahosi || ||
4 Addasā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo siṅgālam
dūrato va gocarapasutaṃ⁷ || disvāna soṇḍipañcimāni⁸

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 rohana-
2 S3 adds pi
3 B2 nittaraṇa-
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 yonī
6 S1-3 āraddho
7 Missing in S1-3
8 B1-2 soṇḍipañca- always

[page 178]
178 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 199. 5
aṅgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto
saṃkasāyati ||
5 Siṅgalo pi bhikkhave addasā kummaṃ kacchapam
dūrato va || disvāna yena kummo kacchapo tenupasaṅkami
upasaṅkamitvā kummaṃ kacchapam paccupaṭṭhito¹ ahosi || ||
Yadāyam kummo kacchapo soṇḍipañcimānam aṅgānam
aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgam abhininnāmessati tat-
theva naṃ gahetvā uddālitvā khādissāmīti || ||
6 Yadā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo soṇḍipañcimā-
nam aṅgānam² aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgaṃ na
abhininnāmesi³ || atha siṅgālo kummamhā nibbijja⁴ pakkāmi
otāram alabhamāno || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave tumhe pi Māro pāpimā
satatam samitam paccupaṭṭhito Appevanāmaham imesaṃ
cakkhuto vā otāraṃ labheyyaṃ || pa || jivhāto vā otāraṃ
labheyyaṃ || pa || manato vā otāraṃ labheyyanti || ||
8 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viha-
ratha || ||
Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha
mānuvyañjanaggahino || yatvādhikaraṇam enaṃ cakkhun-
driyam asaṃvutaṃ viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ || tassa saṃvarāya paṭipaj-
jatha || rakkhatha cakkhundriyam || cakkhundriye saṃvaram
āpajjatha || || Sotena saddaṃ sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaṃ
ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoṭṭhab-
bam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya mā nimittag-
gāhino ahuvattha mā anuvyañjanaggāhino || yatvādhikara-
ṇam enam manindriyam asaṃvutaṃ⁵ viharantam abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ || tassa
{saṃvarāya} paṭipajjatha || rakkhatha manindriyam || manin-
driye saṃvaram āpajjatha || || Yato⁶ tumhe bhikkhave indri-
yesu guttadvārā viharissatha || atha tumhehi⁷ pi Māro
pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati otāram alabhamāno kum-
mamhā va siṅgālo ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 -ṭhitaṃ
2 S3 puts here the negation na
3 B1 abhininnāmi
4 S1-3 nibbijjati
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 insert kho
7 S1-3 tumhe

[page 179]
XXXV. 200. 3] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 179
Kummo va¹ aṅgāni sake kapāle ||
samodaham bhikkhu manovitakko ||
anissito aññam aheṭhayāno² ||
parinibbuto nupavadeyya kiñci³ ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).200 (4) Dārukkhandha1
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ⁴ viharati
Gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre || ||
2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantaṃ dārukkhandham
Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaṃ || disvāna bhikkhū
āmantesi || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum mahantaṃ
dārukkhandham Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Sace kho bhikkhave dārukkhandho⁵ na orimantīraṃ
upagacchati na pārimantīram upagacchati || na majjhe
saṃsīdissati || na thale ussīdissati⁶ || na manussagāho⁷
bhavissati⁸ || na amanussagāho bhavissati || na āvaṭṭagāho
bhavissati || na antopūti bhavissati || evaṃ hi so bhikkhave
dārukkhandho samuddaninno bhavissati samuddapoṇo
samuddapabbhāro || Taṃ kissa hetu || samuddaninno bhik-
khave Gaṅgāya nadiyā soto samuddapoṇo samuddapab-
bhāro || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave sace tumhe pi na
orimantīram upagacchatha || na pārimantīram upagac-
chatha⁹ || na majjhe saṃsīdissatha || na thale ussīdissatha¹⁰ ||
na manussagāho hessatha || na amanussagāho hessatha¹¹ ||
na āvaṭṭagāho hessatha¹⁰ || na antopūti bhavissatha || evaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 yathākummo
2 S3 aheṭṭha-; B1 apothamāno; B2 ahemayamāno
3 S1-3 na upa- -kiñci (S1 cī)
4 S1-3 Ayojjhāyaṃ
5 B1 rukkhakkhandho
6 B1 ussārissati; B2 uharissati always
7 S1-3 -ggāho always
8 B1 gahe-; B2 gahissati (or -tha) always
9 B1 upagacchetha . . . etha; S1 upagacchittha . . . atha;
S3 upagacchittha . . . ittha
10 S3 ussītadi-; B1-2 ussāri-
11 B1 gahessatha; B2 gahissati; S1 gahessati

[page 180]
180 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 200. 4
tumhe bhikkhave nibbānaninnā bhavissatha nibbānapoṇā
nibbānapabbhārā || || Taṃ kissa hetu || nibbānaninnā bhik-
khave sammādiṭṭhi nibbānapoṇā nibbānapabbhārā ti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante orimantīram || Kim pārimantī-
raṃ || Ko majjhe¹ saṃsīdo² || Ko thale ussādo³ || Ko ma-
nussagāho || Ko amanussagāho || Ko āvaṭṭagāho || Ko anto-
pūtibhavo ti || ||
5 Orimantīran ti kho bhikkhu⁴ channetam ajjhattikā-
nam āyatanānam adhivacanaṃ || ||
6 Pārimantīran ti kho bhikkhu channaṃ⁵ bāhirānam
āyatanānam adhivacanaṃ || ||
7 Majjhe saṃsīdo⁶ ti kho bhikkhu nandirāgassetam
adhivacanaṃ || ||
8 Thale ussādo ti kho bhikkhu asmimānassetam adhiva-
canaṃ || ||
9 Katamo ca bhikkhu manussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu
gihī saṃsaṭṭho viharati || sahanandi sahasokī sukhitesu
sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu
attanā⁷ tesu⁸ yogam āpajjati || ayam vuccati bhikkhu
manussagāho || ||
10 Katamo ca⁹ bhikkhu amanussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu
ekacco ekacco aññataraṃ devanikāyam paṇidhāya brahma-
cariyaṃ carati || imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā
brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā ti ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu amanussagāho || ||
11 Āvaṭṭagāho ti kho bhikkhu pañcannetam kāmaguṇā-
nam adhivacanaṃ || ||
12 Katamo ca bhikkhu antopūtibhāvo || || Idha bhikkhu
ekacco dussīlo hoti || pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamā-
cāro paṭichannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 majjho
2 S1-3 saṃsādo; B2 saṃsarito
3 B1 ussāro
4 S1-3 bhikkhave
5 B1-2 channetaṃ
6 As before; majjho in S3 only
7 S1 attano
8 S1-3 have vo which seems to be erased in S3
9 Missing in S1

[page 181]
XXXV. 201. 2] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 181
abrahmacārī brahmacārīpaṭiñño antopūti avassuto ka-
sambujāto¹ || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu antopūtibhavo ti ||
11 Tena kho pana samayena Nando gopālako Bhagavato
avidūre ṭhito hoti || ||
12 Atha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Ahaṃ kho bhante orimantīram upagacchāmi || na pāri-
mantīram upagacchāmi || na majjhe saṃsīdissāmi || na
thale ussīdissāmi² || na maṃ³ manussagāho gahissati⁴ ||
na amanussagāho gahissati || na āvaṭṭagāho gahissati || na
antopūti bhavissāmi || labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato
santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
13 Tena hi tvaṃ Nanda sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyādehīti⁵ || ||
Gamissanti bhante gāvo vacchagiddhiniyoti || ||
Niyyādeheva⁶ tvaṃ Nanda sāmikānaṃ gāvo ti || ||
14 Atha kho Nando gopālako sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyā-
detvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Niyyāditā⁷ bhante samikā-
nam gāvo labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbaj-
jaṃ labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
15 Alattha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavato santike
pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || acirūpasampanno ca
panāyasmā Nando eko vūpakaṭṭho || pe || ||
16 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Nando arahaṃ ahosi || ||

SN_4,35(1).201 (5) Dārukkhandho2
1 Evam me sutaṃ⁸ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Kimbilā-
yaṃ⁹ viharati Gaṅgāya nadiyā tire ||
2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantam dārukkhandhaṃ
Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaṃ || disvāna bhikkhū
āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum ma-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 kasambukajāto
2 S1 saṃsīdissāmi; B2 -sīdissāmi; B1 ussārissami
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1-2 gahissati always
5 B1 niyyāte- always
6 S1-3 niyyādehivā
7 S1-2 niyyātitā; B1 niyyātā
8 Missing in B1-2
9 B2 kimilāyaṃ

[page 182]
182 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 201. 3
hantaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ Gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamā-
nan ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Vitthāretabbaṃ || pe¹ || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte² āyasma Kimbilo³ Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante orimantīram || || Vitthāretabbo ||
pe⁴ ||
12 Katamo ca Kimbila antopūtibhāvo || || Idha Kimbila
bhikkhu aññataraṃ saṅkiliṭṭham āpattim āpanno hoti
yathārūpāya āpattiyā⁵ vuṭṭhānam paññāyati || ayaṃ
vuccati Kimbila antopūtibhāvoti || ||

SN_4,35(1).202 (6) Avassuto
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavat-
thusmiṃ⁶ Nigrodhārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Kāpilavatthavānaṃ⁷ Sakyā-
naṃ⁸ navaṃ santhāgāram⁹ acirakāritaṃ hoti anajjhā-
vuṭṭhaṃ¹⁰ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā
manussabhūtena || ||
3 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bha-
gavantam etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante Kāpilavatthavānaṃ
Sakyānam navaṃ santhāgāram acirakāritam anajjhāvut-
thaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; B1 has only || pa || and B2 sace . . . na
orimaṃtiraṃ || la ||; see the preceding sutta
2 S1-3 vutto
3 B1-2 kimilo-la aloays
4 B1 has only || pa ||; B2 || la ||
5 B1 inserts here na which B2 puts after vuṭṭhānaṃ
6 B2 kappila- always
7 B1 kapilavatthuvāsinam-sino always
8 B1 sakkānaṃ
9 B1-2 sandhāgāraṃ always
10 B1 -vuṭṭhaṃ always

[page 183]
XXXV. 202. 7] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 183
bhūtena || tam bhante Bhagavā pathamam paribhuñjatu ||
Bhagavatā pathamam paribhuttam pacchā Kāpilavatthavā
Sakyā paribhuñjissanti || tad assa Kāpilavatthavānaṃ Sak-
yānam dīgharattam hitāya sukhāyāti ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena || ||
5 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato {adhivāsa-
naṃ} viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padak-
khiṇaṃ katvā yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅka-
miṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ
santharitvā¹ āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikam patiṭ-
ṭhāpetvā telappadīpam āropetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Sabbasanthariṃ santhatam² bhante santhāgāram āsa-
nāni paññattāni udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito || telappadīpo
āropito || yassadāni Bhagavā kālam maññatīti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya
saddhim bhikkhusaṅghena yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā³ santhā-
gāram pavisitvā majjhimam thambhaṃ nissāya puratthā-
bhimukho nisīdi || Bhikkhusaṅgho pi kho pāde pakkhā-
letvā³ santhāgāram pavisitvā pacchimam⁴ bhittiṃ⁵ nissā-
ya puratthābhimukho nisīdi Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkha-
tvā⁶ || || Kāpilavatthavā pi kho Sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā
santhāgāram pavisitvā puratthimam⁷ bhittiṃ nissāya
pacchāmukhā⁸ nisīdiṃsu || Bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkha-
tvā ||
7 Atha kho Bhagavā Kāpilavatthave Sakye bahudeva
rattim dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādāpetvā sa-
muttejitvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi || || Abhikkantā kho
Gotamā ratti yassa dāni kālam maññathāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; B1 puts dh instead of th; B2 has
sabbasandharaṇasandhataṃ sandhāgāraṃ sandharitvā
2 So S3 and B1 (with change of th to dh); S1 omits santharim
(by blunder of the copyist); B2 sabbasandha raṇasandhataṃ
3 B1-2 pakkhālitvā
4 S3 pacchim
5 S1 bhittaṃ
6 B1-2 purakkhitvā
7 S1-3 puratthim
8 B1-2 pacchimābhimukhā

[page 184]
184 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 202. 8
Evam bhante ti kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato
paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padak-
khiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā acirapakkantesu Kāpilavatthavesu
Sakyesu āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam āmantesi || ||
Vigatathīnamiddho¹ kho Moggalāna bhikkhusaṅgho pa-
ṭibhātu² taṃ Moggalāna bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathā³ ||
piṭṭhi me⁴ āgilāyati tam aham āyamissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Bhagavato
paccassosi ||
9 Atha kho Bhagavā catuguṇam⁵ saṅghātim paññā-
petvā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi || pāde
pādam accādhāya sato sampajaño uṭṭhānasaññam manasi
karitvā || ||
10 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhū āmantesi
āvuso bhikkhave ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa
paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Avassutapari-
yāyaṃ ca vo āvuso desissāmi anavassutapariyāyaṃ ca ||
taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Mogga-
lānassa paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca⁶ || ||
11 Katham āvuso⁷ avassuto hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe
rūpe⁸ adhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe⁸ vyāpajjati || anu-
paṭṭhitakāyasatī⁹ viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovi-
muttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam nappajānāti || yat-
thassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 -hina-
2 S1-3 paṭibhantu
3 S1-3 dhammī- as usual
4 S1-3 piṭṭhimme
5 S3 catugguṇaṃ; S1 seems to have catuggaṇam
6 The second part of this paragraph, from sādhukam is missing in S1-3
7 S1-3 kathañcāvuso
8 Missing in S1-3 and S1 has piyarūpaṃ
9 Sometimes -sati; S1-3 insert ca here and further on

[page 185]
XXXV. 202. 14] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 185
nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || pa || Manasā
dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati apiya-
rūpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasati viharati
parittacetaso || tañ ca cetovimuttim paññavimuttiṃ yathā
bhuttaṃ nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti ||
12 Ayaṃ vuccati āvuso bhikkhu avassuto cakkhu-
viññeyesu rūpesu || gha || avassuto jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu ||
pa || avassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu || || Evaṃ
vihāriṃ cāvuso bhikkhuṃ¹ cakkhuto ce pi naṃ Māro
upasaṅkamati labhateva² Māro otāram labhati Māro
ārammaṇam || la || Jivhāto ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati
labhateva Māro otāraṃ labhati {Māro} ārammaṇaṃ || la ||
Maṇato ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro
otāram labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || ||
13 Seyyathāpi āvuso naḷāgāraṃ vā tiṇāgāraṃ vā
sukkham kolāpaṃ terovassikam || puratthimāya ce pi
naṃ³ disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya
labhetheva aggi otāraṃ labhetha aggi ārammaṇaṃ ||
pacchimāya ce pi disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅ-
kameyya || la || uttarāya ce pi naṃ disāya || dakkhiṇāya ce
pi naṃ disāya || heṭṭhimato⁴ ce pi naṃ || uparimato⁵ ce pi
naṃ || yato kutoci⁶ ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya
upasaṅkameyya labhetheva aggi otāraṃ labhetha aggi
ārammaṇaṃ || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaṃ vihāriṃ
bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati labha-
teva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || la || Jivhāto
ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati || Manato ce pi nam Māro
upasaṅkamati labhateva Māro otāraṃ labhati Māro āram-
maṇaṃ || ||
14 Evaṃ vihāriṃ cāvuso bhikkhuṃ rūpā adhibhaṃsu na
bhikkhu rūpe adhibhosi || saddā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vihārī . . bhikkhu; B2 has vihārī . . . bhikkhuṃ
2 B1 labhetha always
3 Missing in S1-3 here and further on, not alw1ys
4 S1 heṭṭhito; S3 heṭṭhato
5 S1-3, B2 uparito
6 S1-3 omit ci here and further on

[page 186]
186 SAḶĀYATANA-SAMYUTTA [XXXV. 202. 15
bhikkhu sadde adhibhosi || gandhā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu
na bhikkhu gandhe adhibhosi || rasā bhikkhum adhibhaṃ-
su na bhikkhu rase adhibhosi || phoṭṭhabbā bhikkhum
adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu phoṭṭhabbe adhibhosi || dhammā
bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu na bhikkhu dhamme adhibhosi || ||
Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso bhikkhu rūpādhibhūto saddādhibhūto
gandhādhibhūto rasādhibhūto phoṭṭhabbādhibhūto dham-
mādhibhūto¹ adhibhūto² anadhibhū³ || adhibhaṃsu naṃ
pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṅkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā⁴
dukkhavipākā āyatijarāmaraṇiyā⁵ || ||
Evam kho āvuso avassuto hoti || ||
15 Kathaṃ cāvuso anavassuto hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe
rūpe⁶ nādhimuccati apiyarūpe rūpe⁶ na vyāpajjati ||
upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca
cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti yat-
thassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || pa || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || la || Manasā
dhammaṃ viññāya pīyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati apīya-
rūpe dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati
appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ
yathābhūtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Ayaṃ vuccatā-
vuso bhikkhu anavassuto cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu || la ||
anavassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu || Evaṃ vihāriṃ
cāvuso bhikkhuṃ cakkhuto ce pi naṃ Māro upasaṅkamati
neva labhati Māro otāraṃ na labhati Māro ārammanaṃ ||
pa || Jivhāto ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati || la || Manato
ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati Māro otāram
na labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ || ||
16 Seyyathāpi āvuso kuṭāgāraṃ vā kuṭāgārasālā⁷ vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In this part, from rupādhibhūto, S1-3 have abhibhū . .
instead of adhibhū . . .
2 Missing in S3
3 Missing in B2
4 S1-3 sa (S3 ya-) dārā
5 B1-2 āyatiṃ-
6 S1-3 omit rūpe as before
7 S1-3 have -sālaṃ; B1 also without kuṭāgāra-

[page 187]
XXXV. 202. 19] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 187
bahalamattikā¹ addāvalepanā² || puratthimāya ce pi naṃ³
disāya puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅkameyya neva
labhetha aggi otāraṃ na labhetha aggi ārammaṇam || la ||
pacchimāya ce pi naṃ⁴ || uttarāya ce pi naṃ || dakkhiṇāya
ce pi naṃ || heṭṭhimato ce pi naṃ || uparimato⁵ ce pi nam ||
yato kuto ci ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiṇukkāya upasaṅ-
kameyya neva labhetha aggi otāram na labhetha aggi
ārammaṇaṃ || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaṃviharim bhik-
khum cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati
Māro otāraṃ na labhati Māro ārammaṇam || pe || manato ce
pi nam Māro upasaṅkamati neva labhati Māro otāraṃ na
labhati Māro ārammaṇaṃ ||
17 Evaṃ vihārī cāvuso bhikkhu⁶ rūpe adhibhosi na
rūpā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || sadde bhikkhu adhibhosi na
saddā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || gandhe bhikkhu⁷ adhibhosi
na gandho bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || rase bhikkhu adhibhosi
na rasā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || phoṭṭhabbe bhikkhu
adhibhosi na phoṭṭhabbā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || dhamme
bhikkhu adhibhosi na dhammā bhikkhum adhibhaṃsu || ||
Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso bhikkhu rupādhibhū saddādhibhū gan-
dhādhibhū rasādhibhū phoṭṭhabbādhibhū dhammādhibhū
adhibhū anadhibhūto⁸ || adhibhosi te pāpake akusale
dhamme saṅkilesike ponobhavike sadare⁹ dukkhavipāke
āyatijātijarāmaraṇiye¹⁰ || ||
Evam kho āvuso anavassuto hotīti || ||
18 Atha kho Bhagavā uṭṭhahitvā āyasmantam Mahā-
Moggalānam āmantesi || || Sādhu sādhu Moggalāna sādhu
kho tvam¹¹ Moggalāna bhikkhūnaṃ avassutapariyāyañca
anavassutapariyāyañca abhāsīti¹² || ||
19 Idam avocāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno || samanuñño

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -mattikāmo
2 S1-3 -limpanā; B2 -nelamanā
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 disāya
5 S1-3 heṭṭhato . . .uparito
6 S1-3, B1 bhikkhuṃ; B2 bhikkhū
7 S1-3 bhikkhuṃ
8 S1-3 abhibhū anabhibhūto; B1 adds kecihi kilesehi
9 S1 sadāre
10 B1-2 ayatiṃ-; S1-3 -maraṇike
11 S1-3 taṃ
12 S3 ābhāsīti

[page 188]
188 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 203. 3
satthā ahosi || attamanā te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Mogga-
lānassa bhāsitam abhinandiṃsu¹ || ||

SN_4,35(1).203 (7) Dukkhadhammā
3 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaññeva dukkha-
dhammānaṃ samudayañca² atthagamañ ca yathābhūtam
pajānāti || tathā kho panassa kāmā diṭṭhā honti yathāssa
kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāma-
mucchā kāmapariḷāho so nānuseti || || Tathā kho panassa
cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho³ hoti || yathā carantam
abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavan-
ti⁴ || ||
4 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhu⁵ sabbesaṃ yeva dukkha-
dhammānaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamañca yathābhūtam
pajānāti || || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa
atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || pe || Iti saññā || Iti saṅkhārā ||
Iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa
atthagamo ti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaṃ
yeva dukkhadhammānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca
yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
5 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhuno kāmā diṭṭhā honti ||
yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāma-
sneho kāmamucchā kāmapariḷāho so nānuseti || || Seyya-
thāpi bhikkhave aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puṇṇā aṅgārā-
nam vītaccikānam⁶ vītadhūmānaṃ⁷ || atha puriso āgac-
cheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭi-
kulo || tam enaṃ⁸ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā
tam aṅgārakāsum upakaḍḍheyyuṃ || so iticiticeva⁹ kāyaṃ
sannāmeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || Ñātañhi¹⁰ bhikkhave

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 abhinandunti || ||
2 S1-3 insert assādañca ādinavañca
3 B1-2 anubandho
4 B2 nānusenti here and further on
5 Missing in B1-2
6 B1-2 vita-
7 B2 ṭhitadhumānaṃ
8 S1-3 eṇa
9 S3 iticitimeva
10 B1-2 ñāṇañhi: S3 has ñāṇatañhi, the letters ṇa ta being both erased

[page 189]
XXXV. 203. 9] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 189
tassa purisassa hoti || || Imaṃ khvāham aṅgārakāsum
papatissāmi || tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā gacchāmi maraṇa-
mattaṃ vā dukkhanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhik-
khuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā diṭṭhā honti yathāssa kāme
passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā
kāmapariḷāho so nānuseti || ||
6 Kathañca bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca
anubuddho¹ hoti || yathā carantaṃ viharantam abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavanti || || Sey-
yathāpi bhikkhave puriso bahukaṇṭakaṃ² dāyam pavisey-
ya || tassa purato pi kaṇṭako pacchato pi kaṇṭako uttarato
pi kaṇṭako dakkhiṇato pi kaṇṭako heṭṭhato pi kaṇṭako
uparito pi kaṇṭako || so yato ca abhikkameyya yato ca
paṭikkameyya Mā maṃ kaṇṭako ti || || Evam eva³ kho
bhikkhave yaṃ loke pīyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ⁴ ayam vuccati
ariyassa vinaye⁵ kaṇṭako ti || ||
7 Iti viditvā saṃvaro ca asaṃvaro ca veditabbo || ||
8 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || || Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe⁶ adhi-
muccati || apiyarūpe rūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca
viharati parittacetaso⁷ || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ
yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaṃ
sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme
adhimuccati || apiyarūpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhi-
takāyasatī ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim
paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti yatthassa te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
9 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || || Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe
nādhimuccati || apiyarūpe rūpe na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitakā-
yasatī ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim
paññavimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 anubandho
2 S3 -kaṇṭakā; B1-2 kaṇḍa- always
3 S1-3 omit eva
4 S3 sātā-
5 S1-3 insert kaṇṭako taṃ
6 Missing in S3
7 S1-3 parittaṃ

[page 190]
190 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 203. 10
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || pa || Jivhāya
rasaṃ sāyitvā || pa || Manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe
dhamme nādhimuccati apiyarūpe dhamme na vyāpajjati ||
upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca
cetovimuttim paññavimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti¹ yat-
thassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
10 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evam carato evaṃ
viharato kadāci karahaci² satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā
akusalā dhammā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || dandho bhik-
khave satuppādo || atha kho naṃ khippam eva pajahati
vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || || Seyyathāpi
bhikkhave puriso divasaṃ santatte ayokaṭāhe dve vā
tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya³ || dandho bhikkhave
udakaphusitānaṃ nipāto || atha kho nam khippam eva
parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || || Evam eva kho
bhikkhave tassa ce bhikkhuno evaṃ viharato kadāci
karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā
sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā || dandho bhikkhave satuppādo ||
atha kho naṃ khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti
anabhāvaṃ gameti || ||
11 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca
anubuddho⁴ hoti || yathā carantaṃ viharantam⁵ abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānussavanti⁶ || tañce
bhikkhave bhikkhum evaṃ carantam evaṃ viharantam
rājāno vā rājamahāmattā⁷ vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā
sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyuṃ Ehi bho⁸
puriso kiṃ te kāsāvā anudahanti⁹ || kiṃ muṇḍo kapālam¹⁰
anucarasi || ehi hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassa puññāni
ca karohīti || So vata bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ caranto
evaṃ viharanto sikkham paccakkhāya¹¹ hīnāyāvattisatīti
netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nappajānāti
2 S3 karahāmi
3 S1-3 -phusitāni (S3 ṇi-)pāteyya
4 B1 -bandho
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1 nānubhavanti; B2 nānusenti
7 S1-3 -matto
8 B1 ehambho; S3 evambho
9 S1-3 anudhayhati
10 B2 kapālahattho always
11 S1-3 apaccakkhāya

[page 191]
XXXV. 204. 2] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 191
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave Gaṅgā nadī pācīnaninnā pācī-
naponā pācīnapabbhārā || atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya
kuddālapiṭakam ādāya¹ Imaṃ Gaṅgānadim pacchāninnam
karissāma² pacchāpoṇam pacchāpabbhāranti || || Taṃ kim
maññatha bhikkhave api nu kho³ so mahājanakāyo Gaṅgā
nadim⁴ pacchāninnaṃ kareyya pacchāpoṇaṃ pacchāpab-
bhāranti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Gaṅgā nadī bhante⁵ pācimaninnā pācīnaponā pācīnapab-
bhārā sā na sukarā pacchāninnaṃ kātum pacchāpoṇam
pacchāpabbhāraṃ⁶ || yāvad eva ca pana so mahājanakāyo
kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assāti || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave tañce bhikkhum evaṃ
carantam evaṃ viharantam rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā
mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ
pavāreyyuṃ || Ehambho⁷ purisa kiṃ te ime kāsāvā anuda-
hanti kiṃ nu⁸ muṇḍo kapālam anucarasi ehi hīnāyāvattit-
vā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti || so vata⁹ bhik-
khave bhikkhu evaṃ caranto evaṃ viharanto sikkham
pacchakkhāya hināyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || yaṃ hi tam bhikkhave cittaṃ dīgharat-
taṃ vivekaninnaṃ vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ tathā¹⁰
hīnāyāvattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).204 (8) Kiṃsukā
2 Atha¹¹ kho aññataro bhikkhu yenaññataro bhikkhu
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ
suvisuddhaṃ hotīti ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 inserts mayaṃ
2 B1 -ssāmi
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 gangaṃnadiṃ
5 B1-2 bhante nadī
6 B1 -ninnā . . . -ponā . . . -pabbhārā
7 S1-3 evambho; B2 evamambho
8 In B1 only
9 S1-3 pana
10 B1 tañca; B2 taṃ vata
11 S1-3 yato

[page 192]
192 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 204. 3
samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettā-
vatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
3 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa¹
pañhavyākaraṇena² yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā
nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
Yato³ kho āvuso bhikkhu pañcannam⁴ upādānak-
khandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam
pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisud-
dhaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa
pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā
nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
Yato kho⁵ āvuso bhikkhu catunnam mahābhūtānaṃ
samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || la⁶ || ||
5 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho- -hotīti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ
sabban taṃ nirodhadhamman ti yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ
hotīti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa
pañhavyākaraṇena yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅ-
kamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Idhāham bhante yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaṃ ||
Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ
hotīti || || Evaṃ vutte bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || ||
Yato kho āvuso channam phassāyatanānaṃ samudayañca
atthagamañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā nu kho
āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Atha
khvāham⁷ bhante asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 pañhāveyyākaraṇena always
3 S1-3 insert ca
4 S1-3 pañcannetaṃ
5 S1-3 vā
6 So in B1 only; complete in B2 S1-3
7 B1 kho; B2 khoham always

[page 193]
XXXV. 204. 7] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 193
karaṇena yenaññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaṃ || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso
bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Evaṃ vutte
bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || || Yato kho āvuso
bhikkhu pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ || pe || catunnam
mahābhūtānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca yathābhūtam
pajānāti || pe || yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabban taṃ
nirodhadhamman ti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho
āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || || Atha
khvāham bhante asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhavyā-
karaṇena yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ¹ || kittāvatā nu²
kho bhante bhikkhuno suvisuddhaṃ hotīti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu purisassa kiṃsuko adiṭṭhapubbo
assa || so yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅ-
kameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ vadeyya Kīdiso
bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || so evaṃ vadeyya Kālako kho ambho
purisa kiṃsuko seyyathāpi jhāmakhāṇūti || tena kho pana
bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa³ kiṃsuko yathāpi⁴ tassa
purisassa dassanaṃ || || Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuṭ-
ṭho tassa purisassa pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro puriso
kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅkameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam
purisam evaṃ vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || || So
evaṃ vadeyya Lohitako kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko seyya-
thāpi maṃsapesīti || tena kho pana bhikkhu⁵ samayena
tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || ||
Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuṭṭho tassa purisassa
pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī
tenupasaṅkameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ
vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || so evaṃ vadeyya
Odīrakajāto⁶ kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko ādiṇṇasipātiko
seyyathāpi sirīso ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena
tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || ||
Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuṭṭho tassa purisassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert upasaṅkamitvā; B1 adds Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B2 cassa always
4 S1-3 omit pi always
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 B1-2 -cīraka-

[page 194]
194 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 204. 8
pañhavyākaraṇena yenaññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī
tenupasaṅkameyya || upasaṅkamitvā tam purisam evaṃ
vadeyya Kīdiso bho purisa kiṃsuko ti || so evaṃ vadeyya
Bahalapattapalāso kho ambho purisa kiṃsuko sandacchāyo
seyyathāpi nigrodho ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena
tādiso vassa kiṃsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhu yathā yathā adhimuttānaṃ tesaṃ
sappurisānaṃ dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ tathā tathā kho¹
tehi sappurisehi vyākataṃ || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu rañño paccantimaṃ nagaram
daḷhuddāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇam chadvāraṃ || tatrassa
dovāriko paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivaretā ñātā-
nam pavesetā || || Puratthimāya disāya āgantvā sīgham²
dūtayugaṃ taṃ dovārikam evaṃ vadeyya || Kaham bho³
purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasāmīti || so evaṃ vadeyya
Eso bhante majjhe siṅghāṭake nisinno ti || || Atha kho
taṃ sīghaṃ dūtayugaṃ nagarasāmissa⁴ yathābhūtaṃ va-
canaṃ niyyādetvā⁵ yathāgatamaggam⁶ paṭipajjeyya || pac-
chimāya disāya āgantvā sīgham dūtayugaṃ || pe || uttarāya
disāya āgantvā sīghaṃ dūtayugaṃ taṃ dovārikam evam
vadeyya || Kaham bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasā-
mīti || so evaṃ vadeyya Eso bhante majjhe siṅghātake
nisinno ti || atha kho taṃ siṅghaṃ dūtayugaṃ nagarasā-
missa yathābhūtaṃ vacanaṃ niyyādetvā yathāgatamaggam
paṭipajjeyya ||
9 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhu katā atthassa viññā-
panāya ayañcevettha attho || || Nagaran ti kho bhikkhu
imassetaṃ catumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ ||
mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa anic-
cucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṃsanadhammas-
sa || ||
Chadvārā ti kho bhikkhu channetam ajjhattikānam āya-
tanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ || ||
Dovāriko ti kho bhikkhu satiyā etam adhivacanaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 siṅghaṃ-; B2 siṅgha both always
3 S1-3 katthambho here and further on
4 B1 -sāmikassa
5 S1-3 ni (S3 nī)yyātetvā
6 S1 yathāmaggaṃ

[page 195]
XXXV. 205. 4] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 195
Sīghaṃ dūtayugan ti¹ kho bhikkhu samathavipassanā-
netam adhivacanam || ||
Nagarasāmīti kho bhikkhu viññāṇassetam adhivaca-
naṃ || ||
Majjhe siṅghātako ti kho bhikkhu catunnetam mahābhū-
tānam adhivacanaṃ || pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhā-
tuyā vāyodhātuyā || ||
Yathābhūtam vacanan ti kho bhikkhu nibbānassetam
adhivacanaṃ || ||
Yathāgatamaggo ti kho bhikkhu ariyassetam aṭṭhaṅgi-
kassa maggassa adhivacanaṃ ||
Seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhiyā || pe || sammāsamādhissā
ti || ||

SN_4,35(1).205 (9) Vīṇā
3 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave² bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā
cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso
vā moho vā paṭigham³ vā pi⁴ cetaso tato cittaṃ nivāraye⁵ ||
Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca saga-
hano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo⁶ ca duhitiko ca || asap-
purisasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito ||
na tvam etam arahasīti tato cittaṃ nivāraye cakkhuviñ-
ñeyyehi rūpehi || || pe || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhik-
khussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu || pe ||
manoviññeyyesu dhammesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā
doso vā moho vā paṭighaṃ vā pi cetaso tato cittaṃ nivāraye ||
Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca saga-
haṇo ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca || asappuri-
sasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito ||
na tvam etam arahasīti tato cittam nivāraye manoviññey-
yehi dhammehi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiṭṭhaṃ⁷ sampannaṃ kitthā-
rakkho⁸ ca pamatto || goṇo ca kiṭṭhādo aduṃ kiṭṭham

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dūteyyayuganti
2 Missing in S1-3; here only
3 B1 sappaṭighaṃ
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1-2 nivareyya always
6 B1 kumaggo always
7 S1-3 kiṭṭha here only
8 S1-3 kiṭṭharakkhato; further on kiṭṭharakkho

[page 196]
196 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 205. 5
otaritvā¹ yāvadatthaṃ madam āpajjeyya² || || Evam eva
kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano chasu phassāyatanesu
asaṃvutākārī pañcasu kāmaguṇesu yāvadatthaṃ madam
āpajjati || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ kiṭṭhārak-
kho ca apamatto || goṇo ca kiṭṭhādo aduṃ kiṭṭham otareyya³
tam enaṃ⁴ kiṭṭhārakkho nāsāya⁵ sugahitaṃ gaṇheyya ||
nāsāyaṃ suggahitaṃ gahetvā upari ghāṭāya⁶ suniggahitaṃ
niggaṇheyya upari ghaṭāyam suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā
daṇḍena sutāḷitam tāḷeyya || daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷetvā
ossajjeyya ||
Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave || pe ||
Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave goṇo kiṭṭhādo aduṃ kiṭṭham
otareyya tam enaṃ kiṭṭhārakkho nāsāya⁵ suggahitaṃ gaṇ-
heyya || nāsāyaṃ sugahitaṃ gahetvā upari ghaṭāya sunig-
gahitaṃ niggaṇheyya⁷ || upari ghāṭāya suniggahitaṃ nigga-
hetvā daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷeyya || daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷetvā
ossajjeyya || || Evaṃ hi so bhikkhave goṇo kiṭṭhādo gāma-
gato vā araññagato vā ṭhānabahulo vā assa nisajjabahulo
vā || na taṃ kiṭṭhaṃ puna otareyya || tam eva purimaṃ
daṇḍasamphassam samanussaranto || || Evam eva kho
bhikkhave yato kho⁸ bhikkhuno chasu phassāyatanesu
cittam ujujātaṃ⁹ hoti saṃmujujātam¹⁰ ajjhattam eva san-
tiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodihoti samādhiyati || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave rañño vā rājamahāmattassa
vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa || so viṇāya saddaṃ
suṇeyya || so¹¹ evaṃ vadeyya || || Ambho kissa¹² nu kho
eso saddo evaṃ rajaniyo evaṃ kamaniyo evam mada-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -tāritvā
2 B1-2 add pamādam āpajjeyya here and further on
3 S1-3 -tāreyya
4 S1-3 eṇa
5 B1-2 nāsāyaṃ
6 B1-2 ghaṭāyam always
7 S1-3 suniggaṇheyya instead of suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya;
for the rest, same remarks as for the preceding ones
8 Missing in S1-3
9 B1-2 udujiḍaṃ
10 B1-2 sudujitaṃ; S1-3 insert naṃ
11 Missing in S1-3
12 B1-2 kassa

[page 197]
XXXV. 205. 7] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 197
niyo evam mucchaniyo¹ evam bandhaniyo ti || tam
enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || || Eso kho bhante vīṇā nāma
yassā eso saddo evaṃ rajaniyo evaṃ kamaniyo evaṃ mada-
niyo evaṃ mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyo ti || so evaṃ
vadeyya || || Gacchatha me bho tam² vīṇam āharathāti || ||
tassa taṃ vīṇam āhareyyuṃ || tam enam evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ||
Ayaṃ kho sā bhante viṇā yassā eso saddo evaṃ rajaniyo
evaṃ kamaniyo evam madaniyo evam mucchaniyo evam
bandhaniyoti || so evam vadeyya Alam me bho tāya vīṇāya
taṃ eva me saddam āharathāti || || Tam enaṃ vadeyyuṃ
Ayaṃ kho bhante vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsam-
bhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati³ || sey-
yathidaṃ doṇiñca paṭicca cammañca paṭicca daṇ-
ḍañca paṭicca upaveṇañ⁴ ca paṭicca tantiyo ca paṭicca
koṇañ ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmam paṭic-
ca evāyam bhante vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahā-
sambhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadatīti || so
taṃ vīṇaṃ dasadhā vā satadhā vā phāleyya || dasadhā vā
satadhā tam⁵ phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya ||
sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā agginā ḍaheyya || agginā ḍahit-
vā masiṃ kareyya || masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya
nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya || so evam vadeyya || asak-
kirāyam⁶ bho vīṇā nāma yatheva yaṃ⁷ kiñci vīṇā nāma
ettha ca mahājano ativelam pamatto palaḷito⁸ ti || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpam samanesati⁹
yāvatā rūpassa gati ||¹⁰ vedanaṃ samanesati || pe || saññaṃ ||
saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ samanesati yāvatā viññāṇassa gati ||
tassa rūpaṃ samanesato || pe || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññā-
ṇam samanesato yāvatā viññāṇassa gati || yam pissa taṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 muñcaniyo; B2 muñjaniyo always
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 carati; B2 fails us here till p. 206 (note 5), on account of
a gap of two sheets
4 B2 upaviṇe; B1 upadhiraṇe
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1 asatikirāyaṃ
7 S1 B1-2 nāma theva yaṃ
8 S1 palāḷito; S3 paḷāḷito
9 So B1 always; S1-3 saṅkamant (S3 ṇt) esatī further on
sammantesati-to, S1 having always -aṇte-
10 S1 gatiṃ always, S3 sometimes

[page 198]
198 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 206. 3
hoti Ahan ti vā Mamanti vā Asmīti vā tam pi tassa na
hotīti || ||

SN_4,35(1).206 (10) Chapāṇa
3 Seyyathāpī bhikkhave puriso arugatto pakkagatto
saravanam paviseyya || tassa kusakaṇṭakā¹ ceva² pāde
vijjheyyuṃ³ arūpakkāni⁴ gattāni vilikkheyyuṃ⁵ || evaṃ hi
so⁶ bhikkhave puriso bhiyyosomattāya tatonidānam
dukkhadomanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyetha}⁷ || Evaṃ eva kho
bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā araññagato⁸
vā labhati vattāram ayañ ca kho⁹ āyasmā evaṃkārī¹⁰
evaṃsamācāro asucigāmakaṇṭako ti || taṃkaṇṭako ti¹¹
viditvā saṃvaro ca asaṃvaro ca veditabbo || ||
4 Kathañ ca bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || || Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhi-
muccati || appiyarūpe rūpe vyāpajjati || anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī
ca viharati parittacetaso || tañca cetovimuttim paññāvimut-
tiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || Sotena saddaṃ
sutvā || Ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā || Jivhāya rasaṃ
sāyitvā || kāyena poṭṭhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dham-
maṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme adhimuccati || appiyarūpe
dhamme vyāpajjatī anupaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati parit-
tacetaso tañ ca cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ
nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā
aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāṇake gahetvā
nānāvisaye nānāgocare daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || ahiṃ
gahetvā daḷhaya rajjuyā bandheyya || suṃsumāraṃ gahetvā
daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || pakkhiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya
rajjuyā bandheyya || kukkuraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kaṇṭako; B1 -kaṇḍa- always
2 B1 cepi
3 B1 vijjeyyuṃ
4 S1-3 sarapattāni (S3 -ṇi) ca
5 B1 vilekkheyyuṃ
6 B1 kho instead of hi so
7 B1 paṭisaṃvedi
8 S1 gāmato . . . araññato
9 S1-3 so
10 S1-3 etarahi
11 B1 asucigāmakaṇṭakoti iti

[page 199]
XXXV. 206. 6] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 199
bandheyya || sigālam gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya ||
makkaṭam gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || || Daḷhāya
rajjuyā bandhitvā majjhe gaṇṭhiṃ karitvā ossajjeyya || ||
Atha kho te bhikkhave chappāṇakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā
sakaṃ sakaṃ gocaravisayam āviñcheyyuṃ¹ || ahi āviñcheyya
vammikaṃ pavekkhāmī ti || suṃsumāro āviñcheyya udakaṃ
pavekkhāmīti || pakkhī āviñcheyya ākāsaṃ ḍessāmīti² ||
kukkuro āviñcheyya gāmaṃ pavekkhāmīti || sigālo āviñ-
cheyya sīvathikaṃ³ pavekkhāmīti || makkaṭo āviñcheyya
vanam pavekkhāmīti || || Yadā kho⁴ te bhikkhave chap-
pāṇakājhattā assu kilantā || atha kho⁴ yo nesam pāṇa-
kānaṃ⁵ balavataro assa || tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ⁶ anuvi-
dhīyeyyuṃ⁷ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ || || Evam eva kho bhik-
khave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati abhāvitā
abahulikatā || taṃ cakkhu āviñchati⁸ manāpiyesu rūpesu
amanāpiyā⁹ rūpā paṭikkulā honti || pa¹⁰ || mano āviñchati
manāpiyesu dhammesu amanāpiyā dhammā patikkulā
honti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave asaṃvaro hoti || ||
6 Kathañca bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe
rūpe¹² nādhimuccati || appiyarūpe rūpe¹³ na vyāpajjati
upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati appamāṇacetaso || tañca
cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
yathassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā || la || Manasā dham-
maṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme nādhimuccati || appiyarūpe

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 āvicche- and āviñche-; S1 āviñche-; S3 āviñje-
2 S3 vessāmīti
3 B1 sivaṭṭhikaṃ always
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 pāṇako
6 S1-3 anupavatteyyuṃ
7 B1 -vidhāyeyyuṃ
8 S1 āvijjati
9 S1-3 manāpikesu . . . amanāpikassa always
10 Instead of ||pa || S3 has jivhā āviñjati manāpitesu rasesu --pe--;
S1 aviñjamānapitesu-, āviñja being put instead of a prior erased
āvichati
11 S3 omits rūpe; S1 piyarūpe
12 Missing in S1-3

[page 200]
200 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 206. 7
dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaṭṭhitakāyasatī ca viharati
appamaṇacetaso || tañ ca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttim
yathābhūtam pajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāṇake gahetvā
nānāvisaye nānāgocare daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya ||
ahiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || suṃsu-
māraṃ gahetvā || pakkhiṃ gahetvā || kukkuraṃ gahetvā
sigālaṃ gahetvā || makkaṭaṃ gahetvā || daḷhāya rajjuyā
bandheyya || daḷhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā daḷhe khīle vā
thambhe vā upanibandheyya || atha kho te bhikkhave
chappāṇakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaṃ sakaṃ go-
caravisayam āviñcheyyuṃ || ahi āviñcheyya vammikaṃ
pavekkhāmīti || suṃsumāro āviñcheyya udakam pavek-
khāmīti || pakkhī āviñcheyya ākāsaṃ ḍessāmīti¹ || kukkuro
aviñcheyya gāmam pavekkhāmīti || sigālo āviñcheyya
sīvathikaṃ pavekkhāmīti || makkato āviñcheyya vanaṃ
pavekkhāmīti || yadā kho bhikkhave chappāṇakājhattā assu
kilantā || atha taṃ eva khīle vā thambhe vā upatiṭṭheyyuṃ
upanisīdeyyum upanipajjeyyuṃ² || evam eva kho bhikkhave
yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati bhāvitā bahulīkatā ||
taṃ cakkhuṃ nāviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu amanāpiyā
rūpā na³ paṭikkulā honti || pa || jivhā nāviñchati || pe || mano
nāviñchati manāpiyesu⁴ dhammesu amanapiyā⁴ dhammā
na paṭikkulā honti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃvaro hoti || ||
8 Daḷhe khīle vā thambe⁵ vā ti kho bhikkhave kāya-
gatāya satiyā⁶ etam adhivacanaṃ || tasmāti ha vo⁶ bhik-
khave etaṃ sikkhitabbam Kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavis-
sati bahulīkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā
susamāraddhāti || || Evaṃ hi kho bhikkhave sikkhitab-
ban ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 ḍesāmīti; S3 vessāmīti
2 S1-3 add vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ
3 S1-3 rupāṇi (S1 -ni) instead of rūpāna
4 S3 tambhe, a prior th being erased
5 Missing in S1-3

[page 201]
XXXV. 207. 6] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 201

SN_4,35(1).207 (11) Yavakalāpi
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yavakalāpī catumahāpathe¹
nikkhittā assa² || atha cha purisā³ āgaccheyyuṃ vyā-
bhaṅgihatthā te⁴ taṃ⁵ yavakalāpim chahi vyābhaṅgīhi
haneyyuṃ || evaṃ hi sā bhikkhave yavakalāpī suhatā assa
chahi vyābhaṅgīhi haññamānā || || Atha sattamo puriso
āgaccheyya vyābhaṅgihattho so taṃ yavakalāpiṃ sat-
tamāya vyābhaṅgiyā haneyya || evaṃ hi sā bhikkhave
yavakalāpī suhatatarā assa sattamāya vyābhaṅgiyā hañ-
ñamānā || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutāvā puthujjano cak-
khusmiṃ haññati manāpāmanāpehi rūpehi || la || jivhāya
haññati manāpāmanāpehi rasehi || manasmiṃ haññati
manāpāmanāpehi dhammehi || sace so bhikkhave assutavā
puthujjano āyatipunabbhavāya ceteti || evaṃ hi⁶ so bhik-
khave moghapuriso suhatataro hoti || seyyathāpi bhikkhave⁷
sā⁸ yavakalāpī sattamāya vyābhaṅgiyā haññamānā || ||
5 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaṅgāmo samupab-
būḷho⁹ ahosi || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo
asure āmantesi || sace mārisā devāsurasaṅgāme samupab-
būḷhe asurā jineyyuṃ || devā parājineyyuṃ || yena taṃ
Sakkaṃ devānam indam kaṇṭhe¹⁰ pañcamehi bandhanehi
bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha asurapuranti || || Sakko
pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiṃse āmantesi || ||
Sace mārisā devāsurasaṅgāme samupabbūḷhe devā jiney-
yuṃ asurā parājineyyuṃ || yena naṃ Vepacittim¹¹ asurindaṃ
kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike
āneyyātha Sudhammaṃ devasabhanti¹² || ||
6 Tasmiṃ kho pana saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu asurā parāji-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cātummahāpathe, preceded by su in S3
2 S1-3 assu
3 S1-3 omit cha
4 S1 ne; S3 ṇe
5 Missing in B1
6 Missing in S1-3
7 Missing in B1
8 Missing in S1-3
9 B1 samuppabrūḷho-e always
10 S1-3 kaṇṭha always
11 S1-3 Vepacitti
12 S1-3 omit deva here and further on

[page 202]
202 SAḶĀYATANA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXV. 207. 7
niṃsu || || Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiṃsā Vepacittim
asurindaṃ kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā
Sakkassa devānam indassa santike ānesuṃ Sudhammaṃ
devasabhaṃ || ||
7 Tatra sudam bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaṇṭhe
pañcamehi bandhanehi baddho hoti || || Yadā ca¹ kho
bhikkhave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaṃ hoti || Dhammikā
kho devā adhammikā asurā idheva dānāham devapuraṃ
gacchāmīti || atha kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi muttam
attānaṃ² samanupassati || dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi³
samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti || || Yadā ca kho bhik-
khave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaṃ hoti Dhammikā kho
asurā adhammikā devā tattheva dānāham asurapuraṃ
gamissāmīti || atha kaṇṭhe pañcamehi bandhanehi bad-
dham⁴ attānaṃ samanupassati || dibbehi ca pañcahi
kāmaguṇehi parihāyati || ||
8 Evaṃ sukhumaṃ kho bhikkhave Vepacittibandhanaṃ
tato sukhumataraṃ Mārabandhanaṃ || maññamāno kho
bhikkhave baddho⁵ Mārassa amaññamāno mutto pāpimato ||
Asmīti bhikkhave maññitam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti
maññitam etaṃ Bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ Na bhavis-
san ti maññitam etaṃ || Rūpī bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ
Arūpī bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ Saññī bhavissan ti
Asaññī bhavissan ti maññitam etam Nevasaññīnāsaññī
bhavissan ti maññitam etaṃ || maññitam⁶ bhikkhave rāgo
maññitaṃ⁶ gaṇḍo maññitam⁶ sallaṃ || || Tasmāti ha bhik-
khave amaññitamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
9 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti bhik-
khave iñjitam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti iñjitam etam Bha-
vissan ti iñjitam etaṃ Na bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ || Rūpī
bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ Arūpī bhavissan ti iñjitam etam
Saññī bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ Asaññī bhavissanti iñjitam
etaṃ Nevasaññināsaññī bhavissan ti iñjitam etaṃ || iñjitam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 attā
3 S1-3 dibbehi pañcakāmaguṇehi
4 B1 S3 bandhaṃ
5 B1 S3 bandho
6 S1-3 add etaṃ

[page 203]
XXXV. 207. 12] ĀSĪVISAVAGGO 203
bhikkhave rāgo iñjitaṃ gaṇḍo iñjitaṃ sallaṃ || || Tasmā
ti ha bhikkhave aniñjamānena¹ cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
10 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti
bhikkhave phanditam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti phanditam
etaṃ Bhavissan ti || pa || Na² bhavissan ti || Rūpī bhavissan ti ||
Arūpī bhavissan ti || Saññī bhavissan ti || Asaññī bhavissan ti ||
Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissan ti phanditam etaṃ || phandi-
tam bhikkhave rāgo phanditaṃ gaṇḍo phanditam sallaṃ || ||
Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave aphandamānena³ cetasā viharis-
sāmāti || ||
11 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti bhik-
khave papañcitam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti papañcitam
etam || Bhavissan ti || pa || Na bhavissan ti || Rūpī bhavissan ti ||
Arūpī bhavissan ti || Saññī bhavissan ti || Asaññī bhavissan
ti || || Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissan ti papañcitam etaṃ || ||
Papañcitam bhikkhave rāgo papañcitaṃ gaṇḍo papañ-
citaṃ sallaṃ || || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave nappapañcena⁴
cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
12 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Asmīti
bhikkhave mānagatam etaṃ Ayam aham asmīti māna-
gatam etaṃ || Bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ Na bhavissan ti
mānagatam etaṃ⁵ || Rūpī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ ||
Arūpī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ || Saññī bhavissan ti
mānagatam etaṃ || Asaññī bhavissan ti mānagatam etaṃ || ||
Nevasaññīnā saññī {bhavissan} ti mānagatam etaṃ || ||
Mānagatam bhikkhave rāgo mānagataṃ gaṇḍo mānagataṃ
sallaṃ || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave nihatamānena cetasā
viharissāmā ti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || ||
Āsīvisavaggo pañcamo6
Tassuddānaṃ7 || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 aniñjiyamānena
2 S1-3 add namebhavissanti
3 B1 aphandiyamānena
4 So B1, S1 nippañcārāmena; S3 papañcārāmena
5 Na bhavi- is omitted by S1-3
6 S1-3 Āsivisaggo sattamo driven back after the uddānam
7 S1-3 tatrudo

[page 204]
204 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 1. 3
Āsīviso Ratho Kummo || dve Dārukkhandhā¹ Avassuto ||
Dukkhadhammā Kiṃsukā Vīṇā || Chapāṇā Yavakalapī
ti² ||
Catutthapāṇṇāsake³ vagguddānaṃ ||
Nandikkhayā Saṭṭhinayā ||
Samuddo Uragena⁴ ca
Catupaṇṇāsakā⁵ ete ||
Nipātesu pakāsitā ti || ||

BOOK II VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM

CHAPTER I PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO

SN_4,36(2).1 (1) Samādhi
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā⁶ vedanā || || Imā
kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||
4 Samāhito sampajāno || sato buddhassa sāvako ||
Vedanā capajānāti || vedanānañca sambhavaṃ ||¹ ||
Yattha cetā⁷ nirujjhanti || maggañca khayagāminam ||
Vedanānaṃ khayā bhikkhu || nicchāto parinibbuto ti ||² ||

SN_4,36(2).2 (2) Sukhāya
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || Imā
kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -khandena
2 -cchapāṇākāya (S3 -ā) ca kalāpakenacāti
3 S1-3 add hi
4 B1 udakena
5 S1-3 catuttha-
6 S1-3 have sometimes sukhā . . . dukkhā, sometimes sukha . . . dukkha
7 S3 to (or no)

[page 205]
XXXVI. 3. 6] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 205
4 Sukhaṃ vā yadi vā¹ dukkhaṃ || adukkhamasukhaṃ
saha ||
Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca || Yaṃ kiñci atthi veditaṃ ||¹ ||
Etaṃ dukkhan ti ñatvāna || mosadhammam palokinaṃ ||
Phussaphussavayam² passaṃ³ || evaṃ tattha virajja-
tīti ||² ||

SN_4,36(2).3 (3) Pahānena
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
4 Sukhāya bhikkhave vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo ||
dukkhāya⁴ vedanāya paṭighānusayo pahātabbo || adukkham
asukhāya⁵ vedanāya⁵ avijjānusayo pahātabbo || ||
5 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya
rāgānusayo pahīno hoti || dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighānu-
sayo pahīno hoti || adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānu-
sayo pahīno hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhuno
pahīnarāgānusayo⁶ sammaddaso⁷ acchejji taṇhaṃ⁸ || vivat-
tayi⁹ saṃyojanaṃ || sammāmānābhisamayā antam¹⁰ akāsi
dukkhassāti ||
6 Sukhaṃ vediyamānassa¹¹ || vedanam appajānato ||
So¹² rāgānusayo hoti || anissaraṇadassino ||¹ ||
Dukkhaṃ vediyamānassa || vedanam appajānato ||
Patighānusayo hoti || anissaraṇadassino ||² ||
Adukkhamasukhaṃ santam || bhūripaññena desitaṃ ||
Taṃ cāpi¹³ abhinandati¹⁴ || neva dukkhā pamuccati ||³ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 yadiyaṃ
2 S1 -phussañcayam (?); S3 phussadvayam
3 S1-3 phassaṃ
4 ya is missing in S1, erased in S3
5 ya is missing in S1
6 B1 bhikkhu niranusayo ||
7 sammaddaso is omitted by S1-3 which, instead of it, put a line --
8 S1 acchecchaṇhaṃ; S3 acchecchiṇhā
9 S1 vāvattasī (S3 -yī)
10 S1 antim
11 B1 vedaya-
12 Missing in S1-3
13 S3 vāpa
14 S1-3 abhinandanti

[page 206]
206 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 4. 3
Yato ca kho bhikkhu ātāpī || sampajaññaṃ¹ na riñcati ||
Tato so vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paṇḍito ||⁴ ||
So vedanā pariññāya || diṭṭhe² dhamme anāsavo ||
Kāyassa bhedā dhammaṭṭho || saṅkhaṃ nopeti³ vedagū
ti ||⁵ ||

SN_4,36(2).4 (4) Pātāla
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano yaṃ⁴ vācam bhāsati
Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || taṃ kho panetam bhikkhave
assutavā puthujjano asantam asaṃvijjamānam evaṃ
vācam bhāsati⁵ Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || ||
4 Sārīrikānaṃ kho etam bhikkhave dukkhānaṃ vedanā-
naṃ adhivacanaṃ yad idam pātāloti || ||
5 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sārīrikāya dukkhāya
vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urat-
tāḷī kandati⁶ sammoham āpajjati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
assutavā puthujjano pātāle na⁷ paccuṭṭhāsi⁸ gādhañca naj-
jhagā ||
6 Sutavā ca kho⁹ bhikkhave ariyasāvako sārīrikāya duk-
khāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno na¹⁰ socati na kilamati
na paridevati na urattāḷīkandati na sammoham āpajjati¹¹ ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako pātāle paccuṭ-
ṭhāsi¹² gādhañca ajjhagāti || ||
Yo¹³ etā nādhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā¹⁴ ||
Sārīrikā pāṇaharā || yāhi puṭṭho pavedhati ||
Akkandati parodati || dubbalo appathāmako ||
Na so pātāle¹⁵ paccuṭṭhāsi¹⁶ atho gādham pi najjhagā¹⁶ ||¹ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -jaññena
2 S1-3 diṭṭha always
3 S1-3 na upeti
4 S3 evaṃ
5 B2 reappears here; the gap is over (see p. 197 n. 3)
6 S1-3 urattāliṃ- always
7 So B1-2; S1 pātālaṃ na; S3 pātala, omitting na
8 B2 paccupaṭṭhāsi
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1 neva
11 B1-2 sammoham nāpajjati
12 B1 paccuppaṭṭhāsi
13 Missing in S1-3
14 S3 sukhā
15 S1-3 pātālaṃ
16 S3, B2 paccupaṭṭhāsi; B1 paccuṭṭhāyi corrected from paccuṭṭhāsi
17 This last verse (Na so . . .) is by S3 driven back to the end of
the next gāthā

[page 207]
XXXVI. 6. 4] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 207
Yo ce¹ tā adhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā ||
Sārīrikā pāṇaharā || yāhi puṭṭho na vedhati ||
Sa ce pātāle paccuṭṭhāsi² atho gādham pi ajjhagāti³ ||

SN_4,36(2).5 Daṭṭhabbena
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
ḥvedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukā vedanā || || Sukhā
bhikkhave vedanā dukkhato daṭṭhabbā || dukkhā vedanā
sallato daṭṭhabbā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daṭ-
ṭhabbā || ||
4 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato
diṭṭhā⁴ honti || dukkhā vedanā sallato diṭṭhā hoti || aduk-
khamasukhā vedanā aniccato diṭṭha hoti || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave bhikkhu sammaddaso⁵ acchejji⁶ taṇham vivat-
tayi⁷ saṃyojanaṃ sammamānābhisamayā antam akāsi
dukkhassā ti || ||
Yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda⁸ || dukkham adakkhi⁹
sallato ||
adukkhamasukhaṃ santaṃ || adakkhi nam aniccato || ||
Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu || parijānāti vedanā ||
So vedanā pariññāya || diṭṭhadhamme¹⁰ anāsavo ||
Kāyassa bhedā dhammaṭṭho || saṅkhaṃ nupeti¹¹ veda-
gūti || ||

SN_4,36(2).6 (6) Sallattena
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sukham pi vedanaṃ
vediyati¹² dukkham pi vedanaṃ vediyati adukkhamasukham
pi vedanaṃ vediyati || ||
4 Sutavā bhikkhave ariyasāvako sukham pi vedanaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 ve
2 S3 saccuṭṭhāsi; B2 paccupaṭṭhāsi as before
3 S3 ajjhagāt, the t being erased and the verse na so pātālaṃ . . .
being added
4 S1-3 diṭṭho
5 B2 sammadasso always
6 S3 acchecchi
7 S1 vivattayī; S3 vāvattayī
8 S1-3 addaṃ
9 S1-3 addakkhi always
10 B1-2 diṭṭhevadhamme
11 S1-3 na upeti
12 B1-2 vedayati always

[page 208]
208 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 6. 5
vediyati dukkham pi vedanaṃ vediyati adukkhamasukham
pi vedanaṃ vediyati ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyoso¹ kim nānā-
karaṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā² puthujja-
nenāti || ||
6 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || la ||
7 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya
puṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattālīkandati
sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyikañ ca
cetasikañ ca || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaṃ sallena || vijjheyyuṃ³ ||
tam enam⁴ dutiyena sallena⁵ vijjheyyuṃ || evaṃ hi so
bhikkhave puriso dve salle vedanā⁶ vediyati⁷ || || Evam
eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya
puṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāliṃ kandati
sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyikañca
cetasikañca || tassāyeva kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya
puṭṭho samāno⁸ paṭighavā hoti || tam enam dukkhāya
vedanāya paṭighavantaṃ yo dukkhāya vedanāya patighā-
nusayo so anuseti || || So dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho
samāno kāmasukham abhinandati || taṃ kissa hetu || na hi⁹
bhikkhave pajānāti assutavā puthujjano aññatra kāmasukhā
dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || tassa kāmasukham¹⁰
abhinandato yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo so anuseti ||
so tāsaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti ||
tassa tāsam vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam appajānato yo adukkha-
masukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo so anuseti || || So su-
khaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati saññutto naṃ vediyati || duk-
khaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati saññutto naṃ vediyati || aduk-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 adhippāyo
2 S3 assutavā
3 B1 vijjheyya always
4 S1-3 tamena
5 B1-2 insert here anuvedhaṃ (B2 -daṃ)
6 B1 dvesallenavedanaṃ
7 S3 vediyetha; B1-2 vedayati
8 B1-2 omit puṭṭho samāno
9 B1 inserts so
10 B1-2 insert ca

[page 209]
XXXVI. 6 10.] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 209
khamasukhaṃ ce¹ vedanaṃ vediyati saññutto naṃ
vediyati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano²
saññutto jātiyā maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi saññutto dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
9 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako dukkhāya veda-
nāya puṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na
urattālīkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so ekaṃ vedanaṃ
vediyati kāyikaṃ || na cetasikaṃ || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaṃ sallena vijjheyyuṃ ||
na tam enaṃ³ dutiyena sallena anuvijjheyyuṃ⁴ || || Evaṃ
hi so bhikkhave puriso ekasallena⁵ vedanaṃ vediyati⁶ || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako dukkhāya
vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na pari-
devati na urattāḷīkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so
ekaṃ vedanaṃ vediyati kāyikaṃ na cetasikaṃ || tassā yeva
kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya paṭighavā na⁷ hoti || tam
enam⁸ dukkhāya vedanāya apaṭighavantaṃ yo dukkhāya
vedanāya paṭighanusayo so⁹ nānuseti || || So dukkhāya
vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno kāmasukhaṃ nābhinandati ||
taṃ kissa hetu || pajānāti¹⁰ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
aññatra kāmasukhā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || tassa
kāmasukhaṃ nābhinandato¹¹ yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgā-
nusayo so nānuseti || || So tāsaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca
atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtam pajānāti || tassa tāsaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca
atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtam pajānato¹² yo adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya
avijjānusayo so nānuseti || || So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ
vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || dukkham ce vedanaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 put here a line --
3 So B2; S1 tamena; S3 nametaṃ
4 So S1-3; B1 paṭivedhaṃ vijjheyya; B2 anuvedhaṃ vijjheyyuṃ
5 S1-3 ekaṃ sallena
6 S1-3 vediyetha
7 S1-3 paṭighavā (without na); B1 paṭighavānaṃ; B2 paṭighaṃvā na
8 S1 eva
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1-2 insert so
11 S1-3 anabhi-
12 S1 pajānātino

[page 210]
210 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 6. 11
vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || adukkhamasukhaṃ ce
vedanam vediyati visaññutto naṃ vediyati || || Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave ariyasāvako visaññuto jātiyā jarāya¹ maraṇena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi visañ-
ñutto dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyoso idaṃ
nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujja-
nenā ti || ||
12 Na vedanaṃ² vediyati sapañño
sukham pi dukkham pi bahussuto pi ||
ayaṃ ca dhīrassa³ puthujjanena ||
mahā⁴ viseso kusalassa hoti ||¹ ||
Saṅkhātadhammassa bahussutassa ||
sampassato⁵ lokam imam pārañca ||
iṭṭhassa dhammā na mathenti⁶ cittaṃ ||
aniṭṭhato no paṭighātam⁷ eti ||² ||
Tassānurodhā⁸ athavā virodhā ||
vidhūpitā atthagatā na santi ||
padaṃ⁹ ca ñatvā virajam asokaṃ ||
sammā pajānāti¹⁰ bhavassa pāragūti || ||

SN_4,36(2).7 (7) Gelañña1
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane
Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallāṇā
vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdi || nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3, B2 jarā
2 B1 so (or yo) vedanā; S1 nacenaṃ; S3 na veṇaṃ
3 B2 pi rassa corrected from virassa
4 B1 ayaṃ
5 B1 vipassato
6 B2 satenti
7 S3 patighāṇam
8 B1 -nugedhā
9 B1 vidhūsiupasaṅkamitā atthaṅgatāsantipadam
10 S1-3 sammappajānā (S3 -ṇa) ti

[page 211]
XXXVI. 7. 6] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 211
āmantesi sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam
āgameyya || ayaṃ vo¹ amhākam anusāsanī² || ||
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaṃ ||
vedanāsu || pe || citte³ dhammesu⁴ dhammānupassī viharati
ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaṃ || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || ||
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampa-
jānakārī hoti || ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti || sam-
miñjite⁵ pasārite sampajānakārī hoti || saṅghāti-pattacī-
varadhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti || asite pite khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārī hoti || uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī
hoti || gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve
sampajānakārī hoti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
sampajāno⁶ hoti || ||
5 Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya
ayaṃ kho⁷ amhākam anusāsanī⁸ || ||
6 Tassa ce⁹ bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || Uppannā kho me ayaṃ
sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no apaṭicca || kim paṭicca
imaṃ eva kāyam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana kāyo anicco
saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkha-
tam paṭicca samuppannam kāyam paṭicca uppannā sukhā
vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || || So kāye ca sukhāya ca¹⁰
vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati || vayānupassī viharati ||
virāgānupassī viharati || nirodhānupassī viharati || paṭi-
nissaggānupassī viharati || tassa kāye ca sukhāya ca¹¹
vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato vayānupassino viharato
virāgānupassino viharato nirodhānupassino viharato paṭi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 kho
2 B1-2 -sāsani always
3 S1-- cirattā cittā--; S3--citte cittā--
4 S1-3 dhamme
5 B1-2 samañchite; B2 samañjite
6 B1-2 sampajānakārī
7 B1-2 vo
8 S3 anusāsanīti
9 S1-3 omit ce
10 S1 omits ca; S3 puts it after vedanāya
11 S1-3 omit ca

[page 212]
212 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 7. 7
nissaggānupassino viharato yo kāye ca sukhāya ca¹
vedanāya rāgānusayo² so pahīyati || ||
7 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
dukkhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā kho
myāyaṃ dukkhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca || no apaṭicca ||
kim paṭicca imam eva kāyam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana
kāyo anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || Aniccaṃ kho
pana saṅkhataṃ paṭicca samuppannam kāyam paticca
uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || || So
kaye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati ||
vayānupassī viharati || virāgānupassī viharati || nirodhā-
nupassī viharati || paṭinissaggānupassī viharati || paṭi-
nissaggānupassī viharati || tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || la || paṭinissaggānu-
passino viharato yo kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paṭi-
ghānusayo so pahīyati || ||
8 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
adukkhamasukhā vedanā so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā
kho myāyam adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca
no appaṭicca kim paṭicca imam eva kāyam paṭicca || ayaṃ
kho pana kāyo anicco saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno ||
aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkhataṃ paṭicca samuppannaṃ
kāyam paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā kuto
niccā bhavissatīti || || So kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati || vayānupassī || pe || virā-
gānupassī || nirodhānupassī || paṭinissaggānupassī viharati ||
tassa kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya ca³ aniccā-
nupassino viharato || la || paṭinissaggānupassino viharato
yo kaye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca⁴ vedanāya avijjānusayo
so pahīyati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ca
2 Instead of rāgānusayo, S1-3 have virāgānupassī [no]
viharato yo; [no], missing in S1, is superadded between
the lines of S3
3 Missing in S3
4 Missing in S1; put in S3 after vedanāya, but erased

[page 213]
XXXVI. 8. 3] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 213
9 So sukhaṃ ce¹ vedanaṃ vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti ||
Anajjhositā ti pajānāti || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti² || ||
Dukkhaṃ ce vedanam vediyati || pe || || Adukkhamasukhaṃ
ce vedanam vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti || Anajjhositā ti
pajānāti³ || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
10 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ
vediyati || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto
naṃ vediyati || adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati
visaññutto naṃ vediyati || ||
11 So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Kāya-
pariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapari-
yantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Jīvitapariyantikaṃ veda-
naṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvita-
pariyādānā Idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni⁴
sītibhavissantīti pajānāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca tela-
padīpo jhāyeyya || tasseva telassa ca vaṭṭiyā ca pariyādānā
anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno Kāyapariyantikaṃ
vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || Jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ
vediyamāno Jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajā-
nāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā Idheva sab-
bavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).8 (8) Gelañña25
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaṃ viharati Mahā-
vane kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ-
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ca
2 S1-3 have --pe-- instead of Ana-
3 This phrase is omitted by S1-3
4 S1-3 abhinanditāni here and further on
5 As this sutta differs from the preceding only by the substitution
of phassa to kāya, I give but the beginning of the identical
paragraphs, putting the whole of the differing ones

[page 214]
214 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 8. 4
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti-
5 Sato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āga-
meyya-
6 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti Uppannā kho myāyaṃ
sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no appaṭicca kim
imam eva phassam paṭicca || ayaṃ kho pana phasso anicco
saṅkhato paṭicca samuppanno || aniccaṃ kho pana saṅkha-
taṃ paṭicca samuppannam phassam paṭicca uppannā sukhā
vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatīti || so phasse ca sukhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassī viharati || vayā || virāgā || nirodhā ||
paṭinissaggānupassī viharati || tassa phasse ca sukhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || vayā || virāgā || niro-
dhā || paṭinissaggānupassino viharato yo phasse ca sukhāya
ca vedanāya rāgānusayo so pahīyati || ||
7-11 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃ satassa || la ||
viharato uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || la || uppajjati adukkha-
masukhā vedanā || so evam pajānati Uppannā kho myāyam
adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paṭicca no apaṭicca
kim paṭicca imam eva phassam paṭicca || Yathā purimasutte
vitthāro tathā vitthāretabbe¹ || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvi-
tapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sīti-
bhavissantīti pajānāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telam paṭicca vaṭṭim paṭicca
telappadīpo jhāyeyya- || || -sītībhavissantīti pajānātīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).9 (9) Anicca
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭicca
samuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā
nirodhadhammā || ||
4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā aduk-
khamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā
paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāga-
dhammā nirodhadhammāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is not to be found in S1-3 which are much more complete

[page 215]
XXXVI. 10. 9] PATHAMASAGĀTHAVAGGO 215

SN_4,36(2).10 (10) Phassamūlaka
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā phassajā phassamūlakā
phassanidānā phassapaccayā || ||
4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā aduk-
khamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Sukhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paṭicca uppaj-
jati sukhā vedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa¹
nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyam phassam
paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā vūpasam-
mati² || ||
6 Dukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paṭicca uppaj-
jati dukkhā vedanā || tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa phassassa
nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam³ dukkhavedaniyam phas-
sam paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā vū-
pasammati || ||
7 Adukkhamasukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam pa-
ṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || tasseva aduk-
khamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjam
vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paṭicca
uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā sa nirujjhati sā vūpasam-
mati || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṭṭa-
nasamodhānā⁴ usmā jāyati tejo abhinibbattati || tesaṃ yeva
kaṭṭhānam nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā niruj-
jhati sā vūpasammati || ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave imā tisso vedanā phassajā
phassamūlakā phassanidānā phassapaccayā tajjam phassam
paṭicca tajjā tajjā vedanā uppajjanti || tajjassa tajjassa phas-
sassa nirodhā tajjā tajjā vedanā nirujjhantīti⁵ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phassa
2 B1-2 vūpasamati always
3 The sequel till the next tajjaṃ vedayitam is missing in S1-3 by
mistake, I think, not for abridgment
4 B1 saṅghattātassasamodhānā
5 So S1-3 (although S3 do not repeat the last tajjā); B1-2
have -tajjamphassampaṭicca tajjā vedanā uppajjati ||
tajjassaphassassanirodhā tajjā vedanā nirujjhatīti

[page 216]
216 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 11. 2
Vedanāsaṃyuttassa pathamakasagāthāvaggo¹ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ² || ||
Samādhi Sukhāya³ Pahānena ||
Pātālaṃ⁴ Daṭṭhabbena ||
Sallatthena ca Gelaññām⁵ ||
Anicca⁶ Phassamūlakā ti || ||

CHAPTER II RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO

SN_4,36(2).11 (1) Rahogataka
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paṭisal-
līnassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Tisso vedanā
vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhama-
sukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || || Vut-
taṃ kho panetam Bhagavatā Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ
dukkhasmin ti || kiṃ nu kho etam Bhagavatā sandhāya
bhāsitaṃ Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasminti || ||
4 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā
vuttā mayā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā
vedanā imā tisso vedanā vuttā mayā || || Vuttaṃ kho pane-
tam bhikkhu mayā Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ⁷ taṃ dukkhasmin
ti || taṃ kho panetam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhārānaṃ yeva
aniccataṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ
dukkhasmin ti || taṃ kho⁸ panetam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhā-
rānaṃ yeva⁹ khayadhammataṃ vayadhammataṃ virāga-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sagāthavasaggosattamo driven back to the end
2 S1-3 tatruddānam
3 S1-3 sukhapa
4 S1-3 pātallam
5 S1-3 sallaṃ gilañño
6 S3 aṇiccā; B2 aniccaṃ
7 Sabbaṃ is inserted here by S1-3 (added in S3 between the lines)
8 Missing in S1-3
9 Missing in B1

[page 217]
XXXVI. 11. 7] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 217
dhammataṃ nirodhadhammataṃ vipariṇāmadhammataṃ¹
sandhāya bhāsitaṃ Yaṃ kiñci vedāyitaṃ taṃ dukkhas-
min ti¹ || ||
5 Atha kho pana bhikkhu mayā anupubbaṃ saṅkhārā-
naṃ nirodho akkhāto || pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa
vācā niruddhā hoti || dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitak-
kavicārā niruddhā honti || tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa
pīti niruddhā hoti || catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assā-
sapassāsā niruddhā honti || || Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samā-
pannassa rūpasaññā niruddhā hoti || viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ
samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti ||
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā
niruddhā hoti || nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam samāpannassa
ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti || || Saññāvedayita-
nirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā
honti || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso
niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhu mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānaṃ² vūpa-
samo akkhāto || pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa vācā
vūpasantā hoti || dutiyam jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavi-
cārā vūpasantā honti || la || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpan-
nassa saññā ca vedanā cā vūpasantā honti || || Khīnāsa-
vassa bhikkhuno rāgo vūpasanto hoti || doso vūpasanto ||
moho vūpasanto hoti || ||
7 Cha yimā bhikkhu passaddhiyo || pathamaṃ jhānaṃ
samāpannassa vācā paṭippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ
samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paṭippassaddhā honti || tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti paṭippassaddhā hoti || catut-
thaṃ jhānam samāpannassa assāsapassāsā paṭippassaddhā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Instead of this S1-3 have (from yeva)
khayadhammānaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ
dukkhasminti taṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhu mayā saṅkhārānam yeva
vayadhammānaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ
dukkhasminti taṃ kho panetaṃ bhikkhu mayā saṅkharānaññeva
viparināmādhammaṃ (S1 parināma-) sandhāya bhāsitaṃ
yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasminti
2 S1-3 anupubbaṃ

[page 218]
218 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 12. 3
honti || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa sañña ca
vedanā ca paṭippassaddhā honti || || Khīnāsavassa bhik-
khuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso paṭippassaddho
hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hoti || ||

SN_4,36(2).12 (2) Ākāsam1
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti ||
puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pacchimā pi vātā vāyanti ||
uttarā pi vātā vāyanti || dakkhiṇā pi vātā vāyantā || sarajā
pi vātā vāyanti || arajā pi vātā vāyanti || sītā pi vātā vāyanti ||
uṇhā pi vātā vāyanti || parittā pi vātā vāyanti || adhimattāpi
vātā vāyanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiṃ
kāyasmiṃ vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā¹ pi vedanā
uppajjanti² || dukkhā³ pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhama-
sukhā pi vedanā uppajjantīti
⁴ Yathāpi vātā akāse || vāyanti vividhā puthu ||
puratthimā pacchimā cāpi || uttarā atha dakkhiṇā ||1 ||
Sarajā arajāvāpi || sītā uṇhā ca ekadā ||
adhimattā parittā ca || puthu⁴ vāyanti⁵ mālutā⁶ ||² ||
tathevimasmim pi kāyasmiṃ || samuppajjati vedanā ||
sukhadukkhasamuppatti || adukkhamasukkhā ca yā ||³ ||
Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpi || sampajaño nirūpadhi⁷ ||
tato so⁸ vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paṇḍito ||⁴ ||
So vedanā pariññāya diṭṭhe⁹ dhamme anāsavo ||
kāyassa bhedā dhammaṭṭho || saṅkhyaṃ nopeti¹⁰ ve-
dagūti ||⁵ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dukkhā
2 B1-2 uppajjati always
3 S1-3 sukhā
4 B1 puthū
5 B2 pavāyanti
6 S1 māluto
7 S1-3 sampajaññaṃ na riñcāti
8 S1-3 ca
9 B2 diṭṭheva; S3 diṭṭha
10 S1-3 saṃkhaṃ na upeti

[page 219]
XXXVI. 15. 3] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 219

SN_4,36(2).13 (3) Ākāsam2
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti
puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pe || adhimattā pi vātā vāyanti || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ vividhā veda
nā uppajjanti¹ || sukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || dukkhā pi
vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppaj-
jantīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).14 (4) Āgāram
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave āgantukāgāram || || Tattha pu-
ratthimāya disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || pacchimāya
disāya āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || uttarāya pi disāya āgantvā
vāsaṃ kappenti || dakkhiṇāya pi disāya vāsaṃ kappenti || ||
Khattiyā pi āgantvā vāsam kappenti || brāhmaṇā pi āgantvā
vāsam kappenti || vessā pi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || suddā
pi āgantvā vāsaṃ kappenti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave
imasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā pi
vedanā uppajanti² || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || aduk-
khamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || ||
4 Sāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi dukkhā
vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi adukkhamasukhā vedanā
uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjati || nirāmisā
pi dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi adukkhama-
sukhā vedanā uppajjantīti³ || ||

SN_4,36(2).15 (5) Santakam1
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā ||
katamo vedanāsamudayo || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 uppajjati always
2 B1-2 uppajjati, as before, here and further on
3 In this paragraph S1-3 intermingle sāmisā nirāmisā in this
manner: sāmisā pi sukhā- || nirāmisā pi sukhā- || samisā pi
dukkhā- || nirāmisā pi dukkhā- etc.

[page 220]
220 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 15. 4
vedanānirodhagāminīpaṭipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko
ādīnavo || kiṃ nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Tisso imā Ānanda vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā imā vuccanti Ānanda
vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo phassa-
nirodhā vedanānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko
maggo vedanānirodhagāminī patipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sam-
mādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaṃ vedanaṃ paticca
uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam ayam vedanāya assādo || ||
Yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ veda-
nāya ādīnavo || || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarā-
gappahānam idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || ||
5 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānaṃ¹
nirodho akkhāto || || Pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa
vācā niruddhā hoti || pe || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ² samā-
pannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti || || Khīṇā-
savassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho
hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaṃ saṅkhārānam
vūpasamo akkhāto || || Pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa
vācā vūpasantā hoti || pe || saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samā-
pannassa saññā ca vedanā ca vūpasantā honti || || Khīṇā-
savassa bhikkhuno rāgo vūpasanto hoti || doso vūpasanto ||
moho vūpasanto hoti || ||
7 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ
passaddhi³ akkhātā || || Pathamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa
vācā paṭippassaddhā hoti || la || ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ
samāpannassa rūpasaññā paṭippassaddhā hoti || viñ-
ñāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā
paṭippassaddhā hoti || ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa
viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā paṭippassaddhā hoti⁴ || neva-
saññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatana-
saññā paṭippassaddhā hoti || saññāvedayitānirodhaṃ samā-
pannassa saññā ca vedanā ca paṭippassaddhā || honti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anupubbaṃ- as before and further on
2 S1-3 nirodha (ṃ being erased in S3) here only
3 B1-2 paṭipassaddhi
4 This phrase is missing in S1-3

[page 221]
XXXVI. 17. 3] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 221
Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso
paṭippassaddho hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hotīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).16 (6) Santakam2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho vedanā || katamo
vedanānirodho || katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā ||
ko vedanāya assādo || ko¹ ādinavo || kim¹ nissaraṇan ti ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavan-
nettikā Bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || sādhu bhante Bhagavan-
taññeva² paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato
sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
Tena hi Ānanda suṇohi sādhukam manasi karohi
bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Ānando paccassosi || ||
5-8 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tisso imā Ānanda vedanā ||
sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||
imā vuccanti Ānanda vedanā || la || phassasamudayo || la³ ||
khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso
paṭippassaddho hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hotīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).17 (7) Aṭṭhaka1
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā || katamo
vedanāsamudayo⁴ || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā niro-
dhagāminī paṭipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādīnavo || kiṃ
nissaraṇan ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert vedanāya
2 S1-3 Bhagavantaṃyeva
3 Much more complete in S1-3; the text is a mere repetition of 4-7
in the preceding sutta
4 S1-3 vedanāya always; S1 adds here katamā vedanā
samudayagāminī paṭipadā

[page 222]
222 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 17. 4
4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave
vedanā || Phassasamudayā¹ vedanāsamudayo² || phassani-
rodhā¹ vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo
vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi ||
pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati
sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayaṃ vedanāya assādo || Yā vedanā
aniccā dukkhā³ vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ vedanāya
ādīnavo || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāga-
pahānaṃ || idaṃ vedanāya nissaraṇaṃ || ||
5 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaṅkhārānam
nirodho akkhāto || ||
Pathamaṃ jhānam samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti ||
pe || || Khīnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso
niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaṅkhārā-
naṃ vūpasamo akkhāto || pathamajhānaṃ samāpannassa
vācā vūpasantā hoti || la || || Khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo
vūpasanto hoti || doso vūpasanto hoti || moho vūpasanto
hoti || ||
7 Chayimā bhikkhave passaddhiyo || || Pathamaṃjhānaṃ
samāpannassa vācā paṭippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ
samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paṭippassaddhā honti || tati-
yaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti paṭippassaddhā hoti ||
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāsā patip-
passaddhā honti || || Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa
saññā ca vedanā ca paṭippassaddhā honti || || Khīṇāsavassa
bhikkhuno rāgo paṭippassaddho hoti || doso paṭippassaddho
hoti || moho paṭippassaddho hoti || ||

SN_4,36(2).18 (8) Aṭṭhaka2
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || pe || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 samphassa-
2 S1-3 insert taṇhā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā
3 S1-3 -yā instead of dukkhā

[page 223]
XXXVI. 19. 5] RAHOGATAVAGGO TATIYO 223
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno¹ kho te² bhikkhū Bhagavā etad
avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhikkhave vedanā || Katamo
vedanāsamudayo || Katamo vedanānirodho || Katamā
vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipadā || Ko vedanāya assādo ||
Ko ādinavo || Kiṃ nissaraṇanti ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || la || ||
5-8 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave
vedanā || phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || ||
Yathā purimasuttante tathā vitthāretabbo³ || ||

SN_4,36(2).19 (9) Pañcakaṅgo
2 Atha kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati yenāyasmā Udāyī
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim
abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyas-
mantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante Udāyi
vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
Tisso kho thapati⁴ vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā⁵
kho thapati⁴ vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim
etad avoca || Na kho bhante Udāyī tisso vedanā vuttā
Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā
dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā
santasmim esā paṇīte sukhe⁶ vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
5 Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyī Pañcakaṅgam thapatim
etad avoca || Na kho thapati⁴ dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā⁷ vuttā Bhaga-
vatā ti || || Dutiyam pi kho⁸ Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all the MSS.
2 S1-3 he
3 S1-3 yathāpurimaṃ suttantaṃ evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ --pe--
4 S1-3 gahapati
5 S1-3 imaṃ
6 S1-3 paṇītesu
7 S1-3 omit imā tisso vedanā
8 Missing in S1-3

[page 224]
224 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 6
Udāyim etad avoca || Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā
vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā
vedanā santasmiṃ esā paṇīte sukhe¹ vuttā Bhagavatā
ti || ||
6 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyī Pañcakaṅgaṃ thapatim
etad avoca || Na kho thapati² dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhaga-
vatā ti || || Tatiyam pi kho Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyasmantam
Udāyim etad avoca Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā
vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā ve-
danā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā
vedanā santasmiṃ esā paṇīte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
Neva kho asakkhi³ āyasmā Udāyī Pañcakaṅgaṃ thapatim
saññāpetuṃ || na panāsakkhi⁴ Pañcakaṅgo thapati āyas-
mantam Udāyiṃ saññāpetuṃ || ||
7 Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmato Udāyissa Pañca-
kaṅgena thapatinā saddhim imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ || ||
8 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno
kho āyasmā Ānando yāvatako āyasmato Udāyissa Pañca-
kaṅgena thapatinā saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpo⁵ tam pi
sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || ||
9 Santam eva⁶ kho Ānanda pariyāyaṃ Pañcakaṅgo
thapati Udāyissa bhikkhuno nābbhanumodi || santaṃ ca
panānanda pariyāyam Udāyī bhikkhu Pañcakaṅgassa
thapatino nābbhanumodi || || Dve pi mayā Ānanda vedanā
vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
pañca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā
vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā
pariyāyena || chattiṃsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 paṇītesu kho here and further on
2 S1-3 gahapati
3 B1 neva asakkhi; B2 nevasakkhi
4 S1-3 pana asakkhi
5 S3 kathā allāpo
6 S1-3 santaṃyeva

[page 225]
XXXVI. 19. 12] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 225
aṭṭhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||¹ Evam
pariyāyadesito Ānanda mayā dhammo² || ||
10 Evam pariyāyadesite³ kho Ānanda mayā dhamme ye
aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ na samanumaññis-
santi na samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam
etam pāṭikaṅkham bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā
aññamaññam mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissanti || || Evam
pariyāyadesito⁴ mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho
Ānanda mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa subhāsitaṃ
sulapitaṃ samanumaññissanti samanujānissanti samanu-
modissanti || tesam etam pāṭikaṅkhaṃ samaggā sammoda-
mānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā⁵ aññamaññam piyacak-
khūhi sampassantā viharissanti || ||
11 Pañcime Ānanda kāmaguṇā || Katamā pañca || ||
Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā pīyarūpā kāmū-
pasaṃhitā rajanīya || la || Kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā
kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime kho
Ānanda pañcakāmaguṇā || || Yaṃ kho Ānanda ime pañca
kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || idam
vuccati kāmasukhaṃ || ||
12 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ
sattā⁶ sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentī} ti || idaṃ nesā-
ham nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā
sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantatarañca⁷ paṇītatarañca ||
kataṃ⁸ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhik-
kantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vivic-
ceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savi-
cāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ pathamaṃ jhānam upasam-
pajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ
sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1-2; S1-3 aṭṭhasatam pi mayā vedanāsataṃ vuttam pariyāyena
2 This phrase is omitted by S1; S3 has instead of it:
tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā
3 S1-3 pariyāyenadesite
4 B1-2 insert kho Ānanda
5 S1 khirodanī
6 B1-2 santam always
7 S1-3 -ceva instead of ca
8 S1-3 katamā

[page 226]
226 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 13
13 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentīti} || idaṃ nesā-
haṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā
sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañca ||
katamañcānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkan-
tataraṃ ca panītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vitakka-
vicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso eko-
dibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukham
dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda
etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇīta-
taraṃ ca || ||
14 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentī} ti || idaṃ nesā-
haṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca ||
katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhik-
kantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu
pītiyā ca virāgā upekhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno
sukhaṃ ca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedeti}¹ || yantam ariyā ācik-
khanti upekhako satimā sukhavihārīti || tatiyaṃ jhānam
upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā
aññam sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca ||
15 Ye kho Ānanda evam vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ
sattā sukham somanassam {paṭisaṃvedetīti} || idaṃ nesā-
haṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataram ca paṇītataraṃ
ca || katamañ² cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham
abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataran ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva soma-
nassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkhamasukham upe-
khāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viha-
rati || idam Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhik-
kantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca³ || ||
16 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti idaṃ nesāhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 patisaṃvedi; S3 -vediyati
2 S1-3 katamā
3 S1-3 inserts here -pe-

[page 227]
XXXVI. 19. 19] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 227
nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā
aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || kata-
maṃ¹ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññam sukham abhikkanta-
taraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso
rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānam atthagamā
nānattasaññānam amanasikarā Anatto² ākāso ti ākāsānañ-
cāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etam-
hā sukhā || pe || ||
17 Ye ca kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etaṃ paramaṃ
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam {paṭisaṃvedentīti} || idaṃ³ nesā-
haṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā || pe || katamañ⁴ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ su-
khaṃ || pe || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānānañcāyatanaṃ
samatikkamma Anattam⁵ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam
upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā ||
pe || ||
18 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramam
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti || idaṃ nesā-
ham nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā || pe || katamaṃ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ su-
khaṃ || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ
samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasam-
pajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ
sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañca || ||
19 Ye kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ⁶
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti || idaṃ nesā-
haṃ nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā || pe || katamaṃ⁷ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ
sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda
bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma neva-
saññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamā
2 B1-2 ananto; S1-3 anatto (which might be ananto, but seems
rather to be anatto)
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 katamā
5 B1-2 anantam (see note 2)
6 S1-3 etaparamā
7 S3 katamā; S1 katama

[page 228]
228 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 20
Ānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ
ca paṇitataraṃ ca || ||
20 Ye ca kho Ānanda evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Etam paramaṃ
sattā sukhaṃ somanassam paṭisaṃvedentīti || idaṃ nesāhaṃ
nānujānāmi || taṃ kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā
aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇītatarañ ca || ||
Katamaṃ¹ cānanda etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhik-
kantataraṃ ca paṇītataraṃ ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññā-
vedayitanirodham upasampajja viharati || idaṃ kho Ānanda
etamhā sukhā aññaṃ sukham abhikkantataraṃ ca paṇita-
taraṃ ca || ||
21 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam Ānanda vijjati yam aññatit-
thiyā paribbājakā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ || Saññāvedayitaniro-
dham Samaṇo Gotamo āha || taṃ ca sukhasmim² paññāpeti³
tayidam kiṃsu tayidam kathaṃsūti || || Evaṃ vādino
Ānanda aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu⁴ vacanīyā ||
Na kho āvuso Bhagavā sukhaññeva vedanaṃ sandhāya
sukhasmim paññāpeti || yattha yatthāvuso sukham upalab-
bhati || yaṃhi yaṃhi⁵ sukhaṃ taṃ taṃ⁶ tathāgato su-
khasmim paññāpetīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).20 (10) Bhikkhunā
3 Dve pi⁷ mayā bhikkhave vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pañca pi mayā
vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pari-
yāyena || aṭṭhārasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chat-
tiṃsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭhasatam pi⁷
mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || ||
4 Evam pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam
pariyāyadesite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye aññamañ-
ñassa subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ na samanumaññissanti na
samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāṭi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamā
2 B2 sukhasminti
3 S1-3 paññayati
4 S1-3 assa
5 B1-2 yahiṃ yahiṃ
6 S1-3 taṃ once
7 Missing in S1-3

[page 229]
XXXVI. 20. 15] RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO 229
kaṅkham¹ bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā añña-
maññam² mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharissanti || || Evam
pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam pariyāya-
desite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye aññamaññassa
subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ samanumaññissanti samanujānis-
santi samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāṭikaṅkhaṃ
samaggā samodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā³ añ-
ñamaññam pīyacakkhūhi sampassantā⁴ viharissanti || ||
5-14 Pañcime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || la⁵ ||
15 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam bhikkhave⁶ vijjati yam aññā-
titthiyā paribbājakā evam vadeyyuṃ || Saññāvedayitaniro-
dhaṃ Samaṇo Gotamo āha || taṃ ca sukhasmim paññāpeti ||
tayidaṃ kiṃsu tayidaṃ kathaṃsūti || || Evaṃ vādino bhik-
khave aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu vacanīyā || Na
kho āvuso Bhagavā sukhaññeva⁷ vedanaṃ sandhāya su-
khasmim paññāpeti || Yattha yattha āvuso sukham upalab-
bhati || yamhi yamhi⁸ taṃ taṃ⁹ tathāgato sukhasmim
paññāpetīti || ||
Rahogatavaggo dutiyo¹⁰ ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Rahogataṃ dve¹¹ Ākāsaṃ ||
Agāraṃ dve ca Santakam ||
Aṭṭhakena ca¹² dve vuttā ||
Pañcakaṅgo ca¹³ Bhikkhunā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 pāṭikaṅkhā here and further on
2 S1-3 -aññassa
3 B2 khīrodatī-
4 S1-3 sampassamānā
5 More complete in S1-3 (see the preceding sutta 11-20)
6 Missing in S1-3
7 S1-3 sukhaṃ yeva
8 B1-2 yahiṃ yahiṃ
9 S1 taṃ once; S3 naṃ naṃ
10 S1-3 sattamo, the whole being drawn back to the end
11 S1-3 rahogata dveva
12 B1 aṭṭhagānaṃ ca-; B2 aṭṭhakaṃ nava
13 S1-3 tha; B2 dha

[page 230]
230 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 21. 1

CHAPTER III AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO

SN_4,36(2).21 (1) Sīvako
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Moliya-Sīvako¹ paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Moliya-Sīvako paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Santi² bho Gotama eke
samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino || Yam kiñcā-
yam purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā
adukkhamasukhaṃ vā || sabbantam pubbe katahetūti || ||
Idha pana³ bhavaṃ Gotamo kim āhāti || ||
4 Pittasamuṭṭhānāni pi kho Sīvaka idhekaccāni vedayi-
tāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etaṃ Sīvaka⁴ veditabbaṃ
yathā pittasamuṭṭhānāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppaj-
janti || lokassa pi kho etaṃ Sīvaka saccasammataṃ yathā
pittasamutthānāni pi idhekaccāhi vedayitāni uppajjanti
Tatra Sīvaka ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃ-
diṭṭhino Yaṃ kiñcāyam purisapuggalo {paṭisaṃvedeti} su-
khaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā sabbantaṃ
tam pubbe katahetūti || yaṃ ca sāmaṃ ñātaṃ⁵ taṃ ca
atidhāvanti⁶ || yaṃ ca⁷ loke saccasammataṃ taṃ ca ati-
dhāvanti || || Tasmā tesam samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ micchāti
vadāmi || ||
5 Semhasamuṭṭhānāni pi kho Sīvaka || pe || ||
6 Vātasamuṭṭhānāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
7 Sannipātikāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
8 Utupariṇāmajāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
9 Visamaparihārajāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||
10 Opakkamikāni pi kho Sīvaka || la || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 Sivako always
2 S1-3 add hi
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1-2 insert evaṃ
5 S1-3 sāmaññātam
6 B2 atidhāvati always
7 B1-2 omit ca

[page 231]
XXXVI. 22. 4] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 231
11 Kammavipākajāni pi kho Sīvaka idhekaccāni vedayi-
tāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etam¹ Sīvaka² veditabbaṃ
yathā kammavipākajāni pi³ idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppaj-
janti || lokassa pi kho etaṃ Sīvaka saccasammataṃ yathā-
kammavipakajāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || ||
Tatra Sīvaka ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃ-
diṭṭhino Yaṃ kiñcāyam purisapuggalo paṭisaṃvedeti su-
khaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkham asukhaṃ vā || sabban tam
pubbe katahetū ti || Yaṃ ca sāmaṃ ñātaṃ taṃ ca atidhā-
vanti yaṃ ca loke saccasammattaṃ taṃ ca atidhāvanti ||
tasmā tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānam micchāti vadāmīti || ||
12 Evaṃ vutte Moliya-Sīvako paribbājako Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama --pe-- upāsakam
mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ sara-
ṇaṃ gatan ti || ||
13 Pittaṃ semhaṃ ca vāto ca ||
sannipātā utūni ca ||
visamaṃ opakkamikam⁴ ||
kammavipākena aṭṭhamī ti⁵ || ||

SN_4,36(2).22 (2) Aṭṭhasata
2 Aṭṭhasatapariyāyaṃ vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyam
desissāmi tam suṇātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave aṭṭhasatapariyāyo dhamma-
pariyāyo || || Dve pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso
pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pañca pi mayā vedanā
vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
aṭṭharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiṃsa pi
mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aṭṭhasatam pi mayā
vedanā⁶ vuttā pariyāyena || ||
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave dve vedanā || Kāyikā ca cetasikā
ca || imā vuccanti bhikkhave dve vedanā || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by B1-3
2 B1-2 insert evaṃ
3 S1-3 insert kho sīvaka
4 S1-3 opakkamiko ca
5 S3 aṭṭhami; B2 aṭṭhamiti
6 S1 inserts here satam pi (compare p. 225 note 1)

[page 232]
232 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 22. 5
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave tisso vedanā || || Sukhā vedanā
dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti
bhikkhave tisso vedanā || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave pañcavedanā || || Sukhindriyaṃ
dukkhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ domanassindriyam
upekkhindriyaṃ imā vuccanti bhikkhave pañcavedanā || ||
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave cha vedanā || cakkhusamphassajā
vedanā || pa || manosamphassajā vedanā || imā vuccanti cha
vedanā || ||
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave aṭṭhārasā vedanā || cha somanas-
supavicārā cha domanassupavicārā cha upekkhupavicārā¹ ||
ima vuccanti bhikkhave aṭṭhārasā vedanā || ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave chattiṃsa vedanā || cha gehasi-
tāni somanassāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni cha
gehasitāni domanassāni² cha nekkhammasitāni domanas-
sāni cha gehasitā upekkhā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhā ||
imā vuccanti bhikkhave chattiṃsa vedanā³ || ||
10 Katamā⁴ ca bhikkhave aṭṭhasatavedanā⁵ || || Atītā
chattiṃsa vedanā || anāgatā chattiṃsavedanā || paccuppannā
chattiṃsavedanā || imā vuccanti⁶ bhikkhave aṭṭhasatave-
danā⁷ || ayam bhikkhave aṭṭhasatapariyāyo dhammapari-
yāyoti || ||

SN_4,36(2).23 (3) Bhikkhu
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo
vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā ||
katamo⁸ vedanā⁹-nirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminī
paṭipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇanti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 upekhorā; S3 upekhāupavicārā
2 S1-3 --pe-- instead of cha geha-
3 S1 has only chata and a blank instead of bhikkhave -vedanā
4 B1 katamañca
5 B1-2 aṭṭhasataṃ- always
6 S1-3 idaṃ vuccati . . .
7 S1-3 aṭṭhasatavedanāsataṃ
8 S1-3 katamā
9 Missing in S1 which is here disturbed

[page 233]
XXXVI. 24. 7] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 233
4 Tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhu
tisso vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taṇhā
vedanāsamudayagaminī paṭipadā || phassanirodhā vedanā-
nirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo vedanānirodha-
gāminī paṭipadā seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammā-
samādhi || Yaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ
somanassam ayaṃ vedanāya assādo || yā¹ vedanā² aniccā
dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ayam vedanāya ādīnavo || yo
vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ
vedanāya nissaraṇanti || ||

SN_4,36(2).24 (4) Pubbeñāṇam
2 Pubbe³ me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Katamā nu kho vedanā ||
katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminī
paṭipadā || katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodha-
gāminī patipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ
nissaraṇan ti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Tisso imā
vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā
vedanā || imā vuccanti vedanā || Phassamudayā vedanāsamu-
dayo || taṇhā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā || pe || Yo
vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ
vedanāya nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Imā vedanā ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu
dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ñāṇam udapādi || paññā
udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādi || ||
5 Ayaṃ vedanāsamudayoti me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || ||
6 Ayaṃ vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadāti me bhik-
khave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ||
la || ||
7 Ayaṃ vedanānirodho ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yaṃ
2 S1 vedanāya
3 S1-3 pubbeva

[page 234]
234 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 24. 8
8 Ayaṃ vedanānirodhagaminī paṭipadā ti me bhikkhave
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la ||
9 Ayaṃ vedanāya assādo ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu || la || ||
10 Ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo ti me bhikkhave pubbe
ananussutesu dhammesu || la || ||
11 Idaṃ vedanāya¹ nissaraṇan ti me bhikkhave pubbe
ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ñāṇam uda-
pādi || paññā udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).25 (5) Bhikkhunā
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkamiṃsu || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo
vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā ||
katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminī paṭi-
padā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave
vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taṇhā veda-
nāsamudayagāminī paṭipadā || phassanirodhā² || pe || Yo
vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ
vedanāya nissaraṇanti || ||

SN_4,36(2).26 (6) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā1
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ
tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca
assādaṃ ca ādīnavaṃ ca nissaraṇaṃ ca yathābhūtam
nappajānanti || pe ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhiññāya sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantīti³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 kho instead of vedanāya
2 S1-3 -nirodho
3 So S1-3; complete in B1-2; --See, in the Nidānavaggo, the several
so-called Samaṇabrāhmaṇā suttas

[page 235]
XXXVI. 29. 4] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 235

SN_4,36(2).27 (7) Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā2
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā || dukkhā vedanā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
3 Ye hi kecī bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ
tissannaṃ vedanānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ nappajānanti ||
pe || ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).28 (8) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā3
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
vedanaṃ nappajānanti vedanā samudayaṃ nappajānanti
vedanāsamudayaṃ nappajānanti vedanānirodhaṃ nappajā-
nanti vedanānirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || pe || ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantīti || ||

SN_4,36(2).29 (9) Suddhikaṃ nirāmisam
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho
bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||
3 Atthi bhikkhave sāmisā pīti atthi nirāmisā pīti || atthi
nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pīti || || Atthi sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ atthi
nirāmisam sukhaṃ atthi nirāmisā nirāmisataraṃ sukhaṃ || ||
Atthi sāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā
niramisatarā upekhā || || Atthi sāmiso vimokkho atthi nirā-
miso vimokkho atthi niramisā nirāmisataro vimokkho || ||
4 Katamā ca¹ bhikkhave sāmisā pīti || || Pañcime
bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || katame pañca || cakkhuviññeyyā
rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā raja-
nīyā || pe || kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā
piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime kho bhikkhave
pañcakāmaguṇā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pañca kāma-
guṇe paṭicca uppajjati pīti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā
pīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 inserts sa; S3 sā

[page 236]
236 VEDANĀ-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVI. 29. 5
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā pīti || || Idha bhikkhave
bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ
jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpa-
samā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodhibhāvam avi-
takkam avicaraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam
upasampajja viharati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā
pīti || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pīti || ||
Yā kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaṃ
vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaṃ vimuttam pacca-
vekkhato mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati
pīti || ayam vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pīti || ||
7 Katamañca¹ bhikkhave sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || || Pañ-
cime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || katamā pañca || || Cakkhu-
viññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃ-
hitā rajanīyā || pe || kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā
manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā || ime kho
bhikkhave pañcakāmaguṇā || yaṃ kho bhikkhave ime
pañcakāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ||
idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave² sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || ||
8 Katamañ ca bhikkhave nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāram vivekajam pītisukham
pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaṃ
vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam
avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ³
jhānam upasampajja viharati || pitiyā ca virāgā upekkhako
ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃ-
vedeti || yantam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā su-
khavihārīti tatiyaṃ⁴ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati || || Idhaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ || ||
9 Katamāñ ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataraṃ su-
khaṃ || || Yaṃ kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā
cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaṃ vimuttam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamāca
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 dutiya
4 S1-3 tatiya

[page 237]
XXXVI. 29. 15] AṬṬHASATAPARIYĀYA-VAGGO TATIYO 237
paccavekkhato mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato
uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
nirāmisā nirāmisataraṃ sukhaṃ || ||
10 Katamā ca bhikkhave sāmisā upekkhā || || Pañcime
bhikkhave kāmaguṇā || katame pañcā || || Cakkhuviññeyyā
rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā ||
pi || kāyaviññeyyā poṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā
kāmupasaṃhitā rajaniyā || ime kho bhikkhave pañca-
kāmaguṇā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pañcakāmaguṇe
paṭicca uppajjati upekkhā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā
upekkhā || ||
11 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā¹ upekkhā || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca
pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā
adukkhamasukham upekkhā satiparisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ
jhānam upasampajja viharati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
nirāmisā upekkhā || ||
12 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā
upekkhā || || Yā² kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno
rāgā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaṃ vimuttam
paccavekkhato mohā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato
uppajjati upekkhā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā
nirāmisatarā upekkhā || ||
13-14 Katamo ca bhikkhave sāmiso vimokkho || || Rūpa-
paṭisaṃyutto vimokkho sāmiso || pe || || Arūpapaṭisaṃyutto
vimokkho nirāmiso || ||
15 Katamo ca bhikkhave nirāmisā³ nirāmisataro
vimokkho || || Yo kho bhikkhave khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno
rāgā cittaṃ vimuttam paccavekkhato || pe || mohā cittaṃ
vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati vimokkho || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataro⁴ vimokkho ti || ||
Aṭṭhasatapariyāyavaggo tatiyo⁵ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ⁶ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 inserts ca
2 S1-3 yaṃ
3 S1-3 nirāmiso
4 S1-3 -tarā
5 Put in S1-3 after the verse
6 S1-3 tatruddānaṃ

[page 238]
238 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 1. 2
Sīvaka1 Aṭṭhasata1 Bhikkhu ||
Pubbeñāṇañca Bhikkhunā² ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇā tīni ||
Suddhikañca³ nirāmisan ti || ||
Vedanāsaṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||

BOOK III MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM

CHAPTER I PEYYĀLA-VAGGO PATHAMO

SN_4,37(3).1 (1) Manāpā amanāpā
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato mātugāmo
ekanta-amanāpo hoti purisassa || katamehi pañcahi || ||
Na ca⁴ rūpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sīlavā
hoti || alaso ca hoti || pajañcassa⁵ na labhati || || Imehi kho
bhikkhave pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato mātugamo ekanta-
amanāpo⁶ hoti purisassa || ||
3 Pañcahi bhikkhave⁷ aṅgehi samannāgato mātugāmo
ekantamanāpo hoti-purisassa || katamehi pañcahi || || Rūpavā
ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || sīlavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti
analaso || pajañcassa labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pañ-
cahi aṅgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekantamanāpo hoti
purisassa || ||

SN_4,37(3).2 (2) Manāpā amanāpā
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-
amanāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pañcahi || || Na ca
rūpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sīlavā hoti || alaso
ca hoti || pajañcassa na labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 Sivakaṃ Aṭṭhasataṃ; S1-3 Sīvakaṭṭhasataṃ
2 S1-3 bhikkhuno
3 S1-3 suddhakañca
4 S1-3 neva
5 S1 pañjavassa (further on paḍñjacassa); S3 pañcavassa
6 S1-3 ekantāmanāpo here and further on
7 S1 adds ca

[page 239]
XXXVII. 8. 8] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO PATHAMO 239
pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-amanāpo hoti
mātugāmassa || ||
3 Pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-
manāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pañcahi¹ || || Rūpavā
ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || silavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti
analaso || pajañcassa² labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave
pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato puriso ekantamanāpo hoti
mātugāmassāti || ||

SN_4,37(3).3 (3) Āveṇikā
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa āveṇikāni duk-
khāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi ||
katamāni pañca || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo daharo³ va⁴ samāno
patikulaṃ gacchati ñātakehi vinā hoti || idam bhikkhave
mātugāmassa pathamam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ || yam mātu-
gāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
4 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo utunī⁵ hoti || idam
bhikkhave mātugāmassa dutiyam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ yaṃ
mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
5 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo gabbhinī hoti ||
idam bhikkhave mātugamassa tatiyam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ
yam mātugamo paccānubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
6 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo vijāyāti || idam
bhikkhave mātugāmassa catuttham āveṇikaṃ dukkhaṃ
yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purisehi || ||
7 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo purisassa pāri-
cariyam upeti || idaṃ kho bhikkhave mātugāmassa pañca-
mam āveṇikam dukkhaṃ yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti
aññatreva purisehīti || ||
8 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa āveṇikāni
dukkhāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti aññatreva purise-
hīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 pañcamehi
2 S1-3 pañjassa here only
3 S1 dahāro; B1 bhoge instead of daharo
4 S1-3 ca
5 B1-2 utuni

[page 240]
240 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 4. 2

SN_4,37(3).4 (4) Tīhi
2 Tīhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo
yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedhā param maraṇa apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati¹ || katamehi tīhi || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo pubbaṇhasamayam macche-
ramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāram² ajjhāvasati || || Maj-
jhantikasamayam³ issāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāram
ajjhāvasati || || Sāyaṇhasamayaṃ kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena
cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || ||
4 Imehi kho bhikkhave tīhi dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||
(ANURUDDHO I KAṆHAPAKKHO)
2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam pas-
sāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
nirayam upapajjantaṃ || || Katīhi nu kho bhante dham-
mehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajja-
tī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).5 (1) Kodhano
4 Pañcahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim
vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti || ahiriko ca hoti || anottāpī ca hoti ||
kodhano ca hoti || duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 S3 uppajjati
2 B1 āgāram always
3 S1-3 majjhantikaṃ-

[page 241]
XXXVII. 8. 6] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO PATHAMO 241
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam
duggatiṃ vinipātam nirayam upapajjatīti¹ || ||

SN_4,37(3).6 (2) Upanāhī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha² dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
upanāhī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi Anuruddha³ pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim
vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).7 (3) Issukī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha⁴ dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
issukī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).8 (4) Maccharena
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
maccharī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam
upapajjati || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat this sutta (the kodhano) by substituting
bhikkhave to Anuruddha
2 S1-3 bhikkhave
3 S1-3 kho bhikkhave
4 As in the preceding suttas, in this and in the following ones,
S1-3 put always bhikkhave instead of Anurluddha

[page 242]
242 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 9.

SN_4,37(3).9 (5) Aticārī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapaj-
jati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
aticārī ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).10 (6) Dussīlam
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
dussīlo ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).11 (7) Appassuto
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
appassuto ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).12 (8) Kusīto
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
kusīto ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam
upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).13 (9) Muṭṭhassati
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 243]
XXXVII. 15. 6] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO DUTIYO 243
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpī ca hoti
muṭṭhassati ca hoti duppañño ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).14 (10) Pañcaveram
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Pāṇātipātī ca hoti adinnādāyī ca hoti kāmesu micchā-
cārī ca hoti musāvādī ca hoti surāmerayamajjapamādaṭ-
ṭhāyī ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatī ti || ||

CHAPTER II PEYYĀLA-VAGGO DUTIYO
(ANURUDDHO II SUKKAPAKKHO)
2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam pas-
sāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena abhikkantamānusakena
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam
upapajjantaṃ || || Katīhi nu kho bhante dhammehi saman-
nāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggam lokam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).15 (1) Akodhano
4 Pañcahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokam upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpī ca hoti akodhano
ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 244]
244 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 16. 4
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokam upapajjatī ti¹ || ||

SN_4,37(3).16 (2) Anupanāhī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ
upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpī ca hoti anupanā-
hī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).17 (3) Anissukī
4 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
5-6 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpī ca hoti anissukī
ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

SN_4,37(3).18 (4) Amaccharī
5-6 amaccharī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

SN_4,37(3).19 (5) Anaticārī
5-6 anaticārī ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

SN_4,37(3).2O (6) Sīlavā
5-6 sīlavā ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

SN_4,37(3).21 (7) Bahussuto
5-6 bahussuto ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

SN_4,37(3).22 (8) Viriya
5-6 āraddhaviriyo ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || la || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 As before (in the kaṇhapakkho) S1-3 repeat this sutta as applied
to the bhikkhus, not to Anuruddha; and, in the following ones,
they put always bhikkhave instead of Anuruddha

[page 245]
XXXVII. 24. 6] PEYYĀLA-VAGGO DUTIYO 245

SN_4,37(3).23 (9) Sati
5 upaṭṭhitasati ca hoti paññavā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjati || ||
Ime aṭṭhasuttanta-saṅkhepā¹ || ||

SN_4,37(3).24 (10) Pañcasīla
5 Pañcahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapajjati || katamehi pañcahi || || Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato
hoti || adinnādānā paṭivirato ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā
paṭivirato hoti || musāvādā paṭivirato hoti || surāmerayamaj-
japamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pañcahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjatī ti || ||
Peyyāla-vaggā dve² || ||
Tatruddānaṃ³ || ||
Dve Manāpā-⁴ amanāpā ca || Aveṇikā Tīhi⁵ Anuruddho ||
Kodhano Upanāhī ca ||⁶ Issukī Maccharena ca || ||
Aticārī ca Dussīlo⁷ || Appassuto⁸ ca Kusīto⁹ ||
Muṭṭhassati ca Pañcaveraṃ || kaṇhapakkhe pakāsito¹⁰ || ||
Anuruddho Akodhano || Anupanāhī Anissukī¹¹ ||
Amaccharī Anaticārī || Sīlavā ca Bahussuto ||
Viriya-Sati-Pañcasīlā ca ||¹² sukkapakkhe pakāsito ti¹³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B1-2 only; B2 has saṅkhepi || la ||
2 In B1-2 only; B1 has vaggo
3 B1-2 tassud-
4 S1-3 manāpa
5 S1-3 avenikānihi
6 S3 upamehi
7 B1 dussīlaṃ; B2 -lyam
8 S1-3 appassutā and put ca after kusīto
9 B1-2 kusito
10 S1-3 pakāsitā
11 S1-3 anussakī
12 S1-3 Vīriyaṃ satiñca pañcasīloca
13 B1-2 omit ti

[page 246]
246 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 25. 2

CHAPTER III VAGGO TATIYO

SN_4,37(3).25 (1) Visāradā
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pañca || || Rūpabalaṃ bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ
sīlabalaṃ || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa
balāni¹ || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi balehi samannāgato
mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).26 (2) Pasayhā
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ
sīlabalaṃ || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa
balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi balehi samannāgato
mātugāmo sāmikam² pasayha agāram ajjhāvasatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).27 (3) Abhibhūyya
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ
sīlabalaṃ || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa
balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pañcahi balehi samannāgato
mātugāmo sāmikam abhibhūyya vattati || ||

SN_4,37(3).28 (4) Eka
2 Ekena ca kho bhikkhave balena samannāgato puriso
mātugāmam abhibhūyya vattati || katamena ekena balena || ||
Issariyabalena³ || ||
3 Issariyabalena abhibhūtam bhikkhave⁴ mātugāmaṃ
neva rūpabalaṃ tāyati na bhogabalaṃ⁵ tāyati na ñātibalaṃ
tāyati na puttabalaṃ tāyati na sīlabalaṃ tāyatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This paragraph is put before this text as a single sutta
in S1-3, ending by balānīti
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S3 has only katamena ekena
4 In S1-3 only
5 S1-3 gottabalaṃ

[page 247]
XXXVII. 30. 2] VAGGO TATIYO 247

SN_4,37(3).29 (5) Aṅga
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalam puttabalaṃ
sīlabalaṃ || ||
3 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave¹ mātugāmo samannāgato
hoti na ca bhogabalena || evaṃ so tenaṅgena² aparipūro
hoti || yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugamo rūpabalena ca
samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca || evam so tenaṅgena³
paripūro hoti || ||
4 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave⁴ mātugāmo samannāgato
hoti bhogabalena ca na ca⁵ ñātibalena || evaṃ so tenaṅgena
aparipūro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpa-
balena samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ñatibalena ca
evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti || ||
5 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato
hoti || bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca || na ca puttabalena⁶ ||
evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhik-
khave mātugāmo rūpabalena ca samannāgato hoti || bhoga-
balena ñātibalena ca puttabalena ca || evaṃ so tenaṅgena
paripūro hoti || ||
6 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhu mātugamo samannāgato hoti ||
bhogabalena ca ñātibalena puttabalena ca || na ca⁷ sīlaba-
lena || evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti || || Yato ca kho
bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpabalena ca samannāgato hoti ||
bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca puttabalena ca sīlabalena ||
evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti || ||
7 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balānīti || ||

SN_4,37(3).30 (6) Nāsenti
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pañca || || Rūpabalam bhogabalaṃ ñātibalaṃ puttabalaṃ
sīlabalaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 tena
3 S1-3 tena aṅgena always
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 omit na, drawing back ca after ñatibalena, and do the same
in the numbers 5,6
6 S. note5
7 S. note5

[page 248]
248 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 30. 3
3 Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato na
ca sīlabalena || nāsenteva¹ naṃ kule na vāsenti || || Rūpaba-
lena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti bhogaba-
lena ca na ca² sīlabalena ||³ nāsenteva⁴ naṃ kule na
vāsenti || || Rūpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannā-
gato hoti bhogabalena ca ñātibalena ca⁵ na ca sīlabalena ||
nāsenteva naṃ kule na vāsenti || || Rūpabalena ca bhik-
khave mātugamo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ñātiba-
lena ca puttabalena ca⁶ na ca sīlabalena || nāsenteva⁷ naṃ
kule na vāsenti || ||
4 Sīlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti
na ca rūpabalena⁸ || vāsenteva⁹ naṃ kule na nāsenti¹⁰ || ||
Sīlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na
ca bhogabalena || vāsenteva naṃ kule na nāsenti || || Sīlaba-
lena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca ñāti-
balena || vāsenteva naṃ kule¹¹ na nāsenti || || Sīlabalena ca
bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca puttabalena ||
vāsenteva naṃ kule na nāsenti || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balānīti || ||

SN_4,37(3).31 (7) Hetu
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pañca || || Rūpabalaṃ bhogabalaṃ ñātibalaṃ puttabalaṃ
sīlabalaṃ || ||
3 Na bhikkhave mātugāmo rūpabalahetu vā bhogabala-
hetu vā ñātibalahetu vā puttabalahetu vā kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjati¹² || ||
4 Sīlabalahetu kho bhikkhave mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañca mātugāmassa balānī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nāsantova
2 S1-3 omit na ca
3 B1 S1-3 add ca
4 S3 nāsanteva; S1 santeva
5 S1-3 put --pe--instead of ñātibalena ca
6 S1-3 put --pe--instead of puttabalena ca
7 S1-3 nāsanteva
8 S1-3 add ca
9 S1 vāsenti va
10 S3 vāsenti
11 S1 inserts vā
12 S1-3 uppajjatīti

[page 249]
XXXVII. 32. 4] VAGGO TATIYO 249

SN_4,37(3).32 (8) Ṭhānam
2 Pañcimāni bhikkhave ṭhānāni dullabhāni akatapuññena
mātugāmena || katamāni pañca || ||
3 Patirūpe¹ kule² jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave patha-
maṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabhaṃ akatapuññena mātugāmena || ||
Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gaccheyyan ti || idam
bhikkhave dutiyaṃ ṭhānam dullabham akatapuññena mātu-
gāmena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulam gantvā
asapattī³ agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaṃ
ṭhānaṃ dullabham akatapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe
kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram
ajjhāvasantī⁴ puttavatī⁵ assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaṃ
ṭhānaṃ dullabham akatapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe
kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram ajjhā-
vasantī puttavatī samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vatteyyanti ||
idam bhikkhave pañcamaṃ ṭhānaṃ dullabham akatapuñ-
ñena mātugāmena || ||
Imāni kho bhikkhave pañcaṭṭhānāni dullabhāni akata-
puññena mātugāmena || ||
4 Pañcimañi bhikkhave ṭhānāni sulabhāni katapuññena
mātugāmena || katamāni pañca || ||
Patirūpe kule jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave pathamaṃ
ṭhānam sulabham katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe
kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ⁶ gaccheyyan ti || idam bhik-
khave dutiyaṃ ṭhānam sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugā-
mena || || Patirūpe kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā
asapattī agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaṃ
ṭhanaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe
kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram
ajjhāvasantī puttavatī assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaṃ
ṭhānaṃ sulabhaṃ katapuññena mātugāmena || || Patirūpe

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 patirūpa- always
2 S1-3 kulena
3 B1-2 asapatti always; S3 asapatī here only, further on asapattī
4 B1-2 and S3 ajjhavasanti always
5 S1-3 puttapati, further on puttavatī
6 Missing in S1-3

[page 250]
250 MĀTUGĀMA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXVII. 32. 5
kule jāyitvā patirūpaṃ kulaṃ gantvā asapattī agāram
ajjhāvasantī puttavatī samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vattey-
yanti || idam bhikkhave pañcamaṃ ṭhānam sulabhaṃ
katapuññena mātugāmena || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pañcaṭṭhānāni sulabhāni kata-
puññena mātugāmenāti || ||

SN_4,37(3).33 (9) Visārado
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasati || katamehi pañcahi || ||
3 Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato ca hoti || adinnādānā paṭivirato
ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato ca hoti || musāvādā
paṭivirato ca hoti || surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭi-
virato ca hoti || ||
4 Imehi kho pana bhikkhave pañcahi dhammehi sa-
mannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatī ti || ||

SN_4,37(3).34 (10) Vaḍḍhi
2 Pañcahi bhikkhave vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā
ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā¹ vaḍḍhati sārādāyinī² ca hoti varādāyinī³
ca kāyassa || katamehi pañcahi || ||
3 Saddhāya vaḍḍhati sīlena vaḍḍhati sutena vaḍḍhati
cāgena vaḍḍhati paññāya vaḍḍhati || imehi kho bhikkhave
pañcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍ-
ḍhiyā vaḍḍhati || sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassā
ti || ||
Saddhāya sīlena ca yīdha⁴ vaḍḍhati ||
paññāya cāgena⁵ sutena cūbhayaṃ ||
Sā tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā
ādiyati sāram idheva attano ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1
2 B1-3 sāra- always
3 B1-2 vara- always; S1 paradāyinī here only
4 So S3; B2 has dāyica instead of ca yidha; B1 and S1 have nothing
5 B1 cano

[page 251]
XXXVIII. 1. 4] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 251
Mātugāmasaṃyuttaṃ vaggā1 tiṇi || ||
Tassuddānaṃ² || ||
Visāradā³ Pasayha⁴ Abhibhuyya ||
Eka Aṅgena⁵ pañcamaṃ || ||
Nāsenti⁶ Hetu Ṭhānaṃ ca⁷ ||
Visāradā Vaḍḍhinā te⁸ dasā ti ||

BOOK IV JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ

SN_4,38(4).1 Nibbānaṃ
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Magadhesu viharati
Nāla kagāmake⁹ || ||
2 Atha kho Jambukhādako paribbājako yenāyasmā
Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāri-
puttena saddhim sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārā-
ṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Jambukhādako paribbājako
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaṃ nibbā-
nanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho āvuso
nibbānanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ
vuccati nibbānanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbā-
nassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1-2; B2 has vaggo; S1-3 put samattam instead of vaggā
(or vaggo) tiṇi and reject this mention to the end
2 B1-2 tassudānaṃ
3 So B1; S1-3 put suddhā, B2 saddhā before visāradā
4 S1-3 pasayhā; B2 paññā
5 So B1 only; B2 omits eka; S1-3 have anapaccanga instead of
eka aṅgena
6 S1-3 B2 nāsayitabbaṃ
7 S1-3 omit ca
8 B1-2 omit te
9 S1-3 nālagāmake; B2 nalaka-

[page 252]
252 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 1. 5
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi
sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammā
ājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho
āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiri-
yāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso appamādā-
yāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).2 Arahattam
3 Arahattam arahattanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || kata-
maṃ nu kho āvuso arahattanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo
idaṃ vuccati arahattanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa arahat-
tassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa arahattassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa
arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi ||
pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭi-
padā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).3 Dhammavādī
3 Ke¹ nu kho āvuso Sāriputta loke dhammānuvādino || ke
loke suppaṭipannā || ke loke sugatā ti || ||
4 Ye kho āvuso loke rāgappahānāya dhammaṃ desenti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ko

[page 253]
XXXVIII. 4. 4] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 253
dosappahānāya dhammaṃ desenti mohappahānāya¹
dhammam desenti || te loke dhammavādino || ||
5 Ye kho āvuso rāgassa pahānāya paṭipannā || dosassa ||
pe || mohassa pahānāya paṭipannā || te loke suppaṭipannā || ||
6 Yesam kho āvuso rāgo pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvat-
thukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || doso
pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim
anuppādadhammo || moho pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthu-
kato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || te loke
sugatā ti || ||
7 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa
dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa rāgassa
dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
8 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa
rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ sammā-
diṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayam kho āvuso maggo
ayam paṭipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānā-
yāti || ||
9 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || alañca panāvuso
Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).4 Kimatthi
3 Kim atthi yam āvuso Sāriputta samaṇe Gotame
brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
Dukkhassa kho āvuso pariññattham Bhagavati brahma-
cariyam vussatīti || ||
3 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa
pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa dukkhassa
pariññāyāti || ||
4 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa
dukkhassa pariññāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rāgassa . . . dosassa . . . mohassa pahānāya

[page 254]
254 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 4. 5
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
dukkhassa pariññāya || seyyathīdam || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etassa dukkhassa pariññāyāti ||
5 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
dukkhassa pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta¹ appa-
mādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).5 Assāso
3 Assāsapatto assāsapatto ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati ||
kittāvatā nu kho avuso assāsapatto hotī ti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānam
samudayañca atthagamañ ca assādañca ādīnavañca nis-
saraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso
assāsapatto hotī ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa assāsassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa assāsassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa
assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo || bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).6 Paramassāso
3 Paramassāsapatto paramassāsapatto² ti āvuso Sāri-
putta vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho āvuso paramassāsapatto
hotī ti || ||
Yato kho āvuso³ bhikkhu channam phassāyatānānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 pārima-, and S1 has -assāpatto twice
3 Missing in S1-3

[page 255]
XXXVIII. 7. 6] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 255
samudayañca atthagamañ ca assādañca ādīnavañca nis-
saraṇañca yathābhūtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti ||
ettāvatā kho āvuso paramassāsapatto hotī ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa paramas-
sāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso atthi paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa
paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammā-
diṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ eva kho āvuso maggo
ayam paṭipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).7 Vedanā
3 Vedanā vedanā ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu
kho āvuso vedanā ti ||
Tisso imā āvuso vedanā¹ || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||imā kho āvuso vedanā ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsaṃ² veda-
nānam pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaṃ vedanānam
pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etāsaṃ
vedanānam pariññāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etāsaṃ
vedanānam pariññāyā || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etāsam vedanānam pariññāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddakā paṭipadā etāsaṃ
vedanānam pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert here katamā tisso
2 B1-2 add always tissannaṃ after etāsaṃ

[page 256]
256 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 9. 6

SN_4,38(4).8 Asavā
3 Āsavo āsavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu
kho āvuso āsavoti || ||
Tayo me āvuso āsavā kāmāsavo bhavāsavo avijjāsavo ||
ime kho āvuso tayo āsavāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam āsavānam
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho¹ āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam āsava-
nānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam
āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesam
āsavanānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etesam
āsavānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).9 Avijjā
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho
āvuso avijjāti || ||
Yaṃ kho āvuso dukkhe aññāṇam dukkhasamudaye
aññāṇam dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ || ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi patipadā etissā avijjāya
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso² maggo atthi paṭipadā etissā avijjāya
pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etissā
avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo etissā
avijjāya pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sam-
māsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā etissā
avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddhako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etissā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 atthāvuso

[page 257]
XXXVIII. 11. 5] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 257
avijjāya pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).10 Taṇhā
3 Taṇhā taṇhāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati¹ katamā nu
kho āvuso taṇhāti² || ||
Tisso imā āvuso³ taṇhā || kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibha-
vataṇhā || imā kho āvuso tisso taṇhāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsam taṇhānam
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaṃ taṇhānam
pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etāsaṃ
taṇhānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo etāsaṃ
taṇhānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etāsaṃ taṇhānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etāsaṃ
taṇhānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).11 Ogha
3 Ogho oghoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho
āvuso oghoti || ||
Cattāro me āvuso oghā || kāmogho bhavogho diṭṭhogho
avijjogho || ime kho āvuso cattāro oghāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam oghānam
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho⁴ āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam oghānam
pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam
oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesam
oghānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 uccati
2 S1-3 taṇhā hotīti
3 B1 tisso imāvuso pana
4 Missing in S1-3

[page 258]
258 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 11. 6
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam patipadā
etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā patipadā etesam
oghānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso¹ Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).12 Upādānam
3 Upādānam upādānanti āvuso² Sāriputta vuccati ||
katamaṃ kho āvuso upādānanti || ||
Cattārimāni āvuso upādānāni || kāmupādānaṃ diṭṭhupā-
dānam sīlabbatupādānam attavādupādānam || imāni kho
āvuso cattari upādānānīti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam upādā-
nānam pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam upādā-
nānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam
upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etesam
upādānānam pahānāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etesam
upādānānam pahānāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appa-
mādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).13 Bhavo
3 Bhavo bhavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati katamo nu
kho āvuso bhavoti || ||
Tayo me āvuso bhavā || kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpa-
bhavo || ime kho āvuso tayo bhavāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam bhavānam
pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etesam bhavānam
pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etesam
bhavānam pariññāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 āvuso
2 S1-3 panāvuso

[page 259]
XXXVIII. 15. 3] JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ 259
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo etesam
bhavānam pariññāya || seyyathīdam || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etesam bhavānam pariññayāti || ||
6 Bhaddako avuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etesam
bhavānam pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).14 Dukkham
3 Dukkham dukkhanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ
nu kho āvuso dukkhanti || ||
Tisso imāvuso¹ dukkhatā || dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāraduk-
khatā² vipariṇāmadukkhatā || imā kho avuso³ dukkhatā
ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsaṃ⁴ duk-
khatānam pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etāsaṃ dukkha-
tānam⁵ pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo⁶ panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etāsaṃ
dukkhatānam⁷ pariññāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etāsaṃ
dukkhatānam⁸ pariññāya || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etāsam dukkhatānam⁸ pariññāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etāsam⁹
dukkhatānam pariññāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta ap-
pamādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).15 Sakkāyo
3 Sakkāyo sakkāyo ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo
nu kho āvuso sakkāyo ti || ||
Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhaga-
vatā || seyyathīdaṃ || rūpūpādānakkhandho vedanūpādānak-
khandho saññūpādānakkhandho saṅkhārūpādānakkhandho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 imā āvuso
2 S1 saṃsāra-
3 B1-2 insert tisso
4 S1-3 etesaṃ
5 S1-3 etesaṃ (S1 -etāsaṃ) dukkhānaṃ
6 S1 bhaddikā
7 S1-3 etesaṃ dukkhānaṃ (S1 dukkhatānaṃ)
8 S1 dukkhānaṃ
9 S3 etesaṃ

[page 260]
260 JAMBUKHĀDAKA-SAṂYUTTAṂ [XXXVIII. 15. 4
viññāṇūpādānakkhandho || ime kho āvuso pañcupādānak-
khandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhagavatāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa
pariññāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa sakkāyassa
pariññāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa sak-
kāyassa pariññāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
sakkāyassa pariññāya || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etassa sakkāyassa pariññāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
sakkāyassa pariññāya¹ || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta appa-
mādāyāti || ||

SN_4,38(4).16 Dukkaraṃ
3 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Sāriputta imasmiṃ dhammavinaye
dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmiṃ² dhammavinaye duk-
karanti || ||
4 Pabbajjitena³ panāvuso kiṃ dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjitena³ kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti ||
5 Abhiratena panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃ dukkaranti || ||
Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipatti duk-
karāti || ||
6 Kiṃ va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipanno
bhikkhu arahaṃ assāti || ||
Na ciram āvusoti || ||
Jambukhādaka-saṃyuttaṃ⁴ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ5
Nibbānam Arahattañca6 ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pariññāyāti
2 Missing in B1, S1
3 B1-2 pabbajjitena, further on B1 pabbajitena
4 Put at the end in S1-3
5 S1-3 Tatruddānam
6 S1-3, B2 add sacchikiriyāyate ubho

[page 261]
XXXIX. 1. 4] SĀMAṆḌAKA-SAṂYUTTAM 261
Dhammavādī Kimatthiyam1 ||
Assāso Paramassāso² ||
Vedanā Āsavāvijjā³ ||
Taṇhā Oghā⁴ Upādānam⁵ ||
Bhavo⁶ Dukkhañca⁷ Sakkāyo ||
Imasmiṃ dhammavinaye Dukkaranti⁸ || ||

BOOK V SĀMAṆḌAKA-SAṂYUTTAM

SN_4,39(5).1 Nibbānam
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Vajjīsu viharati
Ukkavelāyaṃ⁹ Gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre ||
2 Atha kho Sāmaṇḍako¹⁰ paribbājako yenāyasmā Sāri-
putto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriput-
tena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ
vītisāretvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Sāmaṇḍako paribbājako
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaṃ nib-
bānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho āvuso
nibbānanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ
vuccati nibbānanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbānassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paṭipadā etassa nibbanassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3, B2 dhammavādipahānāya pariññāya (B2 omits
ya) dukkhavatthukā (B2 kaṃ)
2 S1-3, B2 add punasacchiriyāya te ubho
3 S1-3 āsavo avijjā; B2 āsavena ca || avijjā
4 B2 adds ca
5 S1-3 upādānañca pañcamaṃ pahānatthāyakathitā Sāriputtena jantunā
(S3 jantanā)
6 S3 bhāvo; B2 bhavena ca
7 B2 inserts vutto
8 S1-3 pariññātīṇi vuccati instead of imasmim.. dukkaranti
9 B1-2 Ukkacelayaṃ
10 S1-3 Sāmañcakāni

[page 262]
262 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XXXIX. 1. 5
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paṭipadā etassa nib-
bānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho āvuso maggo ayam paṭipadā
etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paṭipadā etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || alañca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

SN_4,39(5).2-15
||pe|| ||

SN_4,39(5).16 Dukkaram
3 Kiṃ nu āvuso Sāriputta imasmiṃ dhammavinaye
dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmim dhammavinaye dukka-
ranti || ||
4 Pabbajitena panāvuso kim dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajitena kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti || ||
5 Abhiratena panāvuso kiṃ dukkaranti || ||
Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipatti duk-
karāti¹ || ||
6 Kiṃ va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaṭipanno
bhikkhu arahaṃ assāti || ||
Na ciram āvuso ti || ||
Sāmaṇḍaka-saṃyuttaṃ² samattaṃ || ||
Purimakasadisam³ eva uddānaṃ || ||

BOOK VI MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM

SN_4,40(6).1 Savitakka
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1, S1 dukkaranti
2 S1-3 sāmañcaka-
3 S1-3 overturn the order of these two mentions

[page 263]
XL. 2. 4] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 263
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhū āmantesi ||
Āvuso bhikkhavo¹ ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Maha-Moggalānassa
paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Idha mayhaṃ
āvuso rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ² cetaso parivitakko
udapādi || || Pathamaṃ jhānam pathamaṃ jhānanti vuccati ||
katamaṃ nu kho pathamaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa³ mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ
savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukhaṃ pathamaṃ jhānam upa-
sampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati pathamaṃ jhānanti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham
pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham
āvuso iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññā mana-
sikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā
etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā⁴ brāhmaṇa
pathamaṃ jhānaṃ pamādo pathame jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭha-
pehi pathame jhāne cittaṃ ekodikarohi⁵ pathame jhāne
cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savi-
cāram vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānaṃ upa-
sampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || Sat-
thārānuggahito sāvako mahābhiññatam pattoti || mamaṃ
tam sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahito sāvako
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).2 Avitakka
3 Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānanti vuccati || katamaṃ
nu kho dutiyaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu vitak-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 bhikkhave
2 S1-3 eva
3 B2 etassa
4 S1-3 vā here only
5 B1 ekodim- always

[page 264]
264 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 2. 5
kavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso
ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || || idaṃ vuccati
dutiyaṃ jhānan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā aj-
jhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam
avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukham dutiyaṃ jhānam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato vitakkasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudā-
caranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmana dutiyaṃ
jhānam pamādo dutiye jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi dutiye
jhāne cittam ekodikarohi dutiye jhāne cittaṃ samādahā
ti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vitakkavicā-
rānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanam cetaso ekodi-
bhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya Sat-
thāranuggahīto sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||
mamaṃ taṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahīto
sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).3 Sukhena
3 Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānanti vuccati || katamaṃ
nu kho tatiyaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati || sato ca sampajāno
sukhañca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedeti} || Yan tam ariyā ācik-
khanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti || tatiyaṃ jhānam
upasampajja viharati || idam vuccati tatiyaṃ jhānan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca
viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃ-
vedemi || Yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi ||
tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā
saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 265]
XL. 4. 7] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 265
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅ-
kamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāh-
maṇa tatiyaṃ jhānam pamādo tatiye jhāne cittaṃ saṇṭha-
pehi tatiye jhāne cittam ekodikarohi tatiye jhāne cittam
samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāhaṃ āvuso aparena samayena pītiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako ca vihāsiṃ sato ca sampajāno sukhañca
kāyena {paṭisaṃvedesiṃ}¹ || yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upek-
khako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja
vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam pattoti || ||

SN_4,40(6).4 Upekkhako
3 Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānanti vuccati || kata-
maṃ nu kho catutthaṃ jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva
somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā ca adukkhaṃ asu-
khaṃ upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upa-
sampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati catutthaṃ jhānanti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa
ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā
adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ upekkhā-sati-parisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso
iminā² vihārena viharato sukhasahagatā³ saññā mana-
sikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso⁴ Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅ-
kamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāh-
mana catutthaṃ jhānam pamādo catutthe jhāne cittaṃ
saṇṭhapehi catutthe jhāne cittam ekodikarohi catutthe
jhāne cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So kho ahaṃ⁴ aparena samayena sukhassa ca
pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-doma-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 viharāmi . . . patisaṃvedemi
2 S1 inserts niyāmena
3 S1-3 upekhāsahagatā
4 S1-3 āvuso mam
5 B2 so khāhaṃ; S1-2 soham

[page 266]
266 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 4. 8
nassānaṃ atthagamā adukkham¹ asukham upekkhā-sati-
pārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam pattoti || ||

SN_4,40(6).5 Ākāsaṃ
3 Ākāsānañcāyatanam ākāsānañcāyatananti vuccati ||
katamaṃ nu kho ākāsānañcāyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā² paṭighasaññānaṃ
atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikārā Anatto³ ākāso
ti ākāsānañcāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati
ākāsānañcāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso rūpasaññānam samatik-
kamā² paṭighasaññānaṃ atthagamā nānattasaññānam
amanasikārā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsānañcāyatanam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato rūpasahagatā saññā⁴ manasikārā samudāca-
ranti ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa ākāsā-
nañcāyatanam pamādo ākāsānañcāyatane cittam saṇṭha-
pehi ākāsānañcāyatane cittam ekodikarohi ākāsānañcā-
yatane cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso rūpa-
saññānaṃ samatikkamā² paṭighasaññānam atthagamā
nānattasaññānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāsoti ākāsānañcā-
yatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).6 Viññāṇaṃ
3 Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ viññāṇañcāyatananti vuccati ||
katamaṃ nu kho viññāṇañcāyatananti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 atthagamādukkhaṃ
2 S1-3 samatikkamma
3 B1-2 ananto always
4 S1-3 rūpasaññā

[page 267]
XL. 7. 6] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 267
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Anattaṃ¹ viññāṇanti
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati
viññāṇañcāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanam sama-
tikkamma Anattaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahāgatā saññā manasikārā
samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa viññāṇañ-
cāyatanam pamādo viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi
viññāṇañcāyatane cittam ekodikarohi viññāṇañcāyatane
cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso ākā-
sānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Anattaṃ viññāṇanti
viññāṇañcāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahabhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).7 Akiñcañña
3 Ākiñcaññāyatanam ākiñcaññāyatananti vuccati || kata-
maṃ nu kho ākiñcaññāyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti
ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati
ākiñcaññāyatanan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ sama-
tikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja
viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato
viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudā-
caranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa ākiñ-
caññāyatanam pamādo ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 anantaṃ always

[page 268]
268 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 7. 7
ākiñcaññāyatane cittam ekodikarohi ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ
samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso viññā-
ṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññā-
yatanam upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).8 Nevasaññī
3 Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam nevasaññānāsaññāyata-
nanti vuccati || katamaṃ nu kho nevasaññānāsaññāyata-
nanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānā-
saññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaṃ vuccati neva-
saññānāsaññāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ sama-
tikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato
ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudāca-
ranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅ-
kamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam pamādo nevasaññānāsaññā-
yatane cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittam
ekodikarohi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja cittaṃ
samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso ākiñ-
caññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam
upasampajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).9 Animitto
3 Animitto cetosamādhi animitto cetosamādhīti vuccati ||
Katamo nu kho animitto cetosamādhīti ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 269]
XL. 10. 3] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 269
sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhim
upasampajja viharati || ayam vuccati animitto cetosa-
mādhīti || ||
5 So kho ham¹ āvuso sabbanimittānam amanasikārā
animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasampajja viharāmi || tassa
mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusariviñ-
ñāṇaṃ² hoti || ||
6 Atha kho mam Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad
avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaṇa animittam
cetosamādhim pamādo animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ
saṇṭhapehi animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittam ekodikarohi
animitte cetosamādhismiṃ cittaṃ samādahā ti³ || ||
7 So khvāhaṃ⁴ āvuso⁵ aparena samayena sabbani-
mittānam amanasikārā animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasam-
pajja vihāsiṃ || ||
8 Yaṃ hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya ||
Satthārānuggahīto sāvako mahābhiññatam pattoti || mamaṃ
taṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahīto sāvako
mahābhiññatam patto ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).10 Sakko
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthi-
yaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme⁶ || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno seyyathāpi nāma
balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritam
vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya⁷ || evam eva Jetavane antarahito
devesu Tāvatiṃsesu pātur ahosi || ||
I
3 Atha kho Sakko devānamindo pañcahi devatāsatehi
saddhim yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 so khvāhaṃ
2 B1-2 -ānusārī-
3 S1 pajahāti; S3 padahāti
4 B2 khoham
5 Missing in S1-3
6 In S1-3 only
7 B2 samiñjitaṃ . . . samiñjeyya; B1 samañchitam . . . samañcheyya

[page 270]
270 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL.10.4
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitam kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ¹ hoti || buddhasaraṇa-
gamanahetu¹ kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upa-
pajjanti || ||² Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraṇa-
gamanaṃ hoti || dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam
inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sugatim saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamana-
hetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedāparaṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjantī
ti || ||
5 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ
hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna
dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || dhammasaraṇagamanahetu
kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā-
param maraṇa sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantīti || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna || saṅgha || la || sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjantīti || ||
6,7,8 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsate-
hi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
9,10,11 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatā-
satehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
12,13,14 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi deva-
tāsatehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
15 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asītiyā devatāsatehi³
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
16 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 buddhaṃ- further on dhammaṃ- saṅghaṃ always
2 S1-3 uppajjanti always
3 B1-2 S3 devatāsahassehi

[page 271]
XL. 10. 19] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 271
āyasmā Mahā Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇaga-
manahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraṇa-
gamanaṃ hoti || pe || kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || Sādhu kho devānam inda
saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu
kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
17 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṇagama-
naṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Mogga-
lāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparam maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa
Moggalāna dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu
kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti ||
saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ sag-
gaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
II
18 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pañcahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
19 Ekam antaṃ thitaṃ kho Sakkam devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda buddhe avecca pasādena¹ samannāgamanaṃ hoti ||
iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇa-
sampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadhammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe
aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -ppasādena always

[page 272]
272 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 20
to¹ Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko
opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme avec-
capasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda
saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭi-
panno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho
sāmīcipaṭipanno² Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cat-
tāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa Bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalika-
raṇīyo anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe avecca-
pasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariya-
kantehi sīlehi avecca samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi³
acchiddehi⁴ asabalehi akammāsehi bhuñjissehi⁵ viññūpa-
satthehi⁶ aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariya-
kantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggam lokam upapajjanti || ||
20 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || itipi so Bhagavā || pe ||
buddho bhagavā⁷ buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgama-
nahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ lokam upapajjanti || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Mogga-
lāna saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti ||
supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe || anuttaram

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 svākkhāto always
2 B1-2 sāmici; S1 samīci
3 B1 adaṇḍehi
4 Missing in B2
5 B1-2 bhūjissehi
6 B1 -saṭṭhehi
7 B1-2 add ti

[page 273]
XL. 10. 31] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 273
puññakhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena saman-
nāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi
sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhi-
saṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī
ti || ||
21-23 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ || pe || ||
24-26 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsa-
tehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
27-29 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatāsa-
tehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
30 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo āsītiyā¹ devatāsatehi²
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
31 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti ||
iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho
bhagavāti || || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu
kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā pa-
ram maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu
kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāga-
manaṃ hoti || svākhyāto ||pe|| paccattaṃ veditabbo viññū-
hīti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho
devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ
hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe || anut-
taram puññakkhettam lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 asīti
2 S3 B1-2 -sahassehi as before

[page 274]
274 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 32
upapajjantīti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi
sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi¹ || pe || samādhi-
saṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho devānam inda idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjantī ti || ||
32 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā
devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ sag-
gaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyā-
to Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti ||
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa
Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho
mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāga-
manaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || pe ||
anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ sag-
gaṃ lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna
ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti akhaṇḍehi || pe ||
samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannā-
gamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ lokam upapaj-
jantīti ti || ||
III
33 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pañcahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami || la || ||
34 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇaga-
manahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 adaṇḍehi

[page 275]
XL. 10. 41] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 275
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā
dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena
adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gan-
dhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || dhamma-
saraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti ||
dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena
yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi sad-
dehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho devānam inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti ||
saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhe-
kacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇ-
hanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena
dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi
dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi
phoṭṭhabbehīti || ||
35 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ
hoti || buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi
adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ
hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghasaraṇa-
gamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho mārisa
Moggalāna evam idhekacce kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi
ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena
dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena
dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi
rasehi dibbehi poṭṭhabbehīti || ||
36-38 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ || pe || ||
39-41 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsa-
tehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 276]
276 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 42
42-44 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatā-
satehi saddhiṃ || pe || ||
45 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asītiyā devatāsahassehi
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Maha-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaṃ aṭṭhāsi || ||
46 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || buddhasaraṇaga-
manahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā ||
pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda
dhammasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda saṅghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamana-
hetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā
dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena
adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gan-
dhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabehīti || ||
47 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraṅgamanaṃ
hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraṇa-
gamanaṃ hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅ-
ghasaraṇagamanaṃ hoti || saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho
mārisa Moggālāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti || te aññe
deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena
vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipa-
teyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandehi
dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehīti || ||
IV
48 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pañcahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami || upa-
saṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 277]
XL. 10. 50] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 277
49 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitam kho Sakkam devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi
so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bha-
gavā ti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho
devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe
deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe ||
dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme
aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || pe || ||¹ Sādhu
kho devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāga-
manaṃ hoti || pe || ||¹ Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi
sīlehi samannāgamanaṃ hoti || akhaṇḍehi || pe ||¹ samādhi-
saṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve
dasāhi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || la || dibbehi
phoṭṭhabbehī ti || ||
50 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā
devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi thānehi
adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi
adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-
saṅgho || pe || anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe
aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Mogga-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Less abridged in B1-2.

[page 278]
278 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 10. 51
lāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi
ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poṭṭhab-
behi || ||¹ Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sīlehi
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhisaṃvat-
tanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho
mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te
aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā ||
la || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehīti || ||
51-53 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ || pe || ||
54-56 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ || pe || ||
57-60 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aṭṭhahi devatāsatehi
saddhiṃ || la² || ||
61 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asītiyā devatāsahassehi
saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Moggalāno tenupassaṅkami || upasaṅka-
mitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
62 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Sakkaṃ devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi
so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasam-
panno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe avecca-
pasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve chahi ṭhānehi
adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena
sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi
rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi
dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme
aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase (from te aññe) is missing in B1
2 The corresponding Singhalese --pe-- is missing in S1,
present, but erased, in S3

[page 279]
XL. 10. 63] MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM 279
gavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam
upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti
dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poṭṭhabbehīti || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda saṅghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaṃ
hoti || suppaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno
Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāva-
kasaṅgho sāmīcipaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadi-
daṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhineyyo añjalīka-
raṇīyo anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassā ti || saṅghe avecca-
pasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatim
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi
adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sīlehi samannā-
gamanaṃ hoti || akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi
bhuñjissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃ-
vattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho
devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve
dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena
vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhi-
pateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi
dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poṭṭhabbehīti || ||
63 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanaṃ hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā
devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā ti || buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi
adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || dhamme aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 280]
280 MOGGALĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM [XL. 11. 1
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokam upapajjānti || te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi
adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saṅghe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaṃ hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-
saṅgho || pe || anuttaram puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti || saṅghe
aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Mogga-
lāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjanti || te aññe deve dasahi
ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoṭ-
ṭhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi
sīlehi samannāgamanam hoti || akhaṇḍehi || pe || samādhi-
saṃvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggam lokam upapajjanti ||
te aññe deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti || dibbena āyunā
dibbena vaṇṇena dibbena sukhena dibbehi yasena dibbena
adhipateyyena dibbehi rūpehi dibbena saddehi dibbehi gan-
dhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehī ti || ||

SN_4,40(6).11 Candano (i)
1-63 Atha kho Candano devaputto || la ||
[Suyāmo] (ii)
1-63 Atha kho Suyāmo devaputto || ||
[Santusito] (iii)
1-63 Atha kho Santusito devaputto || ||
[Sunimmito] (iv)
1-63 Atha kho Sunimmito devaputto || ||
[Vasavatti] (v)
1-63 Atha kho Vasavatti devaputto || ||
Ime pañcapeyyālā yathā Sakko devānam indo tathā
vittharetabbānīti¹ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 vitthāretabboti. For this number (11), S1-3 have only:
atha kho Candano (S3 Sunandano) devaputto yathā Sakkena
devānam indena tathā vitthāretabboti--Suyāmo ca Santusito
ca-- Sunimmito ca Vasavattena pañcamam-- yathā sakko devānam
indo tathā (S1 tattha) vitthāretabbanti--

[page 281]
XLI. 1. 4] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 281
Moggalāna saṃyuttaṃ1 || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Savitakkā Vitakkañca ||
Sukhena Upekkhako || ||
Ākāsañceva Viññāṇaṃ ||
Ākiñca-Nevasaññinā² ||
Animitto ca Sakko ca ||
Candanekādasena cāti || ||

BOOK VII CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM

SN_4,41(7).1 Saññojana
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikā-
saṇḍe³ viharanti Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānam
bhikkhūnam pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānam maṇ-
ḍalamāle⁴ sannisinnānam sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā
udapādi || || Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti
vā ime dhammā nānatthā⁵ nānavyañjanā⁶ udāhu ekatthā⁵
vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
3 Tatrekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākataṃ
hoti || || Saññojanan ti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā
ime dhammā nānatthāceva nānavyañjanā cāti || ekaccehi
therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākataṃ hoti || || Saññojananti
vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā
vyañjameva nānanti || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati Migapa-
thakam⁷ anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaṇīyena || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add samattam, putting, as usual, this mention at the end
2 S1 ākiñcaññevasaññinā; S3 ākiñcaññīnevasaññinaṃ
3 B2 pacchika-
4 B1-2 maṇḍalamāḷe; S1 maṇḍaḷamāḷe; S3 maṇḍaḷamāle, further on
maṇḍalamāle
5 S1-3 nānaṭṭhā . . . ekaṭṭhā always
6 B1-2 nānā- always
7 B2 pataṃ (pathaṃ?)

[page 282]
282 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 1. 5
5 Assosi kho Citto gahapati sambahulānaṃ kira therā-
nam bhikkhūnam paccābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānam
maṇḍaḷamāḷe sanninnānaṃ sannipatitānam ayam antarā
kathā udapādi || Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā
ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā udāhu ekatthā
vyañjanam eva nānanti || ekaccehi¹ therehi bhikkhūhi evam
vyākataṃ Saññojananti vā āvuso saññojaniyā dhammā ti
vā ime dhamma nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā cāti || ekaccehi
therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākataṃ Saññojananti vā āvuso
saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam
eva nānanti || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhū
etad avoca || || Sutam etam bhante sambahūlānam² kira
therānam bhikkhūnam pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭik-
kantānam maṇḍalamāle³ sannisinnānam sannipatitānam
ayam antarākathā udapādi || Saññojanan ti vā āvuso sañ-
ñojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā
udāhu ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ekaccehi therehi
bhikkhūhi evaṃ vyākatam Saññojanan ti vā avuso sañ-
ñojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhamme nānatthā ceva
nānavyañjanā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhūhi evaṃ
vyākatam Saññojanan ti vā āvuso Saññojaniyā dhammā
ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
Evam gahapatīti || ||
8 Saññojanan ti vā bhante saññojaniyā dhammā ti vā
ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā ca || tena hi
bhante upamaṃ vo⁴ karissāmi || upamāya pidhekacce⁵
viññū purisā bhāsitassa attham ājānanti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhante Kāḷo ca⁶ balivaddo odāto ca bali-
vaddo ekena damena vā yottena vā saññutto assu || yo
nu kho evaṃ vadeyya Kāḷo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 tatrekaccehi
2 S1-3 sambahulā
3 S3 maṇḍaḷaḷamāḷe
4 Missing in B1-2
5 B1-2 upamāyamidhe-
6 Omitted by S1; put after balivaddo by S3

[page 283]
XLI. 2. 3] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 283
saññojanaṃ odāto ca¹ balivaddo² kālassa balivaddassa
saññojananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyā ti || ||
No hetaṃ gahapati || || Na kho gahapati kāḷo balivaddo
odātassa balivaddassa saññojanaṃ || na pi odāto balivaddo
kāḷassa balivaddassa saññojanaṃ || || Yena kho te ekena
dāmena vā yottena vā saṃyuttā³ taṃ⁴ tattha sañño-
jananti || ||
10 Evam eva kho bhante na cakkhu rūpānaṃ sañ-
ñojanaṃ na rūpā cakkhussa saññojanaṃ || yañca tattha
tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ⁵ tattha
saññojanam || || Na sotaṃ saddānaṃ || Na ghānaṃ gandhā-
naṃ || Na jivhā rasānaṃ || na rasā jivhāya saññojanaṃ || yañ
ca tattha tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo tam
tattha saññojanaṃ⁶ || pe || Na mano dhammānaṃ sañ-
ñojanaṃ na dhammā manassa saññojanaṃ || yañ ca tattha
tad ubhayam paṭicca uppajjati chandarāgo taṃ tattha
saññojanan ti || ||
11 Lābhā ti gahapati || suladdhaṃ te gahapati yassa te
gambhīre buddhavacane paññācakkhu kamatīti || ||

SN_4,41(7).2 Isidatta (1)
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikā-
sande⁷ viharanti Ambātakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhik-
khū etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya
bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuṃ kho therā bhikkhū tuṇhibhāvena || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B2 only
2 S1-3 insert va (ca?) and B1 has balivaddho . . . balivaddhassa
here only
3 S1-3 saññutto
4 Omitted by S1-3
5 Missing in S1-3
6 Instead of jivhā B1-2 insist upon kāyo
7 B1 pacchima-; B2 pacchikā

[page 284]
284 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 2. 4
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhūnam adhi-
vāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
baṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Cittassa
gahapatino¹ nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam
Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattaṃ dhātunānattan ti
bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunā-
nattaṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram
etad avoca || Dhātunānattam Dhātunānattanti bhante Thera
vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttam
Bhagavatāti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram
etad avoca || Dhātunānattaṃ dhātunānattam bhante Thera
vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaṃ vuttam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmim
bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako² hoti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaṃ Theram etad
avoca || || Vyākaromaham bhante thera Cittassa gahapatino
etam pañhanti || ||
Vyākarohi tvam³ Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino etam
pañhanti || ||
12 Evaṃ hi tvaṃ gahapati pucchasi Dhātunānattam
dhātunānanattanti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho
bhante dhātunānattaṃ⁴ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 gahapatissa
2 S1-3 sabbanavo
3 S1-3 insert āvuso
4 S1-3 -nattanti

[page 285]
XLI. 3. 5] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 285
Evam bhante || ||
Idaṃ kho gahapati dhātunānattaṃ vuttam Bhagavatā ||
Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu || la || Mano-
dhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu || ettāvatā nu kho
gahapati dhātunānattaṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatāti || ||
13 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsi-
tam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhū paṇitena
{khādaniyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampa-
vāresi || ||
14 Atha kho therā bhikkhū bhuttāvino onītapattapāṇino
uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad
avoca || Sādhu kho tvam āvuso Isidatta eso pañho paṭi-
bhāsi¹ neso pañho mam paṭibhāsi || tena hāvuso² Isidatta
yadā aññadā pi evarūpo pañho āgaccheyya || taññevettha³
paṭibhāseyyāti⁴ || ||

SN_4,41(7).3 Isidatto (2)
1 Ekaṃ samayam sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikā-
saṇḍe⁵ viharanti Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citti gahapati there bhikkhū
etad avoca || || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya
bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuṃ kho therā bhikkhū tunhibhāvena || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ adhi-
vāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
banhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Cittassa
gahapatino⁶ nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅka-
mitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 abhāsi; B1-2 patibhāsi, further on paṭi-
2 S1-3 āvuso
3 S1-3 taṃyevettha
4 S1-3 -bhāseyyāmāti
5 B1 macchikā-; B2 pacchikā-
6 B1-2 -patissa as before

[page 286]
286 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 3. 6
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ
Theram etad avoca || || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā¹
diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || Asassato lokoti
vā || Antavā lokoti vā Anantavā lokoti vā || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ
sarīran ti vā Aññam jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Yāni-
cimāni dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaṇitāni || imā
nu kho bhante diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti kismiṃ asati na
hontīti || ||
Evam vutte āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati || pe || ||
9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ Theram
avoca || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke
uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato lokoti vā || Antavā
loko ti vā Anantāvā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā
Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti vā Na hoti tathagato param maraṇā ti vā Hoti
ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvā-
saṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaṇitāni || imā nu kho
bhante diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti kismiṃ asati na hontī
ti || ||
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuṇhi ahosi || ||
10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako² hoti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaṃ Theram etad
avoca || Vyākaromaham bhante Thera Cittassa gahapatino
etam pañhanti || ||
Vyākarohi tvam āvuso Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino
etam pañhanti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -vihitāni always
2 S1-3 -navo as before

[page 287]
XLI. 3. 14] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 287
12 Evaṃ hi tvaṃ gahapati pucchasi¹ || Yā imā² bhante
Thera anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato lokoti
vā || pe || imā nu kho bhante diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti
kismiṃ asati na hontī ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Yā imā gahapati³ anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti ||
Sassato lokoti vā Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā
Anantavā lokoti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā || Aññaṃ
jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhi-
gatāni Brahmajāle bhaṇitāni || imā kho gahapati diṭṭhiyo
sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sati honti || sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā asati na
hontī ti || ||
13 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī⁴ ti || ||
Idha gahapati assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisā-
nam adassāvī sapurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati rūpavantaṃ
vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Veda-
nam attato samanupassati || pe || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viñ-
ñāṇam attato samanupassati viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam
attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Evaṃ
kho gahapati sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī ti || ||
14 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī ti || ||
Idha gahapati sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī
ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappu-
risānam dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisa-
dhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati na rūpa-
vantaṃ vā⁵ attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmim vā
attānaṃ || na vedanaṃ || Na saññaṃ || Na saṅkhāre || Na viñ-
ñāṇam attato samanupassati na viññāṇavantam vā attānam
na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Evaṃ kho gahapati sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 pucchisi; B1 pucchi
2 S1-3 yāyimā here and further gahapatino
4 S1-3 hoti
5 S1-3 omit vā everywhere

[page 288]
288 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 3. 15
15 Kuto bhante ayyo Isidatto āgacchatī ti || ||
Avantiyā kho ham gahapati āgacchāmīti || ||
Atthi bhante Avantiyā Isidatto nāma kulaputto amhā-
kam adiṭṭhasahāyo pabbajjito || diṭṭho so āyasmatā ti || ||
Evaṃ gahapati || ||
Kahaṃ nu kho bhante āyasmā etarahi viharatī ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Isidatto tuṇhi ahosi ||
Ayyo no bhante Isidatto ti || ||
Evaṃ gahapatī ti || ||
Abhiramatu bhante ayyo¹ Isidatto Macchikāsaṇḍe²
ramaṇiyam Ambāṭakavanaṃ || aham ayyassa Isidattassa
ussukkaṃ karissāmi cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapac-
caya-bhesajja-parikkhārāṇanti || ||
Kalyāṇaṃ vuccati gahapatī ti || ||
16 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsi-
tam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhū paṇītena {khāda-
niyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
17 Atha kho therā bhikkhū bhuttāvino onītapattapāṇino
uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad
avoca || || Sādhu kho tam³ āvuso⁴ Isidatta eso pañho paṭi-
bhāsi neso pañho mam⁵ paṭibhāsi || tena hāvuso Isidatta
yadā aññadā pi evarūpo pañho āgaccheyya taññevettha
patibhāseyyāti || ||
19 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya Macchikāsaṇḍamhā⁶ pakkāmi || Yaṃ
Macchikāsaṇḍamhā pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va⁷ ahosi na
puna pacchāgacchīti || ||

SN_4,41(7).4 Mahako
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Macchikā-
saṇḍe⁸ viharanti Ambāṭakavane || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 macchika-; B3 pacchikā-
3 B1-2 tvam
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1 mamaṃ; B2 omits neso- -paṭibhāsi
6 B1 macchika; B2 pacchikā as before and further on
7 B1, S1 ca
8 B1 macchika-

[page 289]
XLI. 4. 10] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 289
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhū tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhik-
khū etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me therā svātanāya gokule
bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuṃ kho¹ therā bhikkhū tuṇhībhāvena || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhūnam adhi-
vāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā there bhikkhū abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
baṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Cittassa
gahapatino gokulaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhū paṇītena sappi-
pāyāsena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
7 Atha kho therā bhikkhū bhuttāvino onitapattapanino
uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || || Citto pi kho gahapati sesakam
vissajjethā ti vatvā there bhikkhū piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anu-
bandhi || ||
8 Tena kho pana samayena uṇhaṃ hoti kuṭṭhitaṃ³ || te
ca therā bhikkhū paveliyamānena maññe kāyena gacchanti ||
yathā tam⁴ bhojanaṃ⁵ bhuttāvino || ||
9 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahako tasmim
bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako hoti || || Atha kho āyasmā
Mahako āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || || Sādhu khvassa⁶
bhante Thera yaṃ sītako ca vāto vāyeyya {abbhasaṃvilāpo}⁷
ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyāti || ||
Sādhu khvassa āvuso Mahaka yaṃ sītako ca vāto vāyeyya
{abbhasaṃvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyā
ti || ||
10 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako tathārūpam iddhābhisaṅ-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert bhante
2 B2 visejjethāti
3 B2 kuthitaṃ; S1-3 kikitaṃ (S3 -ṭaṃ)
4 S3 naṃ
5 S1-3 subhojanaṃ
6 S1-3 khvāssa
7 B1-2 -sampi-; B2 -lāso always

[page 290]
290 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 4. 11
khāram abhisaṅkhari¹ || yathā² sītako ca vāto vāyi³ {abbha-
saṃvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusi || ||
11 Atha kho Cittassa gahapatino⁴ etad ahosi || Yo kho
imasmim bhikkhusaṅghe sabbanavako⁵ bhikkhu || tassā-
yam evarūpo iddhānubhāvo ti || ||
12 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako ārāmaṃ sampāpuṇitvā
āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā bhante
Therāti || ||
Alam ettavatā āvuso Mahaka katam ettāvatā āvuso
Mahaka pūjitam ettāvatā āvuso Mahakā ti || ||
13 Atha kho therā bhikkhū yathāvihāram agamaṃsu || ||
Āyasmā pi Mahako sakaṃ vihāram agamāsi || ||
14 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Mahako tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahakam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
15 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam
Mahakam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante ayyo Mahako
uttarimanussadhammaṃ⁶ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetūti || ||
Tena hi tvam gahapati āḷinde uttarāsaṅgam paññāpetvā
tiṇakalāpam okāsehīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho⁷ Citto gahapati āyasmato Maha-
kassa paṭissutvā āḷinde uttarāsaṅgam paññāpetvā tiṇaka-
lāpam okāsesi ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihāram pavisitvā sucigha-
ṭikaṃ⁸ datvā tathārūpam⁷ iddhābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅ-
khari⁹ || yathā tāḷacchiggaḷena¹⁰ ca aggaḷantarikāya ca
acchi¹¹ nikkhamitvā tiṇāni jhāpesi uttarāsaṅgaṃ na
jhāpesi || ||
17 Atha kho Citto gahapati uttarāsaṅgam pappoṭetvā
saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekam antam aṭṭhāsi || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihārā nikkhamitvā Cittam
gahapatim etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā gahapatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -sankhāyi
2 B1-2 add yaṃ
3 S1 vāyitthu; S3 vāyittha
4 S1-3 -patissa
5 B1-2 -navo
6 S1-3 -dhammā
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1 sūci-
9 S1-3 -saṅkhāsi
10 S1 tāḷacchiggalantarikāya
11 S1-3 acchī

[page 291]
XLI. 5. 4] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 291
Alam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka katam ettāvatā bhante
Mahaka pūjitam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka || abhiramatu
bhante ayyo Mahako Macchikāsaṇḍe¹ || ramaṇiyam Ambā-
ṭakavanaṃ || aham ayyassa Mahakassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi
cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parik-
khārānan ti || ||
Kalyāṇaṃ vuccati gahapatīti || ||
19 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya Macchikāsaṇḍamhā¹ pakkāmi || yam
Macchikāsaṇḍamhā¹ pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va ahosi na
puna pacchāgacchīti || ||

SN_4,41(7).5 Kāmabhū
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Kāmabhū Macchikāsaṇḍe²
viharati Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhū tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Kāmabhum
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho³ Cittaṃ gahapatim āyasmā
Kāmabhū etad avoca || || Vuttam idaṃ gahapati || ||
Nelaṅgo setapacchādo ||
ekāro⁴ vattatī ratho ||
Anīghaṃ5 passa6 āyantam7
chinnasotam abandhananti || ||
Imassa nu⁸ kho gahapati saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho etam bhante Bhagavatā bhāsitan ti || ||
Evam gahapatī ti || ||
Tena hi bhante muhuttaṃ āgamehi yāvassa attham
pekkhāmī ti || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati muhuttaṃ tuṇhi hutvā āyas-
mantam Kāmabhum etad avoca || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 macchika; B2 pacchikā as usual
2 As before
3 Missing in B1-2
4 S1 ekāte
5 B1 anighaṃ-nigham
6 S1 rūpassa
7 B1-2 appattam always
8 Missing in S1-3

[page 292]
292 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 5. 5
Nelaṅganti kho bhante sīlānam etam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Setapacchādo ti kho bhante vimuttiyā etam adhiva-
canaṃ || ||
Ekāro ti kho bhante satiyā etam adhivacanaṃ || ||
Vattatī ti kho bhante abhikkamapaṭikkamassetam adhi-
vacanaṃ || ||
Rathoti kho bhante imassetam cātumahābhūtikassa
kāyassa adhivacanaṃ || mātāpettikasambhavassa¹ odana-
kummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-
viddhaṃsanadhammassa || ||
Rāgo kho bhante nīgho doso nīgho moho nīgho || te
khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavātthu-
katā anabhāvakatā² āyatim anuppādadhammā || tasmā
khīṇāsavo bhikkhu anīgho ti vuccati || ||
Āyantante³ kho bhante arahato etam adhivacanam || ||
Soto ti⁴ kho bhante taṇhāyetam adhivacanaṃ || sā khīṇā-
savassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālavatthukatā
anabhāvakatā² āyatimanuppādadhammā || tasmā khīṇāsavo
bhikkhu chinnasoto ti vuccati ||
Rāgo bhante bandhanaṃ doso bandhanaṃ moho ban-
dhanaṃ || te khīnāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchinnamūlā
tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā ||
tasmā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu abandhano ti vuccati || ||
5 Iti kho bhante yan tam Bhagavatā vuttaṃ⁵ || ||
Nelaṅgo setapacchādo ||
ekāro⁶ vattatī ratho ||
anīghaṃ passa āyantam ||
Chinnasotam abandhananti || ||
Imassa kho bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa
evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānātūti || ||
6 Lābhā te gahapati || suladdhaṃ te gahapati yassa⁷ te
gambhīre buddhavacane paññācakkhuṃ kamatī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -pittika-
2 B2 anabhāvaṃgatā here and further on
3 B1-2 appattanti
4 S3 sotanti; S1 sotato ti
5 S1-3 vuttam Bhagavatā
6 S1 ekate
7 S1-3 yasmā

[page 293]
XLI. 6. 6] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 293

SN_4,41(7).6 Kāmabhū2
1 Ekam samayaṃ āyasmā Kāmabhū Macchikāsaṇḍe¹
viharati Ambāṭakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhū tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno Citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ
Kāmabhum etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante saṅ-
khārāti || ||
Tayo kho gahapati saṅkhārā kāyasaṅkhāro vacīsaṅkhāro
cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāma-
bhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṃ
Kāmabhum uttaripañham apucchi || ||
4 Katamo pana bhante kāyasaṅkhāro katamo vacisaṅ-
khāro katamo cittasaṅkhāroti || ||
Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyasaṅkhāro || vitakkavicārā
vacīsaṅkhāro || saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāroti ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati || pe || uttaripañham
apucchi || ||
5 Kasmā pana bhante assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro ||
kasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro || kasmā saññā ca vedanā
ca cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyikā ete dhammā kāya-
paṭibaddhā² || tasmā assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhāro || || Pubbe
kho gahapati vitakketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācam bhindati ||
tasmā vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhāro || || Saññā ca vedanā ca
cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaṭibaddhā || tasmā saññā ca
vedanā ca cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Sādhu || la || apucchi || ||
6 Katham pana bhante saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti
hotī ti || ||
Na kho gahapati saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa
bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti || Aham saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ
samāpajjissanti vā || Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samā-
pajjāmīti vā || Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno ti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 macchisaṇḍe; B1 B2 as before
2 B1 -bandhā-

[page 294]
294 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 6. 7
vā || || Atha khvassa¹ pubbe va tathā cittam bhāvitaṃ
hoti || yan taṃ tathattāya upanetīti || ||
Sādhu || pe || apucchi || ||
7 Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa pana bhante
bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamaṃ nirujjhanti || yadivā
kāyasaṅkhāro yadivā vacīsaṅkhāro yadivā cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa kho gahapati
bhikkhuno vācīsaṅkhāro pathamaṃ nirujjhati || tato kāya-
saṅkhāro || tato cittasaṅkhāro ti || ||
Sadhu || la || pañham apucchi || ||
8 Yvāyam² bhante mato kālakato yo cāyam bhikkhu
saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno imesaṃ kiṃ nānāka-
raṇanti || ||
Yvāyam gahapati mato kālakato || tassa kāyasaṅkhāro
niruddho paṭipassaddho vacīsaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipas-
saddho cittasaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho āyu parik-
khīno usmā vūpasantā indriyāni viparibhinnānī³ || Yo ca
khvāyaṃ gahapati bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samā-
panno || tassa pi kāyasaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho va-
cīsaṅkhāro niruddho paṭipassaddho cittasaṅkhāro niruddho
paṭipassaddho āyu aparikkhīṇo usmā avūpasantā indriyāni
vippasannāni || || Yvāyaṃ gahapati mato kālakato yo cāyam
bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno idaṃ nesaṃ
nānākaraṇanti || ||
Sādhu || la || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
9 Katham pana bhante saññāvedayitanirodhasamā-
pattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ⁴ hotīti || ||
Na kho gahapati saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā
vuṭṭhahantassa bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti || Ahaṃ saññeve-
dayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahissanti vā || Ahaṃ saññā-
vedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahāmīti⁵ vā || Ahaṃ
saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhito vā ti || || Atha
khvāssa pubbe va⁶ tathā cittam bhāvitaṃ hoti yaṃ taṃ
tathattāya upanetīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 khvāssa
2 S1-3 yoyaṃ here only
3 S1-3 pana instead of vipari
4 S3 vupaṭṭhānaṃ
5 S1 vuṭṭhagāmīti
6 S1-3 omit va

[page 295]
XLI. 7. 1] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 295
Sādhu bhante || la || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
10 Saññavedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa
pana bhante bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamam uppaj-
janti || yadivā kāyasaṅkhāro yadivā vacīsaṅkhāro yadivā
cittasaṅkhāro || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahantassa kho¹
gahapati bhikkhuno cittasaṅkhāro pathamam uppajjati ||
tato kāyasaṅkhāro || tato vacīsaṅkhāroti || ||
Sādhu || la || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
11 Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitam pana
bhante bhikkhuṃ kati phassā phusantīti || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitaṃ kho gaha-
pati bhikkhuṃ tayo phassā phusanti || suññato phasso
animitto phasso appaṇihito phasso ti || ||
Sādhu || pe || uttaripañham apucchi || ||
12 Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa kho
pana bhante bhikkhuno kiṃ ninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti kim poṇaṃ
kim pabbhāranti || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhitassa kho gaha-
pati bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti vivekapoṇaṃ
vivekapabbhāranti || ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāma-
bhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaṃ
Kāmabhum uttaripañham apucchi || ||
13 Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā pana bhante kati
dhammā bahūpakārā ti² || ||
Addhā kho tvam gahapati yam pathamam pucchitabbaṃ
tam pacchā³ pucchasi || api ca tyāhaṃ vyākarissāmi || ||
Saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā kho gahapati dve dham-
mā bahūpakārā⁴ samatho ca vipassanā cā ti || ||

SN_4,41(7).7 Godatto
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Godatto Macchikāsaṇḍe⁵
viharati Ambāṭakavane || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1 only
2 S1-3 B2 bahukārā
3 B1 omits pacchā
4 B2 S3 bahukāra, S1 bahupakārā
5 B1 macchika-; B2 pacchikā- as before

[page 296]
296 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 7. 2
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Godatto tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Godattam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ¹ kho Cittaṃ gahapatim āyasmā
Godatto etad avoca || || Yā cāyaṃ gahapati appamāṇā ceto-
vimutti yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti yā ca suññatāceto-
vimutti yā ca animittā cetovimutti ime dhammā nānatthā
nānavyañjanā² udāhu ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||
4 Atthi bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime
dhammā nānatthā ceva³ nānavyañjanā ca || || Atthi pana
bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhamme
ekatthā ceva vyañjanam eva nānan ti ||
4 Katamo ca pana bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam
āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavyañjanā ca || ||
5 Idha bhante bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ
disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ ||
tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbat-
thatāya⁴ sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipu-
lena mahaggatena appamāṇena avereṇa avyāpajjhena⁵ pha-
ritvā viharati || karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ||⁶ muditāsahaga-
tena cetasā || upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā
viharati || tathā dutiyam tathā tatiyam tathā catuttham iti
uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbāvantaṃ
lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena
appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena⁵ pharitvā viharati || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhante appamāṇena cetasā vimutti || ||
6 Katamā ca bhante ākiñcaññā cetovimutti || || Idha
bhante bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkam-
ma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhante ākiñcaññā cetovimutti || ||
7 Katamā ca bhante suññatā cetovimutti || ||
Idha bhante bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā
suññāgāragato vā iti patisañcikkhati || Suññam idam attena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 nisinno
2 See p. 281, notes 5,6
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1 sabbattatāya (further on -ttātāya); S3 sabbasattānāya here
and further on
5 B1-2 -pajjena
6 S1-3 insert --pe--

[page 297]
XLI. 8. 2] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 297
vā attaniyena vā ti || ayaṃ vuccati bhante suññatā cetovi-
mutti || ||
8 Katamā ca bhante animittā cetovimutti || ||
Idha bhante bhikkhu sabbanimittānam amanasikārā
animittaṃ cetosamādhim upasampajja viharati || ayaṃ
vuccati bhante animittā cetovimutti || ||
9 Ayaṃ kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma
ime dhammā nānatthā nānavyañjanā ca || ||
10 Katamo ca bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma
ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || ||
11 Rāgo bhante pamāṇakaraṇo doso pamāṇakaraṇo moho
pamāṇakarano || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchin-
namūlā tālāvatthukatā anubhāvakatā āyatiṃ anuppāda-
dhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo
akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana
akuppā¹ cetovimutti suññā rāgena || suññā dosena || suññā
mohena || ||
12 Rāgo bhante kiñcanaṃ doso kiñcanam moho kiñ-
canam || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā ucchimamūlā
tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
Yāvatā kho bhante ākiñcaññā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsaṃ
cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā ceto-
vimutti suññā rāgena suññā dosena suññā mohena || ||
13 Rāgo kho bhante nimittakaraṇo doso nimittakaraṇo
moho nimittakaraṇo || te khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno pahīnā
ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppā-
dadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante animittā cetovimuttiyo
akuppā tāsam cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana
akuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena suññā dosena suññā
mohena || ||
14 Ayaṃ kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam² āgamma
ime dhammā ekatthā vyañjanam eva nānanti || ||

SN_4,41(7).8 Nigaṇṭho
2 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto² Mac-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 panākuppā always
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 nātaputto; S1 nātha- once

[page 298]
298 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 8. 3
chikāsaṇḍam¹ anuppatto hoti mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya
saddhiṃ || ||
3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Nigaṇṭho kira Nāṭaputto
Macchikāsaṇḍam anuppatto mahatiyā nigaṇṭhaparisāya
saddhinti || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati sambahulehi upāsakehi sad-
dhiṃ yena Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅ-
kamitvā Nigaṇṭhena Nāṭaputtena saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Cittaṃ gahapatiṃ Nigaṇṭho
Nāṭaputto etad avoca || || Saddahasi tvaṃ gahapati sama-
ṇassa Gotamassa Atthi avitakko² avicāro samādhi atthi
vitakkavicārānaṃ nirodhoti || ||
Na khvāham ettha³ bhante Bhagavato saddhāya gac-
chāmi Atthi avitakko⁴ avicaro samādhi atthi vitakkavicā-
rānaṃ nirodhoti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sakam parisam
ulloketvā⁵ etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva
ujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva asaṭṭho⁶ cāyaṃ Citto
gahapati yāva amāyāvī cāyaṃ Citto gahapati || vātaṃ vā so
jālena bādhetabbam maññeyya yo vitakkavicāre nirodhe-
tabbam maññeyya ||⁷ sakamuṭṭhinā vā so Gaṅgāya sotam
āvāretabbam⁸ maññeyya yo vitakkavicāre⁹ nirodhetabbam
maññeyyāti || ||
7 Taṃ kim maññasi bhante Katamam nu kho paṇīta-
taram ñāṇam vā saddhā vā ti || ||
Saddhāya kho gahapati ñāṇam eva paṇītataranti || ||
8 Aham kho bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savicāraṃ
vivekajam pītisukham pathamam jhānam upasampajja

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 pacchika-
2 S3 vitakko
3 S1 ittha; S3 ittham
4 S3 vitakko
5 S1-3 apaloketvā; B1 omits sakaṃ parisaṃ
6 So S1-3; B1-2 asatho both always
7 S1-3 insert sattu
8 S1-3 avā-
9 S1-3 -vicāro

[page 299]
XLI. 8. 9] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 299
viharāmi || || Aham kho bhante yāvad eva¹ ākaṅkhāmi
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā || pe || dutiyaṃ jhānam upasam-
pajja viharāmi || || Ahaṃ kho bhante yāvad eva ākaṅkhāmi
pītiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || || Ahaṃ kho bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sukhassa
ca pahānā || pa ||² catuttham jhānam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || || So³ khvāham bhante evaṃ jānanto evam pas-
santo kassaññassa samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā saddhāya
gamissāmi Atthi avitakko avicāro samādhi atthi vitakka-
vicārānaṃ nirodho ti || ||
8 Evaṃ vutte Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sakam parisam apa-
loketvā etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva
anujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva saṭṭho⁴ cāyam Citto
gahapati yāva māyāvī cāyaṃ Citto gahapatī ti || ||
Idāneva kho te⁵ pana mayam bhante bhāsitam ājānā-
ma || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva ujuko cāyaṃ Citto
gahapati yāva asaṭṭho cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva amā-
yāvī cāyaṃ Citto gahapatī ti || || Idāneva ca pana mayam
bhante bhāsitam evam ājānāma || || Idam bhavanto pas-
santu yāva anujuko cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva saṭṭho
cāyaṃ Citto gahapati yāva māyāvī cāyam Citto gahapatī
ti || ||
10 Sace te⁶ bhante purimaṃ saccam pacchimam te⁷
micchā || sace pana te bhante pacchimaṃ saccaṃ puri-
maṃ te micchā || ime kho pana bhante dasa sahadhammikā
pañhā āgacchanti || yadā nesam attham ājāneyyasi || atha
mam paṭihareyyāsi saddhiṃ nigaṇṭhaparisāya || || Eko
pañho eko uddeso ekaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ || dve pañhā dve
uddesā dve veyyākaraṇāni || tayo pañhā tayo uddesā tīṇi
veyyākaraṇāni || cattāro pañho cattāro uddesā cattāri veyya-
karaṇāni || pañca pañhā pañca uddesā pañca veyyākara-
ṇāni || cha pañhā cha uddesā cha veyyākaraṇāni || satta
pañhā satta uddesā satta veyyākaraṇāni || aṭṭha pañhā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 yāvade always
2 More complete in S1-3
3 B1 na so
4 B1-2 satho
5 B1-2 ca pana instead of kho te
6 B1 kho
7 S1-3 bhante

[page 300]
300 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 8. 11
aṭṭha uddesā aṭṭha veyyākaraṇāni || nava pañhā nava uddesā
nava veyyākaraṇāni || dasa pañhā dasa uddesā¹ dasa veyyā-
karaṇanī ti² || ||
11 Atha kho Citto gahapati Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nāṭaputtam ime
dasa sahadhammike pañhe apucchitvā³ uṭṭhāyāsanā pak-
kāmī ti || ||

SN_4,41(7).9 Acela
2 Tena kho pana samayena Acelo Kassapo Macchikā-
saṇḍam⁴ anuppatto hoti purāṇagihisahāyo || ||
3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Acelo kira Kassapo Macchi-
kāsaṇḍam anuppatto amhākam purāṇagihisahāyo ti || ||
Atha kho Citto gahapati yena Acelo Kassapo tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Acelena Kassapena saddhiṃ
sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Citto gahapati Acelaṃ⁵
Kassapam etad avoca || || Kīva⁶ ciram pabbajito si bhante
Kassapāti || ||
Tiṃsamattāni kho me gahapati vassāni pabbajitassā
ti || ||
5 Imehi kho pana te⁷ bhante tiṃsamattehi vassehi atthi
koci uttarimanussadhammo⁸ alam ariyañāṇadassanaviseso
adhigato phāsuvihāroti || ||
Imehi kho me gahapati tiṃsamattehi vassehi pabba-
jitassa⁹ natthi koci uttarimanussadhammā¹⁰ alam ariyañā-
ṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro aññatra naggeyyā ca
muṇḍeyyā ca pāvāḷanipphoṭanāya¹¹ cāti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte Citto¹² gahapati Acelaṃ¹³ Kassapam etad
avoca || || Acchariyam vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho dham-
massa svākhyātatā¹⁴ yatra hi nāma tiṃsamattehi vasehi na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 have pañcu-sattu-aṭṭhu-navu-dasuddesā
2 S1-3 -karaṇāni
3 B1 āpucchitvā; B2 pucchitvā
4 B1 macchika-
5 S1-3 acelakaṃ
6 B1-2 kiṃva
7 Missing in S3 B
8 B1-2 -dhammā
9 Missing in S3
10 So all the MSS.
11 S1-3 -nipphoṭhanāya
12 Missing in S1-3
13 S1-3 acela
14 S1-3 svakkhā-

[page 301]
XLI. 9. 9] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 301
koci¹ uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassana-
viseso adhigato² bhavissati³ phāsuvihāro aññatra
naggeyyā ca muṇḍeyyā ca pāvāḷanipphoṭanāya cāti || ||
7 Tuyham pana gahapati kīva ciram upāsakattam
upayatassāti || ||
Mayham pi kho pana bhante tiṃsamattāni vassāni
upāsakattam upagatassā ti || ||
8 Imehi kho⁴ pana te gahapati tiṃsamattehi vassehi
atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassana-
viseso adhigato phāsuvihāroti || ||
Kimhi no⁵ pi⁶ siyā bhante || Aham hi⁴ bhante yāva⁷
ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi⁴
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi || ahaṃ hi bhante yāvadeva⁸
ākaṅkhāmi vitakkavicārānam vūpasamā || pe || dutiyaṃ
jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ahaṃ hi bhante yāvadeva
ākaṅkhāmi pītiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyam jhānam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || ahaṃ hi bhante yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi
sukhassa ca pahānā || pe || catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja
viharāmi || || Sace kho panāham bhante Bhagavato⁹ patha-
mataraṃ kālam kareyya anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ yam
mam Bhagavā etam vyākareyya Natthi tam saññojanam
yena saññojanena saṃyutto¹⁰ Citto gahapati puna imaṃ
lokam āgaccheyyāti || ||
9 Evaṃ vutte Acelo Kassapo Cittaṃ gahapatim etad
avoca || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho dham-
massa svākhyātatā¹¹ yatrahi nāma gihī odātavasano¹² eva-
rūpam uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassana-
visesam adhigamissati¹³ phāsuvihāraṃ || || Labheyyāhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kiñci instead of na koci
2 S1-3 adhigamo
3 B1 abhavissati; B2 dacavissati
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1-2 gihino
6 S3 omits pi
7 S1 B2 yāvadeva
8 B1 yāvade as before
9 B1 bhagavatā
10 S1-3 saṃyojanaṃ . . . saṃyojanena saññutto
11 So B2; S3 svākhātatā; S3 svākkhatatā; S1 svākkhātasatā;
B1 svākhyātassa
12 S1 vasana; S3 nā
13 S1-3 -ssanti

[page 302]
302 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 9. 10
gahapati imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pabbajjaṃ labheyyam
upasampadanti || ||
10 Atha kho Citto gahapati Acelaṃ Kassapaṃ ādāya
yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there
bhikkhū etad avoca || Ayam bhante Acelo¹ Kassapo amhā-
kam purāṇagihīsahāyo || imaṃ therā pabbajentu upasampā-
dentu² || ahamassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi civara-piṇḍapāta-
senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṇanti || ||
11 Alattha Acelo¹ Kassapo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye
pabbajjam alattha upasampadam || acirūpasampanno ca
panāyasmā Kassapo eko vūpakaṭṭho apamatto ātāpī pahi-
tatto viharanto cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputto sammad
eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti tad anuttaram brah-
macariyapariyosānam diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || Khīṇā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti
abbhaññāsi || ||
12 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Kassapo arahatam ahosīti || ||

SN_4,41(7).10 Gilānadassanam
2 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati ābādhiko
hoti dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā ruk-
khadevatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu³ adhivatthā devatā⁴
saṃgamma samāgamma Cittaṃ gahapatim etad avocuṃ || ||
Paṇidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaṃ rājā assaṃ
cakkavattīti || ||
Evaṃ vutte Citto gahapati tā ārāmadevatā vanadeva-
tā rukkhadevatā osadhitiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā
etad avoca || || Tam pi aniccaṃ tam pi addhuvaṃ⁵ tam pi
pahāya gamanīyanti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte Cittassa gahapatino mittāmaccā ñātisā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Acela
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 osadhitiṇavanappatisu
4 B2 adds vatthudevatā always
5 B1 adhuvam always

[page 303]
XLI. 10. 6] CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM 303
lohitā Cittaṃ gahapatim etad avocuṃ || || Satim ayyaputta
upaṭṭhapehi mā vippalapīti¹ || ||
Kin tyāhaṃ² vadāmi yaṃ maṃ tumhe evaṃ vadetha
Satim ayyaputta upaṭṭhapehi mā vippalapīti ||
Evaṃ kho tvam ayyaputta vadesi || || Tam pi aniccaṃ
tam pi addhuvaṃ tam pi pahāya gamanīyanti || ||
Tathā hi pana mam ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkha-
devatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā evam
ahaṃsu || || Paṇidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaṃ rājā
assaṃ cakkavattīti || tāham evaṃ vadāmi || || Tam pi
aniccam || la || tam pi pahāya gamanīyan ti || ||
5 Kin te³ ayyaputta ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkha-
devatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthādevatā atthavasam
sampassamānā evam ahaṃsu || || Paṇidhehi gahapati Anā-
gatam addhānam rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti || ||
Tāsaṃ kho ārāmadevatānaṃ vanadevatānaṃ rukkha-
devatānaṃ osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthānaṃ devatā-
nam evaṃ hoti || || Ayaṃ kho Citto gahapati sīlavā kalyā-
ṇadhammo sace paṇidahissati Anāgatam addhānam rājā
assaṃ cakkavattīti⁴ ijjhissati sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visud-
dhattā⁵ dhammiko⁶ dhammikam phalam⁷ anusarissa-
tīti⁸ || || Imaṃ kho tā⁹ ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkha-
devatā osadhītiṇavanaspatīsu adhivatthā devatā atthava-
saṃ sampassamānā evam ahaṃsu || || Paṇidhehi gahapati
Anāgatam addhānaṃ rājā assaṃ cakkavattīti || tāham evaṃ
vadāmi || || Tam pi aniccaṃ tam pi adhuvam tam pi pahāya
gamanīyanti || ||
6 Tena hi ayyaputta amhe pi ovadehīti¹⁰ || ||
Tasmā hi¹¹ vo evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 vippalapasīti; B2 vippalasīti
2 B1-2 kintāham
3 B1-2 kimpana; B2 adds kā (tā?)
4 B1 inserts tassa kho ayaṃ
5 S1-3 add sīlassa
6 S1-3 add dhammarājā
7 So B2; B1 S1 balaṃ; S3 baliṃ
8 So B2; B1 anupassatīti; S1-3 anupadassatīti
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1-3 ovadāhīti
11 S1-3 tasmātiha

[page 304]
304 CITTA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLI. 10. 7
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma ||
iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇa-
sampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || || Dhamme
aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || svākhyāto
Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opana-
yiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || || Saṅghe aveccappa-
sādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || supaṭipanno Bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho
ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcipaṭipanno¹
Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni²
aṭṭhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo
pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaram puññak-
khettaṃ lokassāti || || Yaṃ kiñci kule³ deyyadhammaṃ
sabbantam apaṭivibhattam bhavissati sīlavantehi kalyāṇa-
dhammehīti || ||
Evam hi vo⁴ sikkhitabbanti || ||
7 Atha kho Citto gahapati mittāmicce ñatisālohite
buddhe ca dhamme ca saṅghe ca pasādetvā⁵ cāge⁶ ca
samādapetvā kālam akāsi⁷ || ||
Cittasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ⁸ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ⁹ || ||
Saṃyojana¹⁰ dve Isidattā¹¹ || ||
Mahako¹² Kāmabhū pi ca¹³ ||
Godatto ca Nigaṇṭho ca ||
Acelena Gilānanti¹⁴ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 sāmici as before
2 S1 pusa-
3 B1 kale; S1 kāle; S3 kālo
4 B2 te; S1 so
5 Missing in B1-2
6 B2 cāgena
7 S3 akāsīti
8 Put at the end by S1-3
9 Tatru-
10 B1-2 saññojanā
11 S1-3 -datta; B2 -datto
12 B2 adds ca; S1 mahākoṭṭheva; S3 mahākoṭṭhoca
13 B2 S1-3 omit pi ca
14 S1-3 Gilānadassananti

[page 305]
XLII. 1. 5] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 305

BOOK VIII GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM

SN_4,42(8).1 Caṇḍo
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme¹ || ||
2 Atha kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho caṇḍo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
m-idhekacco Caṇḍo² teva³ saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ko pana
hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacco Sūrato⁴ teva saṅkhaṃ
gacchatīti || ||
4 Idha kho gāmaṇi ekaccassa rāgo appahīno hoti || rā-
gassa appahīnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam
pātukaroti || so Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Doso
appahīno hoti || dosassa appahīnattā pare kopenti || parehi
kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ
gacchati || || Moho appahīno hoti || mohassa appahīnattā
pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so
Caṇḍo teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacco
Caṇḍo⁵ teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
5 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekaccassa rāgo pahīno hoti || rā-
gassa pahīnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno⁶
kopaṃ na pātukaroti || so Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Doso pahīno hoti hoti || dosassa pahīnattā pare na kopenti ||
parehi akopiyamāno kopaṃ na pātukaroti || so Sūrato
teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Moho pahīno hoti || mohassa
pahīnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaṃ
na pātukaroti || so Sūrato teva saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi hetu ayam paccayo yeva-m-idhekacco
Sūrato⁷ teva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 Repeated by B1 S1
3 B2 tveva always
4 B1-2 sorato always, repeated here by B1-2
5 B1-2 repeat caṇḍo
6 B1 has kopiyamāno always
7 B1-2 sorato sorato

[page 306]
306 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 1. 6
6 Evaṃ vutte caṇḍo gamaṇi Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || Seyyathāpi
bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā viva-
reyya mūḷhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakare vā tela-
pajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhanti¹ || evam
eva Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esā-
ham bhante Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ
ca bhikkhusaṅghañ ca upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu
ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

SN_4,42(8).2 Puṭo
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Talapuṭo² naṭagāmani yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubba-
kānam ācariyapācariyānam naṭānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo
so naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ
hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || idha Bhagavā kim
āhāti || ||
Alaṃ gāmani tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti³ || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariya-
pācariyānaṃ naṭānam bhāsamānānam Yo so naṭo raṅga-
majjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti || so
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānam saha-
vyatam upapajjatīti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetaṃ mā mam etam pucchīti⁴ || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariya-
pācariyānaṃ naṭānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so naṭo raṅga-
majjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti rameti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 adds ti; S1-3 dakkhintī ti
2 B1-2 tāla- always
3 S3 pucchāti
4 S3 pucchi; B1 vuccatīti

[page 307]
XLII. 2. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 307
so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devānam
sahavyatam upapajjatīti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Addhā kho tyāhaṃ nālatthaṃ¹ Alam Gāmaṇi tiṭṭha-
tetam mā mam etam pucchīti² || apica tyāhaṃ vyākaris-
sāmi || ||
6 Pubbe kho gāmaṇi sattā avītarāgā rāgabandhana-
baddhā³ || tesaṃ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye
dhammā rajaniyā te upasaṃharati bhiyyosomattāya sarā-
gāya⁴ || Pubbe kho gāmaṇi sattā avītadosā dosabandhana-
baddhā || tesaṃ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dham-
mā dosaniyā te upasaṃharati bhiyyosomattāya sado-
sāya⁵ || || Pubbe kho gāmaṇi sattā avītamohā mohaban-
dhanabaddhā || tesaṃ naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye
dhammā mohaniyā te upasaṃharati bhiyyosomattāya
samohāya⁶ || ||
7 So attanā matto pamatto pare madetvā pamādetvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāso⁷ nāma nirayo tattha
upapajjati⁸ || || Sace kho panassa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti || Yo so
naṭo raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti
rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ de-
vānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi || ||
Micchādiṭṭhikassa kho panāhaṃ gāmaṇi purisapuggalassa
dvinnaṃ gatīnam aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi nirayaṃ vā
tiracchānayoniṃ vā ti || ||
8 Evaṃ vutte Talapuṭo naṭagamaṇi⁹ parodi assūni
pavattesi || ||
Evam kho tyāham gamaṇi nālatthaṃ Alam gāmaṇi
tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā evam-
āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi na-
ṭehi¹⁰ dīgharattam nikato vañcito paluddho¹¹ Yo so naṭo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nalabhāmi
2 B1 vuccati
3 B1 -bandhā always
4 S1-3 bhiyyosarāgāya; B1 has only bhiyyosamattāya here and further on
5 S1-3 bhiyyosadosāta
6 S1-3 bhiyyosammohāya
7 S1-3 pahāso; B2 pahāyo
8 S1-3 tatthup-
9 S1-3 gāmaṇi without naṭa
10 S1 nani (or nati); S3 nahi
11 S1-3 paraddho here only

[page 308]
308 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 2. 9
raṅgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaṃ hāseti ra-
meti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā Pahāsānaṃ devā-
nam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
9 Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || seyyathāpi
bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya || paṭicchannaṃ vā viva-
reyya {mūḷhassa} vā maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā
telapajjotaṃ kareyya || cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhanti¹ ||
evam evam Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakā-
sito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi
dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca || Labheyyāham bhante
Bhagavato santike pabbajam labheyyam upasampadanti || ||
10 Alattha kho Talapuṭo naṭagāmaṇi Bhagavato santike
pabbajam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
11 Acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Talapuṭo || pa || ara-
hatam ahosīti || ||

SN_4,42(8).3 Yodhājīvo
2 Atha kho yodhājīvo gamaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācari-
yapācariyānaṃ yodhājīvānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so yodhā-
jīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaṃ
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā Sarañjitānaṃ² devānam sahavya-
tam upapajjatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alam gāmaṇi tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho yodhājīvo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyā-
naṃ yodhājīvānam bhāsamānānaṃ Yo so yodhājīvo saṅ-
gāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāya-
mantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā Sarañjitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 dakkhantīti; S3 dakkhintīti
2 B1-2 parajitānaṃ always; S3 sarajitānam here only,
elsewhere sarañji-, or sarāji-

[page 309]
XLII. 3. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 309
Addhā kho tyāhaṃ gāmaṇi na labhāmi¹ || Alam gāmaṇi
tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || api ca tyāhaṃ vyā-
karissāmi || ||
6 Yo so gāmaṇi yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati ||
tassa taṃ cittam pubbe hīnaṃ² duggatam³ duppaṇihitam
Ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinas-
santu vā mā⁴ ahesuṃ iti vā ti || tam enam ussahantaṃ
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā Sarājitā nāma nirayā⁵ tatthupapajjati⁶ || ||
Sa ce kho panassa evam diṭṭhi hoti || Yo so yodhājīvo saṅ-
gāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāya-
mantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sarājitānam⁷ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jatīti || || Sāssa⁸ hoti micchādiṭṭhi || || Micchādiṭṭhikassa
kho panāham gāmaṇi purisapuggalassa dvinnaṃ gatīnam
aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi || nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā
ti || ||
7 Evaṃ vutte yodhājīvo gāmaṇi parodi assūni pavat-
tesi || ||
Evaṃ kho tyāham gāmaṇi nālattham Alam gāmaṇi
tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam⁹ Bhagavā evam
āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi yodhā-
jīvehi dīgharattaṃ nikato vañcito paluddho || Yo so yodhā-
jivo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati tam enam ussahantam
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā Sarañjitānaṃ¹⁰ devānaṃ sahavyatam upa-
pajjatīti || ||
8 Abhikkantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ sara-
ṇaṃ gatanti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is omitted by B1-2
2 B1-2 gahitaṃ
3 B1 dukkataṃ
4 S1-3 insert vā
5 B1-2 parajito nāma nirayo
6 B1-2 tattha upapajjatīti
7 B1-2 parajitānam
8 S1 sahassa
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1 para (B2 parā) jitānaṃ

[page 310]
310 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 4. 6

SN_4,42(8).4 Hatthi
2-8 Atha kho hatthāroho¹ gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

SN_4,42(8).5 Assa (or Haya)
2 Atha kho assāroho² gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho assāroho gāmaṇi Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam
ācariyapācariyānam assārohānam bhasamānānaṃ || Yo so
assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam³ ussa-
hantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kā-
yassa bhedā param maraṇā Sarājitānam⁴ devānam saha-
vyatam upapajjatīti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alaṃ gāmani tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho assāroho gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapāca-
riyānam assārohānam bhāsamānānam Yo so assāroho
saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaṃ vāya-
mantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā || pe ||⁵ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || || Idha
Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Addhā kho tyāhaṃ gāmaṇi na labhāmi⁶ Alaṃ gāmaṇi
tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || api ca kho⁷ tyāhaṃ
vyākarissāmi || ||
6 Yo so gāmaṇi assāroho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati⁸ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Hatthārūho
2 S1-3 Assarūho always
3 S1-3 tamena
4 B1-2 parajitānam as before
5 So S1-3; B1-2 have parajitānaṃ devānaṃ
6 This phrase is missing in B1-2 as before (see p. 309 n.1)
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1-3 insert here --pe--

[page 311]
XLII. 6. 1] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 311
tassa taṃ cittam pubbeva hīnaṃ¹ duggataṃ² duppaṇi-
hitaṃ Ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā³
vinassantu vā mā⁴ ahesum itivāti || tam enam ussahantaṃ
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā Sarājito nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati⁵ || ||
Sace kho panassa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti || Yo so assāroho saṅ-
gāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyaman-
tam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sarājitānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upa-
pajjatīti || sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi || || Micchādiṭṭhikassa
kho panāham gāmaṇi purisapuggalassa dvinnaṃ gatīnam
aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi || nirayaṃ vā tiracchāyoniṃ vā
ti || ||
7 Evaṃ vutte assāroho gāmani parodi assūni pavattesi || ||
Etaṃ kho tyāham gāmaṇi nālattham Alaṃ gāmani
tiṭṭhatetam mā mam etam pucchīti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā etam
āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi assā-
rohehi dīgharattaṃ nikato vañcito paluddho Yo so assā-
roho saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sarājitānaṃ⁶ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jātīti || ||
8 Abhikkantaṃ bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetam sara-
ṇaṃ gatanti || ||

SN_4,42(8).6 Pacchābhūmako (or Matako)
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Nāḷandāyaṃ viharati Pāvā-
rikambavane || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 pubbegahitaṃ as before (see p.309 n.2)
2 B1-2 dukkaṭaṃ
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 insert vā as before
5 B1-2 have as before parajito . . . nirayo . . .
6 In this sutta S1-3 have always sarājita, B1-2 having, as before,
parajita

[page 312]
312 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 6. 2
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto¹ gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Brāhmaṇā bhante pacchā-
bhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggipa-
ricārikā² te mataṃ kālakatam uyyāpenti³ nāma saññā-
penti⁴ nāma saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti⁵ || Bhagavā pana
bhante arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṃ
yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggam lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
4 Tena hi gāmaṇi taṃ yevettha paṭipucchissāmi⁶ ||
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || || Idhāssa⁷ puriso pāṇāti-
pātī adinnādāyī kāmesu micchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco
pharusāvāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu vyāpannacitto mic-
chāditthiko || tam enam mahājanakāyo⁸ saṅgamma samā-
gamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko⁹ anuparisakkeyya¹⁰ ||
Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokam upapajjatīti || taṃ kim maññasi gāmani || api nu so
puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu
vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu¹¹ vā kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi puriso mahatim puthusilaṃ¹²
gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam mahājana-
kāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko
anuparisakkeyya¹³ || || Ummujja bho puthusile uplava bho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 baddhaka- always
2 Missing in B1
3 S1-3 ussayyāpenti
4 So B1-2; S1 sakāpenti; missing in S3
5 S1-3 B1 -kka-
6 S1-3 pari-
7 B2 idhassa, B1 idha; both here and further on
8 S1-3 omit mahā
9 S3 -kā; B1 pañcali- always
10 B2 -vatteyya always
11 B1 -parivattanahetu here and further on
12 So S1; all the MSS. have sīlaṃ-sīle, always
13 S1-3 have --pe-- after thomeyya

[page 313]
XLII. 6. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 313
puthusile¹ thalam uplava bho puthusileti || || Taṃ kiṃ
maññasi gāmani api nu sā puthusilā mahato janakāyassa
āyācanahetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu² vā ummuj-
jeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaṃ vā uplaveyyāti³ || ||
No hetam bhante
Evam eva kho gāmaṇi yo so puriso paṇātipātī adinnā-
dāyī kāmesu micchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusāvāco
samphappalāpī abhijjālu vyāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko
kiñcāpi tam⁴ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyā-
ceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya || ayam purisak-
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upa-
pajjatūti || atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātam nirayam upapajjeyya || ||
7 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || || Idhāssa puriso pāṇāti-
pātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesu micchācārā
paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato
pharusāya vācāya⁵ paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato
anabhijjhālu avyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko || tam enam
mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya
pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātam upapajjatūti ||
tam kim maññasi gāmani api nu so puriso mahato janakā-
yassa āyācanahetu vo thomanahetuvā pañcalikā anupari-
sakkanhetuvā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyam dugga-
tiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
8 Seyyathapi gāmaṇi puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakum-
bhaṃ vā gambhīram udakarahadam⁶ ogāhetvā⁷ bhindey-
ya || tatrassa yā⁸ sakkharā vā kaṭhalā vā sā⁹ adhogāmī
assa || yañ ca khvāssa tatra sappi vā¹⁰ telaṃ vā tam uddhaṃ-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 omits uplava . . . sīle
2 B2 pañjālikānu-
3 S1-3 plaveyy-; B2 duplaveyy-
4 S1-3 nam
5 S1-3 pisunā vācā . . . pharusā vācā paṭivirato here and further on
6 B1 gambhire- -rahade
7 B1-2 ogāhitvā
8 So B2; B1 tatrayassa; S1 tatrayvāssa; S3 tatrasvāssa
9 Missing in S1-3
10 S1-3 sappiṃ

[page 314]
314 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 6. 9
gāmi assa || tam enam mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgām-
ma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkheyya || Osīda
bho sappi tela saṃsīda bho sappi tela adhogaccha bho
sappi telāti || || Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi api nu taṃ
sappi telam mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomana-
hetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu¹ vā osīdeyya vā
saṃsīdeyya vā adhogaccheyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Evam eva kho gāmaṇi yo so puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato
adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato musā-
vādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vacāya paṭivirato parusāya vacāya
paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu avyāpan-
nacitto sammādiṭṭhiko || kiñcāpi tam mahājanakāyo saṅgam-
ma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisak-
keyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ
duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapajjatūti || atha kho so
puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
9 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkhantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāṇu-
petam saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

SN_4,42(8).7 Desanā
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati Pāvā-
rikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā sabba-
pāṇabhūtahitānukampī² viharatīti || ||
Evaṃ gāmaṇi tathāgato sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī²
viharatīti || ||
4 Atha kiñcarahi bhante Bhagavā ekaccānaṃ sakkaccaṃ
dhammaṃ deseti || ekaccānaṃ no tathā sakkaccaṃ dham-
maṃ desetīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pañjalikāparisakkana-
2 S1-3 -bhūte-

[page 315]
XLII. 7. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 315
Tena hi gāmaṇi taṃ yevettha patipucchissāmi || yathā te
khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || || Idha kassakassa gaha-
patino tīṇi khettāni ekam khettam aggam ekaṃ khettam
majjhimam¹ ekaṃ khettaṃ hīnam jaṅgalam ūsaram pāpa-
bhūmikaṃ ||² taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi asu kassako gaha-
pati bījāni patiṭṭhāpetukāmo kattha pathamam patiṭṭhā-
peyya ||³ yaṃ vā aduṃ khettam aggaṃ yaṃ vā aduṃ
khettaṃ majjhimaṃ yaṃ vā aduṃ khettaṃ hīnam jaṅga-
lam ūsaram pāpabhūminti || ||
Asu bhante kassako gahapati bījāni patiṭṭhāpetukāmo
yam aduṃ khettam aggaṃ tattha patiṭṭhāpeyya || tattha⁴
patiṭṭhāpetvā yam aduṃ khettam majjhimam tattha patiṭ-
ṭhāpeyya || tattha patiṭṭhāpetvā yam aduṃ khettaṃ hīnam
jaṅgalam ūsaram pāpabhūmi⁵ tattha patiṭṭhāpeyya pi no
pi patiṭṭhāpeyya || taṃ kissa hetu || antamaso gobhattam pi
bhavissatīti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yaṃ aduṃ khettam aggam eva-
meva mayham⁶ bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo || tesāhaṃ dhammaṃ
desemi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇam⁷ pariyosānakalyā-
ṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham
brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || ete hi
gamaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtāṇā maṃsaraṇā viha-
ranti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yam aduṃ khettam majjhimam
evam eva mayham upāsakā upāsikāyo tesam pāhaṃ⁸
dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇam majjhe kalyāṇam pariyo-
sānakalyāṇam sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam
parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa
hetu || ete hi gāmaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtāṇā maṃsa-
raṇā viharanti || ||
8 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yam aduṃ khettaṃ hīnaṃ jaṅgā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 majjham always
2 B1-2 -bhūmi
3 S1-3 patiṭṭhap- . . . always; B1 sometimes
4 Missing in B2
5 S1-3 -bhūmaṃ
6 Missing in B1
7 majjhe ka- is missing in B1
8 S1-3 paham; S1 aham

[page 316]
316 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 7. 9
lam ūsaram pāpabhumi¹ evam eva mayham aññatitthiyā
samaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā || tesam pāham dhammaṃ de-
semi ādikalyānaṃ majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosānakalyānam
sāttham savyañjanam kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham
brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || appeva
nāma ekapadam² pi ājāneyyuṃ taṃ³ nesam assa dīgha-
rattaṃ⁴ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi purisassa tayo udakamaṇikā || eko
udakamaṇiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri || eko udakamaṇiko
acchiddo hāri parihāri || eko udakamaṇiko chiddo hāri pari-
hāri || || Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi asu puriso udakaṃ
nikkhipitukāmo kattha pathamam nikkhipeyya || yo vā so
udakamaṇiko acchiddo ahārī aparihārī yo vā so⁵ udaka-
maṇiko acchiddo hāri parihārī yo vā so udakamaṇiko chiddo
hārī parihārī ti || ||
Asu bhante puriso udakaṃ nikkhipitukāmo yo so udaka-
maṇiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri tattha nikkhipeyya ||
tattha nikkhipetvā || yo so udakamaṇiko acchiddo hārī
parihārī tattha nikkhipeyya || tattha nikkhipitvā⁶ yo so
udakamaṇiko chiddo hārī parihāri tattha nikkhipeyyāpi
no pi nikkhipeyya⁷ || || Taṃ kissa hetu || antamaso bhaṇ-
ḍadhovanam pi bhavissatī ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yo so udakamaṇiko acchiddo
ahārī aparihārī evam evam mayham bhikkhu-bhikkhu-
niyo⁸ tesāhaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇanam majjhe
kalyāṇaṃ pariyosāṇakalyāṇam sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ keva-
laparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃ-
tāṇā maṃsaraṇā viharanti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yo so udakamaṇḍiko acchiddo
hārī parihārī evam eva mayham upāsaka-upāsikāyo tesaṃ⁹

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -bhumaṃ
2 B1 ekaṃ padam
3 S1-3 yaṃ
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 eko instead of yo vā so
6 S1-3 have --pe-- instead of yo so . . . nikkhipitvā
7 S1-3 nikkhipeyyāti no nikkhipeyya
8 S1-3 omit mayham and S3 omits bhikkhu
9 B1 tesāhaṃ instead of tesam paham

[page 317]
XLII. 8. 4] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 317
pahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇam majjhe kalyāṇam
pariyosanakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalapari-
puṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taṃ
kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaṇi maṃdīpā maṃleṇā maṃtānā
maṃsaraṇā viharanti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi yo so udakamaṇiko chiddo hārī
parihārī evam eva mayham aññatitthiyā samaṇabrāhmaṇā
paribbājakā tesam pahaṃ¹ dhammaṃ desemi ādikalyāṇaṃ
majjhe kalyāṇam pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sāttham savyañ-
janaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇam parisuddham brahmacariyam
pakāsemi || || Taṃ kissa hetu || appeva nāma ekapadam
ājāneyyuṃ || taṃ² nesam assa³ dīgharattam hitāya sukhā-
yāti || ||
13 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante ||
pe || upāsakam maṃ Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaṃ
saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_4,42(8).8 Saṅkha
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati Pāvāri-
kambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Nigaṇṭhasāvako
yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Asibandhakaputtam gā-
maṇim Bhagavā etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho gāmaṇi
Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desetī ti || ||
4 Evam kho bhante Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto sāvakānaṃ
dhammaṃ deseti || || Yo koci pāṇam atimāpeti sabbo so
āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so
āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so
āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so āpāyiko
nerayiko || yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ viharati tena tena
niyyatī ti⁴ || || Evaṃ kho bhante Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto
sāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ desetī ti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 tesāhaṃ as before
2 S1-3 yaṃ
3 Missing in B1
4 S1-3 niyyātīti

[page 318]
318 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 5
tena niyyatī ti || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko
bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi yo so puriso pāṇātipātī
rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo
bahutaro samayo yaṃ vā¹ so pāṇam atimāpeti yaṃ vā so
pāṇaṃ nātimāpetī ti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso pāṇātipātī rattiyā vā divasassa vā
samayā² samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so
pāṇam atimāpeti || atha kho so va³ bahutaro samayo yaṃ
so pāṇaṃ nātimāpetī ti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena
tena niyyatī ti⁴ || || Evaṃ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko
bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
6 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || yo so puriso adinnādāyī
rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo
bahutaro samayo yaṃ vā so adinnam ādiyati yaṃ vā so
adinnaṃ nādiyatī ti || ||
Yo so bhante pa puriso adinnādāyī rattiyā vā divasassa
vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so
adinnam ādiyati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaṃ
so adinnaṃ nādiyatī ti ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulaṃ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena
tena niyyatī ti⁵ || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko
bhavissati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
7 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi || yo so puriso kāmesu
micchācārī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upā-
dāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaṃ vā so kāmesu micchā
carati yaṃ vā so kāmesu micchā na caratīti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso kāmesu micchācarī rattiyā vā diva-
sassa vā samayā samayaṃ upādāya appataro so samayo
yaṃ so kāmesu micchā carati || atha kho so va bahutaro
samayo yaṃ so kāmesu micchā na caratīti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulañca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1
3 B1 sveva here and further on
4 S1-3 nīyatī ti
5 S1-3 nīyati ti

[page 319]
XLII. 8. 10] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 319
niyyatī ti || || Evaṃ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavis-
sati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nātāputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
8 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || yo so puriso musāvādī
rattiyā va divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo
bahutaro samayo || yaṃ vā so musā bhaṇati yaṃ vā so musā
na bhaṇatī ti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso musāvādi rattiyā vā divasassa vā
samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaṃ so
musā bhaṇati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaṃ so
musā na bhanatī ti || ||
Yam bahulaṃ yam bahulañ ca gāmaṇi viharati tena tena
niyyatī ti || || Evaṃ sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavis-
sati || yathā Nigaṇṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa vacanaṃ || ||
9 Idha gāmaṇi ekacco satthā evaṃvādī hoti evaṃdiṭṭhi || ||
Yo¹ koci paṇam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo
koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci
kāmesu micchā carati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci
musā bhāṇati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || tasmiṃ kho
pana gāmaṇi satthari sāvako abhippasanno hoti || ||
10 Tassa evam hoti || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī
evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo koci paṇam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko
nerayiko ti || atthi kho pana mayā² pāṇo atimāpito Aham
pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti³ diṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhati || taṃ
gāmaṇi⁴ vacam appahāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ
diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā hataṃ⁵ nikkhitto evam
niraye || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo
koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || || atthi
kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam⁶ aham pamhi āpāyiko
nerayiko ti diṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhati || taṃ gāmaṇi vācam appa-
hāya taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā
yathā hatam nikkhitto evaṃ niraye || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā
evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Yo koci kāmesu micchā carati sabbo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 yoyo
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S3 omits ti; S1 has nerayito nerayito ti
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1-2 bhataṃ always; S1 once; S3 thrice
6 Missing in B2; B1 ādiyi

[page 320]
320 GĀMANI SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 11
so āpāyiko nerayikoti || atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu
micchā ciṇṇam¹ aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diṭṭhim
patilabhati || taṃ gāmaṇi vācam appahāya taṃ cittam appa-
hāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā hataṃ nikkhitto
evaṃ niraye || || Mayhaṃ kho satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi
Yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayikoti || atthi
kho pana mayā musā bhaṇitam aham pamhi āpāyiko nera-
yiko ti || diṭṭhim paṭilabhati || tam gāmaṇi vācam appahāya
taṃ cittam appahāya taṃ diṭṭhim appaṭinissajjitvā yathā
hatam nikkhitto evaṃ niraye || ||
11 Idha pana gāmaṇi tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū
anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ
buddho bhagavā || so anekapariyāyena pāṇātipātaṃ gara-
hati vigarahati Pāṇātipātā viramathā ti āha || adinnādānaṃ
garahati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathā ti cāha || kāmesu
micchācāraṃ garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācarā vira-
mathā ti cāha || musāvādaṃ garahati vigarahati Musāvādā
viramathā ti cāha || tasmiṃ kho pana gāmaṇi satthari
sāvako abhippasanno hoti || so iti paṭisañcikkhati || ||
12 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena pāṇātipātaṃ garahati
vigarahati Pāṇātipātā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho pana
mayā pāṇo atimāpito yāvatako vā tāvatako vā || taṃ na
suṭṭhu taṃ na sādhu || ahaṃ ceva kho pana tappaccayā
vippaṭisārī assaṃ || na me taṃ pāpakammam² akatam
bhavissatīti || so iti paṭisaṅkhāya taṃ ceva pāṇātipātām
pajahati || āyatiṃ ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti || evam
etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
13 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena adinnādānaṃ gara-
hati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho
pana mayā adinnam adinnaṃ yāvatakam vā tāvatakaṃ vā ||
yaṃ kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam yāvatakaṃ vā
tāvatakaṃ vā taṃ na suṭṭhu taṃ na sādhu || ahaṃ ceva kho
pana tappaccayā vippaṭisārī assaṃ na me tam pāpa-
kammam³ akatam bhavissatīti || so iti paṭisaṅkhāya tañceva

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 micchācārā ciṇṇā
2 S1-3 pāpaṃ-
3 S3 pāpakaṃkammaṃ

[page 321]
XLII. 8. 16] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 321
adinnādānam pajahati || āyatiñca adinnādānā paṭivirato
hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa pahānaṃ hoti ||
evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
14 Bhagavā kho pana¹ anekapariyāyena kāmesu
micchācāram garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācārā
viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu
micchāciṇṇaṃ² yāvatakaṃ vā tāvatakaṃ vā || yaṃ kho
pana mayā kāmesu micchāciṇṇaṃ yāvatakaṃ vā tāva-
takaṃ vā taṃ na suṭṭhu taṃ na sādhu ahañ ceva³ kho
pana tappaccayā vippaṭisārī assaṃ na me tam pāpakam-
mam⁴ akatam bhavissatīti || so iti paṭisaṅkāya taṃ ceva
kāmesu micchācāram pajahati || āyatiṃ ca kāmesu micchā-
cārā pātivirato hoti || || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa
pahānaṃ hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatik-
kamo hoti || ||
15 Bhagavā kho pana⁵ anekapariyāyena musāvādaṃ
garahati vigarahati Musāvādā viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi
kho pana mayā musābhaṇitam yāvatakam vā tāvatakaṃ
vā || yaṃ kho pana mayā musābhaṇitaṃ yāvatakaṃ vā
tāvatakaṃ vā taṃ na suṭṭhu na sādhu || ahañceva kho pana
tappaccayā vippatisārī assaṃ na me tam pāpakammam
akatam bhavissatī ti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya taṃ ceva
musāvādam pajahati āyatiṃ ca musāvādā paṭivirato hoti ||
evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
16 So pāṇātipātam pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti ||
adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti || kāmesu
micchācāram pahāya kāmesu micchācārā paṭivirato hoti ||
musāvādam pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti || pisu-
ṇaṃ vācam pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti ||
pharusaṃ vācam pahāya pharusāya vācāya⁶ paṭivirato
hoti || || Samphappalāpam pahāya samphappalāpā paṭi-
virato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhijjālu hoti vyāpadapa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 micchācārā ciṇṇā as before
3 S1-3 ahaṃ eva
4 S3 pāpakamkammam as before
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 have as before pisuṇā-pharusāvācaṃ pisuṇāpharusāvācā

[page 322]
322 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 17
dosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti || micchādiṭṭhim¹ pahāya
sammādiṭṭhiko hoti || || Sa² kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako
evam vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuḷho sampajāno
patissato mettāsahagatena³ cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā
viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ || tathā tatiyaṃ || tathā catuttham
iti uddham adho tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbā-
vantam lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahag-
gatena appamaṇena averena avyāpajjhena⁴ pharitvā viha-
rati || ||
17 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi balavā saṅkhadhamo appakasi-
reṇeva catuddisā viññāpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaṇi evam
bhāvitāya mettāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulīkatāya yam
pamāṇakatam kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati na taṃ
tatrāvatiṭṭhati || sa kho so⁵ gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ
vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patis-
sato karuṇāsahagatena cetasā⁶ || mudita⁷ || upekkhāsaha-
gatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaṃ || tathā tatiyaṃ || tatha catuttham iti uddham adho
tiriyaṃ sabbādhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upek-
khāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena
avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
18 Seyyathāpi gāmaṇi baḷavā saṅkhadhamo appakasire-
neva⁸ catuddisā viññāpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaṇi evam
bhavitāya upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulikatāya
yam pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ na taṃ tatrāvasissati na taṃ
tatrāvatiṭṭhatī ti || ||
19 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmani Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante ||
pe || ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti || ||

SN_4,42(8).9 Kulam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno
mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena Nāḷandā tād-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 diṭṭhī
2 B2 inserts ce
3 S1-3 mettāyā
4 B1-2 avyāpajjena always
5 B1 seems to have bho
6 S1-3 insert --pe--; B2 vipulenamahaggatena || pa ||
7 S1-3 insert sahagatena cetasā
8 S1-3 -sireṇa

[page 323]
XLII. 9. 6] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 323
avasāri || tatra sudam Bhagavā Nālandāyaṃ viharati
Pāvarikambavane || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Nālandā dubbhikkhā hoti
dvīhitikā¹ setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto Nāḷan-
dāyaṃ paṭivasati mahatiyā Nigaṇṭhaparisāya saddhiṃ || ||
4 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto² gāmaṇi nigaṇṭhasāvako
yena Nigaṇṭho Naṭaputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Nigaṇṭhaṃ Nātaputtam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Asibandhakaputtaṃ
gāmaniṃ Nigaṇṭho Nāṭaputto etad avoca || || Ehi tvaṃ
gāmani samaṇassa Gotamassa vādam āropehi evaṃ te
kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchissati || Asibandhakaputtena
gāmaṇinā samaṇassa Gotamassa evam mahiddhikassa
evam mahānubhāvassa vādo āropito ti || ||
Katham panāham bhante samaṇassa Gotamassa evam
mahiddhikassa evam mahānubhāvassa vādam āropessāmī
ti³ || ||
6 Ehi tvaṃ gāmaṇi yena samano Gotamo tenupasaṅ-
kami⁴ || upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ vadehi ||
Nanu bhante Bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānam anuda-
yaṃ vaṇṇeti anurakkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇṇetī
ti || || Sace kho gāmaṇi samaṇo Gotamo evam puṭṭho evaṃ
vyākaroti || Evam gāmaṇi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulā-
nam anudayaṃ vaṇṇeti anurukkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ
vaṇṇetī ti || tam enaṃ vadeyyāsi || || Atha kiñcarahi bhante
Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvīhitike setaṭṭhike salākāvutte ma-
hatā⁵ bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carati || ucche-
dāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulā-
nam paṭipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno
ti || || Imaṃ kho te gāmaṇi samaṇo Gotamo ubhatokoṭi-
kaṃ⁶ pañham puṭṭho neva sakkhati uggilituṃ neva
sakkhati ogilituṃ⁷ ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 dūhi-; S3 dūhī-; further on dūhī
2 S1-3 asibaddha- as before, always
3 B1-2 āropemīti
4 So all the MSS.
5 S1 mahā; S3 mahātā
6 B2 koṭiyam
7 S1-3 intervert uggi-ogilituṃ

[page 324]
324 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 9. 7
7 Evam bhante ti kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Nigaṇ-
ṭhassa Nāṭaputtassa paṭisutvā uṭṭhāyasanā Nigaṇṭhaṃ
Nātaputtam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena Bha-
gavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā aneka-
pariyāyena kulānaṃ anudayam vaṇṇeti anurakkhaṃ vaṇ-
ṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇṇetī ti || ||
Evaṃ gāmaṇi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulānam
anudayaṃ vaṇṇeti anurakkhaṃ vaṇṇeti anukampaṃ vaṇ-
ṇetī ti || ||
Atha kiñcarahi bhante Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvīhitike¹
setaṭṭhike salākāvutte mahatā² bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ
cārikaṃ carati || ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno
anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā
kulānam paṭipanno ti || ||
9 Ito so gāmaṇi ekanavutikappo³ yaṃ aham anussarāmi
nābhijānāmi kiñci kulam pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena⁴
upahatapubbaṃ || atha kho yāni tāni kulāni aḍḍhāni
mahaddhanāni mahābhogāni pahūtajātarūparajatāni pahū-
tavittupakaraṇāni pahūtadhanadhaññāni || sabbāni tāni
dānasambhūtāni ceva saccasambhūtāni ca saññamasam-
bhūtāni⁵ ca || ||
10 Aṭṭha kho⁶ gāmaṇi hetu aṭṭha paccayā⁷ kulānam
upaghātāya || rājato vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || corato
vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || aggito vā kulāni upaghā-
taṃ gacchanti || udakato vā kulāni upaghātaṃ gacchanti ||
nihitaṃ vā nādhigacchanti⁸ || duppayuttā vā kammantaṃ
jahanti⁹ || kule¹⁰ va kulaṅgāroti¹¹ uppajjati¹² || yo te bhoge

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 dūhi-; S3 dūhi-
2 S1-3 mahā
3 B1-2 -kappe
4 S1-3 -bhikkhā anuppa-
5 B1-2 sāmañña (B2 -ññaṃ)
6 Missing in B1
7 B2 Atha kho gāmaṇi aṭṭha hetu aṭṭha paccayā
8 B1-2 nihitaṃvā ṭhānāvi (B1 dhi) gacchati
9 B1-2 kammantā vipajjanti
10 S1-3 kulānaṃ
11 S3-B2 omit ti
12 B1-2 upapajjati

[page 325]
XLII. 10. 5] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 325
vikirati vidhamati viddhaṃseti aniccatā yeva aṭṭhamī ti || ||
Ime kho gāmaṇi aṭṭha hetu aṭṭha paccayā kulānam
upaghātāya || ||
11 Imesu¹ kho gāmaṇi aṭṭhasu² hetūsu aṭṭhasu² pac-
cayesu santesu³ saṃvijjamānesu yo mam evaṃ vadeyya
Ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭipanno anayāya Bhagavā
kulānam paṭipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paṭi-
panno ti || taṃ gāmaṇi vācam appahāya taṃ cittam appa-
hāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ apaṭinissajjitvā yathāhataṃ⁴ nikkhitto
evam niraye ti || ||
12 Evaṃ vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam
Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||

SN_4,42(8).10 Maṇiculam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena rājantepure rājaparisāyaṃ⁵
sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam antarākathā uda-
pādi || || Kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jātarūpajā-
taṃ || sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ || paṭi-
gaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajatanti || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena Maṇicūḷako⁶ gāmaṇi tassam
parisāyam nisinno hoti || ||
4 Atha kho Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi tam parisam etad avoca ||
Mā ayyā evam avacuttha || na kappati samaṇānam sakya-
puttiyānaṃ jātarūparajataṃ || na sādiyanti samaṇā sakya-
puttiyā jātarūparajataṃ || na paṭigaṇhanti samanā sakya-
puttiyā jātarūparajataṃ || nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā
sakyaputtiyā apetajātarūparajatā ti || || Asakkhi kho Maṇi-
cūlako gāmaṇi tam parisaṃ saññāpetuṃ⁷ || ||
5 Atha kho Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā eka-
mantaṃ nisīdi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 ime
2 S1-3 omit su
3 Missing in B1-2
4 S1 B1 -bhataṃ; B2 -ataṃ
5 B1-2 -parisāya
6 S3 -cūlako always
7 S1-3 saññapetuṃ always

[page 326]
326 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 10. 6
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante rājantepure rājapari-
sāyaṃ¹ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā
udapādi || || Kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jatarū-
parajataṃ || sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparaja-
taṃ || paṭigaṇhantisamaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajatanti || ||
Evaṃvutte aham² bhante tam parisam etad avoca || Mā
ayyā³ evam avacuttha || na kappati samaṇānam sakyaput-
tiyānam jātarūparajataṃ || na sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaput-
tiyā jātarūparajataṃ || na patigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaput-
tiyā jātarūparajataṃ || nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā
sakyaputtiyā apetajātarūparajatā ti || || Asakkhim khvā-
ham⁴ bhante tam parisaṃ {saññāpetuṃ} || ||
7 Kaccāham bhante evam vyākaramāno vuttavādī ceva
Bhagavato homi || na ca⁵ Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācik-
khāmi || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyakāromi na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo⁶ gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchatī
ti ||
Taggha tvam gāmaṇi evam vyākaramāno vuttvavādī ceva
me hosi⁷ na ca mam abhūtena abbhācikkhasi || dhammassa
cānudhammaṃ vyākarosi na ca koci sahadhammiko vādā-
nuvādo garayham ṭhānam āgacchati || ||
8 Na hi gāmaṇi kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ
jātarūparajataṃ || na sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarū-
parajataṃ || na paṭigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jatarūpa-
rajataṃ || na paṭigaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūpara-
jataṃ || nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā apeta-
jātarūparajatā || || Yassa kho gāmaṇi jātarūparajataṃ kap-
pati pañca pi tassa kāmaguṇā kappanti || yassa pañca kāma-
guṇā kappanti ekaṃsenetaṃ gāmaṇi dhāreyyāsi asamaṇa-
dhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti || ||
9 Apicāhaṃ gāmaṇi evam vadāmi || || Tiṇaṃ tiṇatthi-
kena pariyesitabbaṃ || dāruṃ dārutthikena pariyesitabbam ||
sakaṭaṃ sakaṭatthikena pariyesitabbam || puriso purisat-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -parisāya
2 S1-3 vuttāham
3 B1 ayyo; B2 ayye
4 S1-3 khohaṃ
5 S1 inserts maṃ
6 S1-3 vādānupāto
7 B1 ahosi

[page 327]
XLII. 11. 5] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 327
thikena pariyesitabbo || na tvevāhaṃ gāmaṇi kenaci pari-
yāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbam pariyesitabban ti
vadāmī ti || ||

SN_4,42(8).11 Bhadra (or Bhagandha-Haṭṭhaha)
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Malatesu¹ viharati Uruvela-
kappaṃ² nāma Malatānaṃ³ nigamo || ||
2 Atha kho Bhadragako⁴ gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Bhadragako gāmaṇi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā duk-
khassa samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca desetū ti || ||
Ahaṃ ce⁵ te gāmaṇi atītam addhānam ārabbha duk-
khassa samudayañca atthagamañca deseyyam Evam
ahosi atītam addhānanti || tatra te siyā kaṅkhā siyā vi-
mati || || Ahaṃ ce te gāmaṇi anāgatam addhānam ārabbha
dukkhassa samudayaṃ ca atthagamaṃ ca deseyyaṃ
Evaṃ bhavissati anāgatam addhānanti || tatrāpi te siyā
kaṅkhā siyā vimati || || Api cāham gāmaṇi idheva nisinno
ettheva te nisinnassa dukkhassa samudayañca atthaga-
mañca desissāmi || taṃ suṇohi sādhukam manasi karohi
bhāsissāmī ti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho Bhadragako gāmaṇi Bhagavato
paccassosi || ||
4 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi
atthi te Uruvelakappe manussā yesaṃ te vadhena vā
bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ sokapari-
devadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
5 Atthi pana te gāmaṇi Uruvelakappe manussā yasaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 mallesu; B2 pallesu
2 S3 -velā- here only; B1 -veḷa- always
3 B1-2 mallānam; B2 malānaṃ
4 S1 bhadragako (here -to); S3 bhadrako; B2 gandhagato;
B1 gandhabhāvo always
5 B1-3 ca
5 B1-3 ca

[page 328]
328 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 11. 6
te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppaj-
jeyyuṃ sokaparideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsāti || ||
Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppaj-
jeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti ||
6 Ko nu kho gāmani hetu ko paccayo yena te ekaccānam
Uruvelakappiyānam¹ manussānaṃ vadhena vā bandhena
vā jāniyā garahāyavā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhado-
manassupāyāsā || ko vā² gāmaṇi hetu ko paccayo yena te
ekaccānam Uruvelakappiyānam manussānaṃ vadhena vā
bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya va nuppajjeyyuṃ sokapari-
devadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
Yesam me bhante Uruvelakappiyānam manussānam
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || atthi me tesu
chandarāgo || || Yesam pana me bhante Uruvelakappiyā-
naṃ manussānaṃ vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā gara-
hāya vā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā || natthi me tesu chandarāgo ti || ||
[Atthi me tesu chanda-] ³ Natthi me tesu chandarāgoti
iminā tvaṃ gāmani dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena
pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgate nayaṃ nehi⁴ || yaṃ kho
kiñci atītam addhānaṃ dukkham⁵ uppajjamānam uppajjati
sabbaṃ taṃ chandamūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || chando hi
mūlaṃ dukkhassa || || Yam pi hi kiñci anāgatam addhānam
dukkham⁶ uppajjamānam uppajjissati || sabbaṃ taṃ chanda-
mūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || chando hi mūlaṃ dukkhassāti || ||
Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitaṃ
idam bhante⁷ Bhagavatā || || Yam kiñci dukkham uppajja-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -kappānam always
2 S1-3 pana; B2 nu kho vā
3 To be found only in S1, where the text seems to be here
somewhat disordered
4 So B1; S1-3 yeneha; B2 nayapihi (?) very scratched,
the following yaṃ having disappeared
5 S3 dukkhā (S1 dukkhaṃ)
6 S1 dukkhā (S3 dukkhaṃ)
7 Instead of idam bhante B1-2 have cidaṃ (B2 ciraṃ) tena

[page 329]
XLII. 11. 10] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 329
mānaṃ uppajjati sabbaṃ taṃ chandamūlakaṃ chandani-
dānaṃ || chando hi mūlaṃ dukkhassāti¹ || ||
7 Atthi me bhante Ciravasī nāma kumāro bahi-āvasathe
paṭivasati || So khvāham bhante kālasseva vuṭṭhāya purisam
uyyojemi² Gaccha bhaṇe Ciravasiṃ kumāraṃ jānāhīti ||
yāva kīvañca bhante so puriso nāgacchati || tassa me hoteva
aññathattam Mā heva Ciravasissa kumārassa kiñci ābādha-
yessati³ || ||
8 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi Ciravāsissa te⁴ kumārassa
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuṃ
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Ciravāsissa me bhante kumārassa vadhena vā bandhena
vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā jīvitassa pi siyā aññathattam kim
pana me⁵ nupajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassa-
pāyāsāti || ||
Iminā pi⁶ kho etaṃ⁷ gāmaṇi pariyāyena veditabbaṃ ||
Yam kiñci dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaṃ
chandamūḷakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || chando hi mūlam duk-
khassa⁸ || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmani || yadā te Ciravāsissa⁹
mātā adiṭṭhā ahosi¹⁰ asutā ahosi || te¹¹ Civarasissa⁹ mātuyā
chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Dassanaṃ vā te gāmani āgamma savanaṃ vā te gāmaṇi
āgamma¹² evaṃ te ahosi Ciravāsissa⁹ mātuyā chando vā
rāgo yā pemaṃ vā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi Ciravasissa¹³ mātuyā te
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjey-
yuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dukkhassa
2 B1 uyyojesiṃ
3 S1-3 -yitthāti; B2 -yathāti
4 Missing in B1-2
5 S1-3 panime
6 Missing in B1-2
7 S3 evaṃ
8 B1-2 dukkhassāti
9 B1-2 ciravāsi
10 S1-3 āsi
11 Missing in S1-3
12 B1-2 omit te gāmaṇi āgamma
13 S1 Ciravassi; B1-2 ciravāsi

[page 330]
330 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 11. 1
Ciravāsimātuyā¹ me bhante vadhena vā bandhena vā
jāniyā vā garahāya vā jīvitassa pi siyā aññathattam kim
pane me nuppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupā-
yāsāti || ||
11 Iminā pi² kho etam gāmaṇi pariyāyena veditabbaṃ
yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaṃ
chandamūlakaṃ chandanidānaṃ || Chando hi mūlaṃ
dukkhassā ti || ||

SN_4,42(8).12 Rāsiyo
3 Atha kho Rāsiyo gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Rāsiyo gāmaṇi Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sutaṃ me taṃ³ bhante Samaṇo
Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lūkhajī-
vim ekaṃsena upavadati upakkosatī ti || || Ye te bhante
evam ahaṃsu || Samaṇo Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ gaharati
sabbaṃ tapassiṃ lūkhajīvim ekaṃsena upavadati uppako-
satī ti || kacci te bhante Bhagavato vuttavādino na ca Bha-
gavantam abhūtena abbhācikkhantī dhammānudhammaṃ⁴
vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo⁵ gāray-
haṃ ṭhānam āgacchatī ti || ||
Ye te gāmaṇi evam ahaṃsu || Samaṇo Gotamo sab-
baṃ tapaṃ garahati sabbam tapassiṃ lūkhajīvim ekaṃ-
sena upavadati upakkosatīti || na me te vuttavādino
abbhācikkhanti ca pana maṃ te asatā⁶ abhūtena || ||

I
4 Dve me gāmaṇi antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā || yo
cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothuj-
janiko anariyo anatthasaṃhito || yo cāyam attakilamathānu-
yogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito || ete te gāmaṇi ubho
ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Ciravassi-
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 sutametam
4 B1-2 dhammassa cānudhammaṃ
5 S1-3 vādānupāto
6 B1 inserts tucchā; S1-3 asatābhūtena (S3- bhu-)

[page 331]
XLII. 12. 10] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 331
sambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiñ-
ñāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati || ||
5 Katamā ca sā gāmaṇi majjhimā patipaṭipadā tathāga-
tena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya
abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saṃvattati} || ayam eva
ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo || seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi majjhimā paṭipadā
tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī
upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saṃvattati} ||

II
6 Tayo me gāmaṇi kāmabhogino santo saṃvijjamānā
lokasmiṃ || katame tayo || ||

(I)
7 Idha gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge pa-
riyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena
na attānaṃ sukheti¹ pīṇeti² na saṃvibhajati³ na puññāni
karoti || ||

(II)
8 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī adhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
sāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puñ-
ñāni karoti || ||

(III)
9 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāma bhogī adhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
sāhasena attānam sukheti pīṇeti {saṃvibhajati} puññāni
karoti || ||

(IV)
10 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dham-
mādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts na
2 B1-2 piṇeti; S3 pinoti here only
3 S1-3 saṃvibhajjati always

[page 332]
332 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 11
na attānaṃ sukheti¹ piṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni
karoti || ||

(V)
11 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammā-
dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi
attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni
karoti || ||

(VI)
12 Idha pana gāmani ekacco kāmabhogī dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammā-
dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi
attānam sukheti pīneti {saṃvibhajati} puññāni karoti || ||

(VII)
13 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena na attānam sukheti² pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na
puññāni karoti || ||

(VIII)
14 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puñ-
ñāni karoti || ||

(IX)
15 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni
karoti || te ca³ bhoge gadhito⁴ mucchito ajjhapaṇṇo⁵ anā-
dīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||

(X)
16 Idha pana ekacco kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts na
2 B1 inserts na
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 gathito always
5 B1-2 -panno

[page 333]
XLII. 12. 19] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 333
sena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti ||
te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpaṇṇo ādīnavadas-
sāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||

III
(I)
17 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāha-
sena attānam na¹ sukheti² pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na
puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi
garayho || || Katamehi tīhi gārayho || Adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena
gārayho || || Na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā
tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||

(II)
18 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāha-
sena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni
karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ||
ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gāray-
ho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā patha-
mena ṭhānena gārayho || Na saṃvibhajati na puññāni³
karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamena
ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || Attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā
ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho
iminā ekena ṭhānena pasaṃso || ||

(III)
19 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam⁴ kāmabhogī adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 na attānaṃ
2 B1 inserts na
3 S1-3 puññā
4 S1 yo yaṃ; the paragraph is missing (till dvīhi ṭhānehi pasaṃso)
in S3

[page 334]
334 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 20
sena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti ||
ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena gārayho dvīhi
ṭhanehi pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena garayho ||
Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā ekena ṭhā-
nena gārayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhanehi pāsaṃso || Attā-
naṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
Saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena
{pāsaṃso} || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho
imehi¹ dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || ||

(IV)
20 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāpi asāhasenāpi || dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi na attā-
naṃ sukheti² pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti ||
ayam gāmaṇi kāmabhogī ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso tīhi
ṭhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā ekena
ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || || Katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ||
adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena
ṭhānena gārayho || na attānaṃ² sukheti³ pīṇetī ti iminā
dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni
karoti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmani kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
imehi tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||

(V)
21 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesitvā sahāsena pi asāhasena pi attānaṃ
sukheti pīṇeti na {saṃvibhajati} na puññāni karoti || ayaṃ
gāmaṇi kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dvīhi ṭhānehi
gārayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena
pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 inserts na

[page 335]
XLII. 12. 23] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 335
pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || adhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhanena
gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti iminā duti-
yena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso
imehi dvīhi ṭhanehi gārayho || ||

(VI)
22 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammā-
dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi
attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti || ayaṃ
gāmaṇi kāmabhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena
gārayho || || Katamehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ṭhānena
pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena
pāsaṃso || saṃvibhajati puññāni karotīti iminā tatiyena
ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena garayho ||
adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā ti iminā ekena
ṭhānena gārayho ||

(VII)
23 Tatra kho gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena na attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na
puññāni karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī ekena ṭhanena
pāsaṃso || dvīhi ṭhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena
ṭhānena pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhase-
nāti || iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi
ṭhānehi gārayho || na attānaṃ sukheti¹ pīṇetīti² iminā
pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni
karotīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayam gāmaṇi kāmabhogī iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts na
2 B1 pineti

[page 336]
336 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 24

(VIII)
24 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam¹ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-
sena attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti na saṃvibhajati na puññāni
karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī kāmabhogī dvīhi ṭhānehi
pāsaṃso || ekena ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi
pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā
pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti
iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamena ekena
ṭhānena gārayho || na saṃvibhajati na puññāni karotīti
iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmani kāmabhogī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena gārayho || ||

(IX)
25 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-
sena attānam sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti ||
te ca² bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhāpanno anādīnavadas-
sāvī anissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāma-
bhogī tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso ekena ṭhānena gārayho || || Ka-
temehi tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati
asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ
sukheti pīṇetīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || saṃvi-
bhajati puññāni karotīti || iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Katamena ekena ṭhānena gārayho || te ca bhoge gadhito
mucchito ajjhāpanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño
paribhuñjatīti iminā ekena ṭhānena garayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāmabhogī imehi tīhi thānehi pāsaṃso ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena garayho || ||

(X)
26 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam kāmabhogī dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-
senā attānam sukheti pīṇeti saṃvibhajati puññāni karoti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yovāyaṃ (or yocāyaṃ)
2 Missing in S1-3

[page 337]
XLII. 12. 29] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 337
te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadas-
sāvī¹ nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi kāma-
bhogī catūhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || || Katamehi catūhi ṭhānehi
pāsaṃso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā
pathamena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetī ti
iminā dutiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || saṃvibhajati puññāni
karotīti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || te ca bhoge
agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissara-
ṇapañño paribuñjatīti iminā catutthena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmani kāmabhogī imehi catūhi ṭhānehi
pāsaṃso || ||

IV
27 Tayo me gāmaṇi tapassino lūkhajīvino² santo saṃ-
vijjamānā lokasmiṃ || katame tayo || ||

(I)
28 Idha gāmaṇi ekacco tapassī lūkhajīvī³ saddhā agā-
rasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalaṃ
dhammam adhigaccheyyam appeva nāma uttarimanussa-
dhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikareyyanti || ||
So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalañca dhammaṃ nādhi-
gacchati || uttarimanussadhammā⁴ alam ariyañāṇadassana-
visesaṃ na sacchikaroti || ||

(II)
29 Idha pana gāmaṇi⁵ ekacco tapassī lūkhajīvī saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusa-
lam dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma uttarima-
nussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchika-
reyyanti || so attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalañca⁶
dhammam adhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā⁷ alam
ariyañānadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikaroti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 nadīna- (by correction)
2 S1-3 lūkhājīvino; B1 lukhajīvino
3 S1-3 lūkhājīvī; (S3 -vi) always
4 B1-2 uttaricama-
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1 kusalaṃ hi kho
7 S1 uttariñca; B1-2 uttarica almost always

[page 338]
338 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 30

(III)
30 Idha pana gāmaṇi ekacco tapassī lūkhajīvī saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma
kusalaṃ dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma
uttari manussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ
sacchikareyyanti || || So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti ||
kusalañca dhammam adhigacchati || uttarimanussadhammā
alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikaroti || ||

V
(I)
31 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyaṃ tapassī lūkhajīvī attānam ātāpeti
paritāpeti || kusalañca dhammaṃ nādhigacchati uttarima-
nussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchi-
karoti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lukhajīvī tīhi ṭhānehi gārayho || ||
Katamehi tīhi ṭhanehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritā-
petīti iminā pathamena ṭhānena gārayho || kusalañ ca
dhammaṃ nādhigacchatīti iminā dutiyena ṭhānena
gārayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadas-
sanavisesaṃ na sacchikarotīti iminā tatiyena ṭhānena
gārayho || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lukhajīvī imehi tīhi ṭhānehi
gārayho || ||

(II)
32 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam tapassī lūkhajīvī attānam
ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalaṃ hi kho dhammam adhigacchati
uttarimanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na¹
sacchikaroti || ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lukhajīvi dvīhi ṭhanehi
gārayho || ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || || Katamehi dvīhi
ṭhānehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetīti iminā
pathamena ṭhānena garayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam
ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ na sacchikarotīti iminā dutiyena
ṭhānena gārayho || || Katamena ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso ||
kusalaṃ hi dhammam adhigacchatīti iminā ekena ṭhānena
pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi lūkhajīvī imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi gārayho ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1

[page 339]
XLII. 12. 36] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 339

(III)
33 Tatra gāmaṇi yvāyam tapassī lūkhajīvi attānam
ātāpeti paritāpeti kusalaṃ ca dhammam¹ adhigacchati
uttari ca dhammanussadhammā alam ariyañāṇadassanavi-
sesaṃ sacchikaroti || ayam gāmaṇi tapassī lūkhajīvī ekena
ṭhānena gārayho || dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || || Katamena
ekena ṭhānena gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetīti ||
iminā ekena ṭhānena garayho² || || Katamehi dvīhi ṭhānehi
pāsaṃso || kusalañca dhammam adhigacchatīti iminā patha-
mena ṭhanena pāsaṃso || uttariñ ca manussadhammā alam
ariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarotīti iminā dutiyena
ṭhānena pāsaṃso || ||
Ayaṃ gāmaṇi tapassī lūkhajīvi iminā ekena ṭhānena
gārayho || imehi dvīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃso || ||
VI
34 Tisso imā gāmaṇi sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipas-
sikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā viññūhi || || katamā
tisso || ||

(I)
35 Yam ratto rāgādhikaraṇam attavyābādhāya³ pi
ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || rāge pahīne nevattavyābādhāya⁴ ceteti na paravyā-
bādhāya na ubhayavyābādhāya ceteti || sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā
akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā⁵ paccattam veditabbā
viññūhi || ||

(II)
36 Yam duṭṭho dosādhikaraṇam attavyābādhāya pi
ceteti paravyābādhāya pi ceteti ubhayavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || dose pahīne nevattavyābādhāya ceteti na paravyā-
bādhāya ceteti na ubhayāvyabādhāya ceteti || sandiṭṭhikā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kusalaṃ (S1 kusala-) dhammaṃ ca
2 This phrase (attānaṃ- -gārayho) is missing in S1-3
3 B1 -vyāpādāya always
4 S1-3 neva atta-
5 B1-2 opaneyyikā

[page 340]
340 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 37
nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā
viññūhi || ||

(III)
37 Yaṃ mūḷho mohādhikaraṇam attavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || mohe pahīne nevattavyābādhāya pi¹ ceteti na para-
vyābādhāya pi¹ ceteti || na ubhayavyābādhāya pi¹ ceteti ||
sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam
veditabbā viññūhi || ||
Imā kho gāmaṇi tisso sandiṭṭhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipas-
sikā opanayikā paccattaṃ veditabbā viññūhīti || ||
38 Evaṃ vutte Rāsiyo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam
Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ ga-
tan ti || ||

SN_4,42(8).13 Pātali (or Manāpo)
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Koḷiyesu viharati Uttaram²
nāma Koḷiyānaṃ nigame³ || ||
2 Atha kho Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante Samaṇo
Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti || || Ye te bhante evam ahaṃsu
Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti || kacci te bhante Bhaga-
vato vuttavādino na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācik-
khanti || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākaronti || na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānupāto⁴ gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchati ||
anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayam bhante Bhagavantanti || ||
3 Ye te gāmaṇi evam āhaṃsu Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ
jānātīti vuttavādino ceva me te na ca mam abhūtena
abbhācikkhanti || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākaronti ||
na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam
āgacchatīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 omits pi
2 B2 uttare; S1-3 uttarakan
3 B1 nigamo
4 B2 -vādo always

[page 341]
XLII. 13. 8] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 341
4 Saccaṃ yeva kira bho mayam tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇā-
naṃ na saddahāma Samaṇo Gotamo māyaṃ jānātīti ||
Samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo māyāvīti || ||
Yo nu kho gāmaṇi evam vadeti Aham māyaṃ jānāmīti
so evaṃ vadeti Aham māyāvīti || tatheva tam Bhagavā hoti
tatheva tam sugato hotīti || || Tena hi gāmaṇi taññevettha
paṭipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā taṃ vyākarey-
yāsi || ||

I
(I)
5 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi ||¹ jānāsi tvaṃ gāmaṇi²
Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷake bhaṭe³ ti || ||
Jānāmaham bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūlake bhaṭe ti || ||
6 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || kim atthiyā Koliyānaṃ
lambacūlakā bhaṭāti || ||
Ye ca bhante Koḷiyānaṃ corā te ca paṭisedhetuṃ yāni
ca Koḷiyānam duteyyāni tāni vahātuṃ⁴ etadatthiyā⁵
bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷakā bhaṭāti⁶ ||
7 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi || jānāsi tvaṃ Koḷiyānaṃ⁷
lambacūḷake bhaṭe || silavanto vā te dussīlā⁸ vā ti || ||
Jānāmaham bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūlake bhaṭe
dussīle pāpadhamme || ye ca loke dussilā pāpadhammā
Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷakā tesam aññatarāti || ||
8 Yo nu kho gāmaṇi evam vadeyya || || Pātaliyo gāmaṇi
jānāti Koḷiyānam lambacūḷake bhaṭe dussīle pāpadhamme ||
Pāṭaliyo pi gāmaṇi dussīlo pāpadhammoti || sammā nu kho
so vadamāno vadeyya || ||
No hetam bhante || aññe bhante Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷakā
bhaṭā añño hamasmi aññathādhammā Koḷiyānam lambacū-
ḷakā bhaṭā aññathādhammo hamasmīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 inserts here jānāsigāmaṇi
2 B1-2 omit gāmaṇi
3 S1 has always bhave-bhavā
4 S1 vahātu; B1 cahātuṃ; B2 cayātuṃ
5 S1-3 etadatthāya
6 S1 bhāvāti; S3 bhaṭoti
7 B1-2 insert nigame
8 S1-3 sīlavante . . . dussīle

[page 342]
342 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 9
9 Tvaṃ hi nāma¹ gāmaṇi² lacchasi Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi
jānāti Koḷiyānaṃ lambacūḷake bhaṭe dussīle pāpadhamme
na ca³ Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi dussīlo pāpadhammoti || kasmā
tathāgato na lacchati Tathāgato māyaṃ jānāti na ca tathā-
gato māyāvīti || || Māyañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi || māyāya
ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca māyāvī kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upa-
pajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||

(II)
10 Paṇātipātañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi pāṇātipātassa
ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca pāṇātipātā kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upa-
pajjati tañca pajānāmi ||
11 Adinnādānañcāham gāmaṇi pajānāmi || adinnādānassa
ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca adinnādāyī kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upa-
pajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
12 Kāmesu micchācārañ cāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi kāmesu
micchācārassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca kāmesu
micchācārī kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātam nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
13 Musāvādañcāham gāmaṇi pajānāmi || musāvādassa ca
vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca musāvādī kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upa-
pajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
14 Pisuṇavācañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pijānāmi pasuṇavācāya⁴
ca² vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca pisunavāco⁵ kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam
upapajjati tañca pajānāmi ||
15 Pharusavācañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi pharusavācāya⁶
ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca pharusavāco⁶ kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam
upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 inserts na
3 B2 neva instead of na ca
4 S3 pisuṇā-
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 pharūsā-

[page 343]
XLII. 13. 21] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 343
16 Samphappalāpañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi samphap-
palāpassa ca vipākam || yathāpaṭipanno ca samphappalāpī
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
17 Abhijjhañcāhaṃ gāmaṇi pajānāmi abhijjhāya ca
vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca abhijjhālu kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upa-
pajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
18 Vyāpādapadosañcāham gāmani pajānāmi vyāpādapa-
dosassa ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca vyāpannacitto
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātam
nirayam upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||
19 Micchādiṭṭhiñcāham gāmaṇi pajānāmi micchādiṭṭhiyā
ca vipākaṃ || yathāpaṭipanno ca micchādiṭṭhiko kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam
upapajjati tañca pajānāmi || ||

II
20 Santi¹ gāmaṇi eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino
evam diṭṭhino Yo koci pāṇam atimāpeti sabbo so diṭṭheva
dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || yo koci
adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ
domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || yo koci kāmesu micchā-
carati sabbo so diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam
{paṭisaṃvediyati} || yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so diṭṭheva
dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||

(I)
21 Dissati kho pana gāmani idhekacco mālī kuṇḍalī²
sunhāto³ suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikamehi⁴ rājā-
maññe paricārento || tam⁵ ekam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam
puriso kim akāsi mālī kuṇḍalī⁶ sunhāto suvilitto kappi-
takesamassu itthikāmehi⁴ rājāmaññe paricāretīti || tam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert hi
2 S1-3 mālākuṇḍalī (S3 -kulī)
3 S1-3 sunahāto
4 S1-3 itthikamesu hi
5 B1-2 insert enam
6 S1-3 mālakuṇḍalī

[page 344]
344 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 22
enam¹ evam āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho puriso rañño paccat-
thikam pasayha jīvitā voropesi || tassa rājā attamano abhi-
hāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālī² kuṇḍalī sunhāto
suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi³ rājāmaññe pari-
cāretīti ||

(II)
22 Dissati kho pana⁴ gāmaṇi idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā
pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuṇḍam
karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghā-
ṭakena siṅghāṭakam pariṇetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nik-
khāmetva⁵ dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chijjamāno || tam
enam⁶ evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi
daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gaḷhabandhanam⁷ bandhitvā
khuramuṇḍam karitvā kharasarena paṇavena rathiyāya
rathiyam siṅghātakena siṅghāṭakam parinetvā dakkhiṇena
dvārena nikkhāmetvā⁸ dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chinda-
tīti⁹ || tam enam¹⁰ evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso
rājaverī¹¹ itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā jīvitā voropesi || tena naṃ
rājāno gahetvā evarūpaṃ kammakaraṇaṃ karontīti¹² || ||
23 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭ-
ṭham vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhañca no bhante sutañca sūyissati¹³ cā ti || ||
24 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇabrahmanā evaṃvādino
evaṃdiṭṭhino Yo koci pāṇam atimāpeti sabbo so diṭṭheva
dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyatīti} || saccaṃ
vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || ||
Musā bhante || ||
Ye pana te tucchaṃ¹⁴ musā vilapanti sīlavanto vā te
dussīlā vā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ena
2 S1 māla-; S3 mālā-
3 S3 itthikāme
4 Missing in B1-2
5 B1-2 nikkhamitvā
6 Missing in S3
7 S1 daḷhabandhanam
8 B1 nikkhamitvā
9 B2 chijjatīti
10 Missing in S1-3
11 S1 rājaveriyā; S3 -veriyā
12 B1-2 evarūpāni kammakaraṇāni karentīti
13 B1-2 suyyissati always
14 S1-3 tucchā

[page 345]
XLII. 13. 27] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 345
Dussīlā bhante || ||
Ye pana te dussīlā pāpadhammā micchāpaṭipannā vā te
sammāpaṭipannā vā ti || ||
Micchāpaṭipannā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchāpaṭipannā micchādiṭṭhikā vā te sam-
mādiṭṭhikā vā ti || ||
Micchādiṭṭhikā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditun ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

(III)
25 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi¹ idhekacco mālī² kuṇḍalī ||
pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricārento || tam enam evam
āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi māli || kuṇḍalī || la ||
itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || || Tam enam evam
āhaṃsu || || Ayam ambho³ puriso rañño paccatthikassa
pasayha⁴ ratanam⁵ ahāsi⁶ || tassa rājā attamano abhihā-
ram⁷ adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālī kuṇḍalī || pe || itthikāmehi
rājāmaññe paricāretīti || ||

(IV)
26 Dissati kho pana⁸ gāmaṇi idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā ||
pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chijjamāno || tam enam
evam āhaṃsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daḷhāya
rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindatīti⁹ || ||
Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ayam ambho puriso gāmā vā
araññā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātam ādiyi¹⁰ || tena naṃ
rājāno gahetvā evarūpaṃ kammakāraṇam¹¹ karontīti¹² || ||
27 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭ-
ṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhaṃ ca no bhante sutañ ca suyissati cāti¹³ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 māla- always
3 B1 ambho ayaṃ always
4 S1-2 pasayhaṃ
5 B1 adinnam
6 S1-3 abhāsi; B2 āhāsi; B1 ādiyi
7 S3 upahāram; S1 pahāram
8 Missing in B1-2
9 B2 chijjatīti
10 B1 ādiyati
11 B1 S3 -karaṇaṃ
12 B1-2 karentīti
13 S1-3 vāti

[page 346]
346 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 28
28 Tatra¹ gāmaṇi ye te samaṇa brāhmaṇā evaṃ vādino
evaṃ diṭṭhino Yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diṭṭheva
dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || saccaṃ
vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditun
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

(V)
29 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco mālī kuṇḍalī ||
pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricārento || tam enam evam
āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālī kuṇḍalī || pe ||
itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || || Tam enam evam
āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho puriso rañño paccatthikassa dāresu
cārittam āpajji || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi ||
tenāyam puriso mālī kuṇḍalī || pe || itthikāmehi rājāmaññe
paricāretīti || ||

(VI)
30 Dissati kho pana² gāmani idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā ||
pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chijjamāno || || Tam enam
evam āhaṃsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daḷhāya
rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam chindatīti || ||
Tam enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ayam ambho puriso kulitthī-
su³ kulakumārīsu cārittam āpajji || tena naṃ rājāno ga-
hetvā evarūpaṃ kammakāraṇaṃ⁴ karontīti || ||
31 Taṃ kim maññasi gāmaṇi api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭ-
ṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhañca no bhante sutañca sūyissati cā ti || ||
32 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino
evaṃdiṭṭhino Yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so diṭ-
ṭhave dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||
saccaṃ vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaṃ nu tesu
pasīditunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tattha
2 Missing in B1-2
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 evarupā- -kāraṇaṃ

[page 347]
XLII. 13. 36] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 347
(VII)
33 Dissati kho pana gāmaṇi idhekacco¹ mālī kuṇḍalī
sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmañ-
ñe paricārento || tam enam² evam āhaṃsu || Ambho ayam
puriso kim akāsi mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappita-
kesamassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || || Tam
enam² evam āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho puriso rājānam musā-
vādena hāsesi³ || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi ||
tenāham puriso mālī kuṇḍalī sunhāto suvilitto kappitake-
samassu itthikāmehi rājāmaññe paricāretīti || ||

(VIII)
34 Dissati kho pana⁴ gāmaṇi idhekacco daḷhāya rajjuyā
pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ
karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghā-
ṭakena siṅghāṭakam parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhā-
metvā dakkhinato nagarassa sīsaṃ chijjamāno || || Tam
enam evam āhaṃsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi
daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāham gāḷhabandhanam bandhitvā
khuramuṇḍam karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya
rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghātakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena
dvārena nikkhāmetvā⁵ dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsam
chindatīti⁶ || || Tam enam⁷ evam āhaṃsu || Ayam ambho
puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena
attham bhañji || tena naṃ rājāno gahetvā evarūpāni kam-
makaraṇāni⁸ karontīti⁹ || ||
35 Tam kiṃ maññasi gāmani api nu te evarūpaṃ diṭ-
ṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā ti || ||
Diṭṭhaṃ ca no bhante sutañca sūyissati cā ti || ||
36 Tatra gāmaṇi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino
evaṃdiṭṭhino Yo koci musā bhaṇati sabbo so diṭṭheva

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ekacco
2 S1-3 tamena
3 B1 hāseti
4 Missing in B1-2
5 B1-2 S1 nikkhamitvā
6 B2 chijja-
7 S1-3 tamena
8 S1-3 evarūpākammakaraṇā
9 B2 karentīti

[page 348]
348 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 37
dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyatīti || saccaṃ
vā te āhaṃsu musā vā ti || ||
Musā bhante || ||
Ye pana te tuccham musā vilapanti sīlavanto vā te
dussīlā vā ti || ||
Dussīlā bhante || ||
Ye pana te dussīlā pāpadhammā micchāpaṭipannā vā te
sammāpaṭipannā vā te || ||
Micchā paṭipannā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchāpaṭipannā micchādiṭṭhikā vā te sam-
mādiṭṭhikā vā ti || ||
Micchādiṭṭhikā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchādiṭṭhikā kallaṃ nu tesu pasīditunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

III
37 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || ||
Atthi me bhante āvasathāgāram || tattha atthi mañcakāni
atthi āsanāni atthi udakamaṇiko atthi telapadīpo || || Tat-
tha¹ yo samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā vāsam upeti || tenāhaṃ
yathāsattiṃ² yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajāmi || || Bhūtapubbam
bhante cattāro satthāro nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā³ nānā-
rucikā tasmim āvasathāgāre vāsam upagacchuṃ⁴ ||

(I)
38 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Natthi dinnam nat-
thi yiṭṭhaṃ natthi hutaṃ natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānam kam-
mānam phalaṃ vipāko || natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paraloko⁵
natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke
samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā⁶ sammāpaṭipannā ye
imañca lokam paraṃ ca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā
pavedentīti || ||

(II)
39 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī. Atthi dinnam atthi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 atthi
2 B1-2 satti
3 Missing in B2
4 S1-3 upagañchiṃsu
5 S1-3 paro loko
6 B1 samaggatā

[page 349]
XLII. 13. 41] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 349
yiṭṭham atthi hutam atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānam
phalam vipāko || atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā
atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaṇabrāh-
maṇā sammaggatā¹ sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam
parañca lokam sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || ||

(III)
40 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kārayato
chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato² socayato³
kilamato kilamayato⁴ phandato phandāpayato pāṇam ati-
māpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopaṃ ha-
rato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe⁵ tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ
gacchato musā bhaṇato karato⁶ na karīyati pāpaṃ || ||
Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena⁷ imissā pathaviyā⁸ pāṇe
ekam maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya || natthi
tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiṇañ⁹
ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto
chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpam
natthi pāpussa āgamo || || Uttarañce pi Gaṅgāya¹⁰ tīraṃ
gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento¹¹ natthi tato
nidānam puññam natthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena
saṃyamena saccavajjena natthi puññam natthi puññassa
āgamo ti || ||

(IV)
41 Eko satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato¹² kārayato
chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socapāyato
kilamato kilamāpayato¹³ phandato phandāpayato pāṇam
atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chidato nillopaṃ
harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe¹⁴ tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 samaggatā
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1 socāpayato
4 So B2; so S1-3 (omitting kilamato); B1 kilamāpayato
5 B2 paṭi-
6 B2 karonto
7 B1-2 insert yo
8 S1-3 puthaviyā
9 S1 dakkhiṇe; S3 dakkhiṇā
10 S3 gangā
11 S1 yājapento; S3 yājento
12 S1-3 karato
13 As in the preceding number
14 B2 paṭimante

[page 350]
350 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 42
gacchato musā bhaṇato karato kāriyati pāpam || || Khurapari-
yantena ce pi cakkena¹ imissā pathaviyā² pāṇe ekam³
maṃsakhalam ekam³ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya || atthi tato
nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiṇañ ce pi
Gaṅgāya⁴ tīram gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto
chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam
atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya⁴ tīraṃ
gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidā-
nam puññaṃ || atthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena
saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññam atthi puññassa
āgamoti || ||
42 Tassa mayham bhante ahudeva kaṅkhā ahu⁵ vicikic-
chā || Ko su nāma imesam bhavataṃ⁶ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ
saccam āha ko musā ti || ||
Alaṃ hi te gāmaṇi kaṅkhitum alaṃ vicikicchituṃ ||
kaṅkhaniye ca pana te ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā ti || ||
Evam pasanno ham bhante Bhagavati || pahoti me Bha-
gavā⁷ tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ yathāham imam kaṅkhā-
dhammam pajaheyyanti || ||

IV
43 Atthi gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ citta-
samādhim⁸ paṭilabheyyāsi evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādham-
mam pajaheyyāsi || katamo ca gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || ||

(I)
44 Idha gāmaṇi ariyasāvako pāṇātipātam pahāya pāṇā-
tipātā paṭivirato hoti⁹ || adinnādānam pahāya adinnādānā
paṭivirato hoti || kāmesu micchācāram pahāya kāmesu
micchācārāpaṭivirato hoti || musāvādam pahāya musāvādā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert yo
2 S1-3 puthaviyā
3 S1-3 eka
4 Gaṅgā
5 S1-3 ahudeva
6 S3 bhavaṇaṃ
7 B1-2 bhagavā me
8 B2 S1 cittaṃsamādhim
9 S1-3 insert here nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno
sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati

[page 351]
XLII. 13. 44] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 351
pativirato hoti || pisuṇaṃ¹ vācam pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya²
paṭivirato hoti || pharusaṃ³ vācam pahāya pharusāya
vācāya⁴ paṭivirato hoti || samphappalāpam pahāya sam-
phappalāpā paṭivirato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhij-
jhālu⁵ hoti || vyāpādadosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti ||
micchādiṭṭhim pahāya sammādiṭṭhiko hoti || ||
Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigata-
vyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato⁶ mettāsahagatena
cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ || tathā
tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ⁷ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā
vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena⁸
pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati || || Yvāyaṃ⁹
satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭham
natthi hutam natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānam phalaṃ vipāko ||
natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paro loko natthi mātā natthi pitā
natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sam-
maggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokam parañca lokaṃ
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || sa ce tassa bhoto
satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya¹⁰ mayhaṃ yo
haṃ¹¹ na kiñci vyābādhemi¹² tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubha-
yam ettha kaṭaggaho¹³ || yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya
saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatim saggaṃ lokam {upapajjissāmīti} || tassa
pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa
kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati¹⁴ su-
khino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhamma-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pisuṇā
2 S1-3 pisuṇā vācā
3 S1-3 pharusā
4 S1-3 pharusā vācā
5 S1-3 abhijjhā
6 S3 patisso; S1 sappatisso
7 B1-2 catutthaṃ always; S1 omits tathā tatiyaṃ
8 B1-2 avyāpajjena always
9 S1-3 yoyam always
10 S1-3 -katāyaṃ
11 B1-2 yvāhaṃ always; S1-3 so ham, or yo ham
12 B1-2 vyāpādemi always
13 B1-2 -gāho always
14 B1-2 vedayati always

[page 352]
352 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 45
samādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi ||
evaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(II)
45 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammuḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsaha-
gatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ
tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ
sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahaga-
tena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena
avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti patisañcik-
khati || || Yvāyam satthā evaṃvādī evam diṭṭhī Atthi din-
nam atthi yiṭṭham atthi hutam atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ
kammānam phalaṃ vipāko || atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro
loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke
samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca
lokam parañca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pave-
dentīti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno¹ saccaṃ² vacanam
apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ³ na kiñci vyāpādhemi
tasaṃ vā thāvaram vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || || Yañ
cam hi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto
manasā saṃvuto || yañ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti || tassa pāmujjaṃ
jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo pas-
sambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ
samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra
ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi evaṃ tvam imaṃ
kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi ||

(III)
46 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammuḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsaha-
gatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ
tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ
sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam mettāsahaga-
tena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 satthussa
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 so haṃ

[page 353]
XLII. 13. 47] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 353
avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati ||
Yvāyam satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kārayato chin-
dato chedāyato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato
kilamāpayato¹ phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato
adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato nilhopam harato ekā-
gārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato
musā bhaṇato karato na karīyati pāpam || khurapariyantena
ce pi² cakkena yo imassā pathaviyā pāṇe ekamaṃsakhalam
ekamaṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ
natthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇaṃ cepi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ
gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto
pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya³ tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam puññaṃ natthi puñ-
ñassa || āgamo dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena
natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || || Sace tassa
bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya⁴ mayhaṃ
yo ham na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubha-
yam ettha kaṭaggāho⁵ || || Yañ camhi kāyena saṃvuto
vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañ ca kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti ||
tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pitima-
nassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati
sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dham-
masamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ citta samādhim patilabheyyāsi ||
evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(IV)
47 Sa kho so gāmani ariyasāvako vigatābhijjho vigata-
vyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena
cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā
tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato omitting socato and
kilamato
2 S3 omits ce; S1 omits cepi
3 S1-3 Gaṅgā
4 B1 -katvāya
5 S3 -gāho here by correction

[page 354]
354 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 48
sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā
vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena
pharitvā viharati || so iti paṭisañcikkhati || Yvāyam satthā
evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Karato kārayato chindato chedāpa-
yato pacato pācayato socato¹ socāpayato² kilamato¹ kila-
māpayato² phandato phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato
adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopam harato ekā-
gārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato
musābhaṇato³ karato⁴ kariyati pāpam || khurapariyantena
ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekaṃ
maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi
pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇaṃ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gac-
cheyya hananto ghāṭento chindanto chedāpento pacanto
pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttarañce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya || dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam puññam atthi puññassa
āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi
puññam⁵ atthi puññassa āgamo ti || sa ce tassa bhoto sat-
thuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na
kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha
kaṭaggaho || || Yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto
manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajissāmi tassa pāmujjaṃ
jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passam-
bhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ
samādhiyati || || Ayam kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi ||
tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim patilabheyyāsi || evaṃ tvam
imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

V
(I)
48 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato karuṇāsa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato, omitting socato and kilamato
as before (p. 353 n.1).
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1 karoto
5 S1-3 omit atthi puññam

[page 355]
XLII. 13. 49] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 355
hagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati¹ || muditā-
sahagatena² cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati³ || sa kho
so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo
asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā
ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tati-
yaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upekkhāsahagatena ce-
tasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena avya-
pajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcikkhati || ||
Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Natthi dinnaṃ nat-
thiyiṭṭham natthi hutam natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kam-
mānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko || natthi ayaṃ loko natthi paro loko
natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke
samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañ
ca lokam parañca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pave-
dentīti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇ-
ṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā
thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggaho || yañcamhi kāyena
saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañ⁴ ca kā-
yassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapaj-
jissāmī ti || tassa pāmujjam⁵ jayati pamuditassa pīti jāyati ||
pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ
vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho sa
gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvam cittasamādhim
paṭilābheyyāsi || evaṃ tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam paja-
heyyāsi || ||

(II)
49 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhā-
sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham
adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam
upekkhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert --pe--
2 S3 has samuditā-
3 S1-3 insert --pe--
4 S1-3 omit yañ
5 S1-3 pāmojjaṃ always

[page 356]
356 GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 50
appamāṇena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
So iti paṭisañcikkhati || || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī
evaṃdiṭṭhī Atthi dinnam atthi yiṭṭham atthi hutam
atthi sukaṭadukkhaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko ||
atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko¹ atthi mātā atthi pitā
atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sam-
maggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye² imañca lokam parañca
lokam sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentīti || sa ce tassa
bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yo
haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam
ettha kaṭaggaho || || Yañcamhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya
saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapajjissāmīti || tassa
pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa
kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || suk-
hino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmani dhamma-
samādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi ||
evam tvam imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(III)
50 Sa³ kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhā-
sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ || iti uddham adho
tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokam upek-
khāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena
averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañcik-
khati || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī Karato kāra-
yato chindato⁴ chedāyato pacato pācayato socato⁵ socā-
payato⁶ kilamato⁵ kilamāpayato⁶ phandato phandāpayato
pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato
nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikaṃ karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato
paradāraṃ gacchato musā bhaṇato karato na kariyati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 paraloko
2 S1-3 yo
3 S1-3 ayaṃ
4 B1 chindato
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato

[page 357]
XLII. 13. 51] GĀMANI-SAṂYUTTAM 357
pāpaṃ || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā patha-
viyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsapuñjam
kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa
āgamo || dakkhiṇaṃ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya
hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento
natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttarañ ce pi Gaṅgāya tīram gaccheyya dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam puññam natthi puñ-
ñassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena
natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || sace tassa bhoto
satthuno saccaṃ vacanam apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ yvāhaṃ
na kiñci vyābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha
kaṭaggāho || Yañcamhi kāyena {saṃvuto} vācāya saṃvuto
manasā saṃvuto || yañca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upajjissāmīti¹ tassa pāmujjaṃ
jayati || pamuditassa pīti jāyati || pītimanassa kāyo passam-
bhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ
samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra
ce tvaṃ cittasamādhim paṭilabheyyāsi || evaṃ tvam imaṃ
kaṅkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||
(IV)
51 Sa kho so gāmaṇi ariyasāvako evaṃ vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato upekkhā-
sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disam pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthiṃ || iti uddham adho
tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokam upek-
khāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena
averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paṭisañ-
cikkhati || || Yvāyaṃ satthā evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhi Karato
kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato
socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato² phandato phandāpayato
pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiṃ chindato

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ti
2 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato, omitting socato and
kilamato

[page 358]
358 GĀMANI-SAMYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 52
nillopaṃ harato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe tiṭṭhato
paradāram gacchato musā bhanato karato kariyati pāpam ||
khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāṇe
ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ kareyya atthi
tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiṇam pi
ce Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto
chedāpento pacanto pācento¹ atthi tato nidānam pāpam
atthi pāpassa āgamo || uttarañ ce pi² Gaṅgāya tīram
gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato
nidānam³ puññam atthi puññassa āgamo || dānena damena
saṃyamena saccavajjena atthi puññam atthi puññassa
āgamo ti || || Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaṃ vacanam
apaṇṇakatāya mayhaṃ || yo haṃ na kiñci vyābādhemi
tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā ubhayam ettha kaṭaggāho || yañ-
camhi kāyena saṃvuto vācāya saṃvuto manasā saṃvuto ||
yaṃ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokam upapajjissāmīti || tassa pāmujjaṃ jāyati || pamuditassa
pīti jayati || pītimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo
sukhaṃ vediyati || sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati || || Ayaṃ kho
gāmaṇi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaṃ cittasamādhiṃ
paṭilabheyyāsi || evam tvaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammam paja-
heyyāsīti || ||
52 Evaṃ vutte Pāṭaliyo gāmaṇi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || pe ||
ajjatagge pāṇupetam saraṇaṃ gatanti || ||
Gāmaṇi-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 pacūpento, this and the preceding word being
omitted by B1
2 B1 pi instead of ce pi
3 S1-3 intermixt here a part of the preceding phrase from pāpam atthi
. . . to . . . tato nidānam; the blunder is the same on both sides;
but the intruded words are included between [] in S1

[page 359]
XLIII. 1. 6] ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM 359
Caṇḍo Puṭo1 Yodhājīvo
Hatthi Hayo2 Pacchābhūmako3
Desanā Saṅkhā Kūlam Maṇicūlam4 ||
Bhadra⁵ Rāsiya⁶ Pātalīti⁷ || ||

BOOK IX- ASAṄKHATA SAṂYUTTAM

(CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO)

SN_4,43(9).1 (1) Kāyo
1 Asaṅkhatañca bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagāmiñca
maggaṃ || taṃ sunātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṃkhataṃ Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi⁸ maggo || ||
Kāyagatā sati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā asaṅkhatam desito
asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hite-
sinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo taṃ
mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni
jhāyatha⁹ mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaṭisārino
ahuvattha || || Ayaṃ kho vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 caṇḍapuṭo; S1 caṇḍāputo
2 B1 hatthissa (or hatthisā? )
3 S1-3 matako ca; B2 matoko ca
4 B2 gāmaṇi || cūlaṃ
5 So B2; B1 bhagandha; S1-3 haṭṭhaha
6 B2 rāsīnam; S1-3 rāsidu
7 S1-3 manāmoti; B2 manāpoti
8 So all the MSS. always
9 B1 nijjhāyatha always

[page 360]
360 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 2. 1

SN_4,43(9).2 (2) Samatho
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhata-
gāmiñca maggaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Sa-
matho vipassanā ca || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhata-
gāmi maggo || la || ||

SN_4,43(9).3 (3) Vitakko
3 1 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Savi-
takko savicāro samādhi avitakkavicāramatto samādhi
avitakko avicāro samādhi || ayam vuccati bhikkhave
asaṅkhatagāmi maggo² || ||

SN_4,43(9).4 (4) Suññatā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Suñ-
ñato samādhi animitto samādhi appaṇihito samādhi || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||

SN_4,43(9).5 (5) Satipaṭṭhānā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Cat-
tāro satipaṭṭhānā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || ||

SN_4,43(9).6 (6) Sammappadhānā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Cat-
tāro sammappadhānā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhata-
gāmi maggo || la³ || ||

SN_4,43(9).7 (7) Iddhipadā
3 ⁴ Cattāro iddhipādā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkha-
tagāmi maggo || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat the numbers 1,2
2 S1-3 add ti always
3 S1-3 ti
4 S1-3 Katamo ca . . .

[page 361]
XLIII. 11. 6] VAGGO PATHAMO 361

SN_4,43(9).8 (8) Indriya
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
Pañcindriyāni || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || ||

SN_4,43(9).9 (9) Bala
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmī maggo || ||
Pañcabalāni || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || la ||

SN_4,43(9).10 (10) Bojjhaṅgā
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagami maggo || || Sat-
tabojjhaṅgā ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo¹ || ||

SN_4,43(9).11 (11) Maggena
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave vedayitaṃ vo mayā asaṅkhataṃ
desito asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ
hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam
mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni suññāgārāni
jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippati-
sārino ahuvattha || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
Nibbānasaṃyuttassa pathamo vaggo² || ||
Tassuddānaṃ³ || ||
Kāyo Samatho Vitakko⁴ ||
Suññato⁵ Satipaṭṭhānā ||
Sammappadhānā6 Iddhipādā
Indriya7-Bala-Bojjhaṅgā ||
Maggena ekādasamaṃ⁸ ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add la
2 So B1-2; S1-3 have only vaggo paṭhamo
3 S1-3 tatru-
4 S1-3 Kāyasamādhisavitakko
5 B1-2 suññatā
6 -dhānañca
7 B1-2 indriyā
8 B2 dasuddānaṃ pavuccati; S1-3 sattuddānaṃ vuccati

[page 362]
362 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) I

CHAPTER II VAGGO DUTIYO

SN_4,43(9).12 (1) Asaṅkhatam
I (Samatho)
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhagāmiñ
ca maggam || taṃ suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañ ca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Sa-
matho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitam vo matā asaṅkhataṃ desito
āsaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthāra karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hite-
sinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam
mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni
jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippati-
sārino ahuvattha || || Ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
II (Vipassanā)
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagā-
miṃ ca maggam || tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayaṃ vuccati bhikk-
have asaṅkhataṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Vipas-
sanā || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagami maggo || ||
4-6 Iti kha bhikkhave desitam mayā asaṅkhataṃ || pe ||
Ayaṃ vo¹ amhākam anusāsanīti² || ||
III (Cha-Samādhi)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Savi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert bhikkhave
2 S3 inserts here awkward the number VI here under

[page 363]
XLIII. 12. (1) X.] VAGGO DUTIYO 363
takko savicāro samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkha-
tagāmi maggo || la ||(¹) ||

IV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Avi-
takko vicāramatto samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (²) ||

V
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Avi-
takko avicāro samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkha-
tagāmi maggo || la || (³) ||

VI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Suñ-
ñato samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || (⁴) ||

VII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Ani-
mitto samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || la || (⁵) ||

VIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Apaṇi-
hito samādhi || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || la || (⁶) ||

IX (Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampa-
jāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ || ayam vuc-
cati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (¹) ||

X
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati || la¹ || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || (²) ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Here and in XI, XII, S1-3 have ātāpī- -domanassassaṃ

[page 364]
364 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XI.
XI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati || la || ayam
vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || (³) ||

XII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo (⁴) ||

XIII (Cattāro sammappadhānā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ
dhammānam anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati viriyam
ārabhati cittam paggaṇhāti padahati¹ || ayaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (¹) ||

XIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ
dhammānam² pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati viriyam
ārabhati cittam paggaṇhati padahati || ayaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (²) ||

XV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānam
uppādāya chandam janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam
paggaṇhāti padahati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhata-
maggo || la || (³) ||

XVI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānam kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 pajahati always
2 S3 inserts pahānaṃ

[page 365]
XLIII. 12. (1) XXI. ] VAGGO DUTIYO 365
ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya
paripuriyā¹ chandam janeti || pe² ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (⁴) ||

XVII (Cattāro iddhipādā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhāra-
samannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikk-
have asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (¹) ||

XVIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasaman-
nāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || la || (²) ||

XIX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu cittasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannā-
gatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅk-
hatagāmi maggo || la || ||

XX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu vīmaṃsa samādhipadhānasaṅkhārasa-
mannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || la || (⁴) ||

XXI (Pañcindriyāni)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ
virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggaparināmiṃ || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || (¹) ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Complete in B1-3

[page 366]
366 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XXII.
XXII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitam ||
pe || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (²) ||

XXIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu satindriyam bhāveti || la || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (³) ||

XXIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissi-
taṃ || pa || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (⁴) ||

XXV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu paññindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
pe || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || (⁵) ||

XXVI (Pañcabalāni)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || (¹) ||

XXVII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyabalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (²) ||

XXVIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu satibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ || la ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (³) ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 367]
XLIII. 12(1) XXXVIII.] VAGGO DUTIYO 367
XXIX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ ||
la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (⁴) ||

XXX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu paññābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ
[ || la ||] ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo
la || (⁵) ||

XXXI (Sattasambojjhaṅgā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmimaggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgam bhāveti vivekanis-
sitaṃ || la || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi
maggo || (¹) ||

XXXII-- XXXVII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgam bhā-
veti || la || (²) viriyasambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || (³) pīti-
sambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la || (⁴) passaddhisambojjhaṅgam
bhāveti || la || (⁵) samādhi sambojjhaṅgam bhāveti || la¹ || (⁶)
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgam bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganis-
sitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggaparināmi || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (⁷) ||

XXXVIII (Aṭṭhaṅgikamaggo)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhim bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ
virāganissititaṃ nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiṃ || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || la || (¹) ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 each of these phrases is preceded by katamo ca . . .
and followed by vivekanissitaṃ . . .

[page 368]
368 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XXXIX
XXXIX-- XLIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagami maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāsaṅkappam bhāveti || la || || (²)
sammāvācam bhāveti || la || || (³) sammākammantam bhā-
veti || la || || (⁴) sammā-ājīvam bhāveti || la || || (⁵) sammāvā-
yāmam bhāveti || la || || (⁶) sammāsatim bhāveti || la¹ || (⁷) ||

XLV
1 Asaṅkhataṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaṅkhatagā-
miñca maggaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave asaṅkhataṃ || la || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhim bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ
virāganissitam nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiṃ || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || (⁸) ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā asaṅkhataṃ desito
asaṅkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karanīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā
anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni
jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaṭisārino
ahuvattha || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||

SN_4,43(9).13 (2) Antam2
I-- XLV
1 Atañca³ vo bhikkhave desissāmi antagāmiñca mag-
gaṃ tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave antaṃ || pe || || yathā asaṅkhataṃ
tathā vitthāretabbaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Same remark as for XXXII-XXXVII
2 S1-3 insert here asankhatañca- taṃ suṇātha --pe-- katamo ca-
-vipassanā ayamo -katamo ca- -samatho ayam vuccati- -anusāsanīti
3 B1-2 anatam; in the uddāna B1 has amataṃ

[page 369]
XLIII. 19. (8)] VAGGO DUTIYO 369

SN_4,43(9).14 (3) Anāsavam
I-- XLV
1 Anāsavañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anāsavagāmiṃ ca
maggam¹ || ||

SN_4,43(9).15 (4) Saccam
I-- XLV
1 Saccañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saccagāmiṃ ca
maggam || ||

SN_4,43(9).16 (5) Pāram
I-- XLV
1 Pārañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi pāragāmiṃ ca
maggam || ||

SN_4,43(9).17 (6) Nipuṇam
I-- XLV
1 Nipuṇañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nipuṇagamiñca
maggam || ||

SN_4,43(9).18 (7) Sududdasam
I-- XLV
1 Sududdasañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi² sududdasaga-
miñca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).19 (8) Ajajjaram
I-- XLV
1 Ajajjaraṃ³ ca vo⁴ bhikkhave desissāmi ajajjaraga-
miñca⁵ maggaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In this and the following numbers B1-2 add always taṃ suṇātha ||
katamañca bhikkhave anāsavaṃ (saccaṃ etc.) || la (or pa) || ||
2 S3 repeats desissāmi
3 S1-3 ajjaraṃ
4 S3 inserts maggam
5 S1 ajjaraṃ-; S3 ajjagamiñca

[page 370]
370 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 20. (9)

SN_4,43(9).20 (9) Dhuvam
I-- XLV
1 Dhuvañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dhuvagāmiñca
maggam || ||

SN_4,43(9).21 (10) Apalokitam
I-- XLV
1 Apalokitañca¹ vo bhikkhave desissāmi apalokitagā-
miñca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).22 (11) Anidassanam
I-- XLV
1 Anidassanañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anidassanagā-
miñca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).23 (12) Nippapam
I-- XLV
1 Nippapañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nippapañcagā-
miñca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).24 (13) Santam
I-- XLV
1 Santañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi santagāmiñca
maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).25 (14) Amatam
I-- XLV
1 Amataṃca vo bhikkhave desissāmi amatagāmiñca- || ||

SN_4,43(9).26 (15) Panītam
I-- XLV
1 Paṇītaṃca vo bhikkhave desissāmi paṇītagāmiñca- || ||

SN_4,43(9).27 (16) Sivam
I-- XLV
1 Sivañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sivagāmiñca- || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 apalokinaṃ ca; S1-3 appalokañca

[page 371]
XLIII. 36. (25)] VAGGO DUTIYO 371

SN_4,43(9).28 (17) Khemaṃ
I-- XLV
1 Khemañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi khemagāmiñca- || ||

SN_4,43(9).29 (18) Taṇhakkhayo
I-- XLV
1 Taṇhakkhayaṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi taṇhak-
khayagamiṃ ca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).30 (19) Acchariya
I-- XLV
1 Acchariyañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi acchariyagā-
miñca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).31 (20) Abbhutam
I-- XLV
1 Abbhutañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi abbhutagāmiñca- || ||

SN_4,43(9).32 (21) Anītika
I-- XLV
1 Anītikañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anītikagāmiñca- || ||

SN_4,43(9).33 (22) Anītikadhamma
I-- XLV
1 Anītikadhammañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anītika-
dhammagāmiñca maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).34 (23) Nibbānam
I-- XLV
1 Nibbānañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nibbānagāmiñca- || ||

SN_4,43(9).35 (24) Avyāpajjho
I-- XLV
1 Avyāpajjhañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi avyāpajjhagāmiñ-
ca maggam || ||

SN_4,43(9).36 (25) Virāgo
I-- XLV
1 Virāgañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi virāgagāmiñca- || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 372]
372 ASAṄKHATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIII. 37. (26)

SN_4,43(9).37 (26) Suddhi
I-- XLV
1 Suddhiñca vo bhikkhave desissāmi suddhigāmiñca
maggam || ||

SN_4,43(9).38 (27) Mutti
I-- XLV
1 Muttiñca¹ vo bhikkhave desissāmi muttigāmiñca
maggaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).39 (28) Anālayo
I-- XLV
1 Anālayañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anālayagāmiñca
maggaṃ² || ||

SN_4,43(9).40 (29) Dīpa
I-- XLV
1 Dīpañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dīpagāmiñca maggaṃ ||
tam suṇātha || ||

SN_4,43(9).41 (30) Leṇa
I-- XLV
1 Leṇāñca vo bhikkhave desissāmi leṇagamiñca mag-
gaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).42 (31) Tāṇaṃ
I-- XLV
1 Tāṇañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi tāṇagāmiñca mag-
gaṃ || ||

SN_4,43(9).43 (32) Saraṇam
I-- XLV
1 Saraṇañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saraṇagāmiñca ca
maggaṃ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 mottiñca
2 S1-3 add ayaṃ kho amhākam anusāsanīti

[page 373]
XLIII. 44(33. XLV)] VAGGO DUTIYO 373

SN_4,43(9).44 (33) Parāyaṇam
I
1 Parāyanañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi parāyanagāmiñ-
ca maggaṃ || tam suṇātha || ||
2 Katamañca bhikkhave parāyanaṃ || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave parāyaṇaṃ || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || || Kāya-
gatā sati || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaṃ vo mayā parāyanaṃ desito
parāyanagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaṇiyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā
anukampena anukampam upādāya kataṃ vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni suññāgārāni jāy-
atha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino
ahuvattha || ayaṃ vo amhākam anusāsanīti || ||
II-- XLV
Yathā asaṅkhataṃ tathā vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
Tatruddānam¹ || ||
Asaṅkhatam Antam² Anāsavaṃ³ ||
Saccañca Pāraṃ Nipuṇaṃ Sududdasaṃ ||
Ajajjarantaṃ⁴ Dhuvam Apalokitaṃ⁵ || ||
Anidassanaṃ Nippapañca Santaṃ || ||
Amataṃ Paṇītañca Sivañca⁶ Khemam ||
Taṇhakkhayo Acchariyañca Abbhutam ||
Anītikam Anītikadhammaṃ⁷ Nibbānam etaṃ Sugatena
desitaṃ || ||
Avyāpajjo Virāgoca ||
Suddhi Mutti Anālayo ||
Dīpaṃ⁸ Leṇañca Tāṇañca ||
Saraṇañca Parāyanan ti¹-³⁹ || ||
Asaṅkhatasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ¹⁰ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 B1 Anataṃ; B2 amatam
3 S1-3 anāsavo
4 S1-3 ajjārantaṃ
5 B1 apalokinaṃ; B2 palokitaṃ; S1 apalokinnaṃ; S3 apalokiṇaṃ
6 S3 sītañca
7 S1-3 -dhammo
8 S1-3 Dīpo
9 S1-3 parāyanañcāti
10 B1-2 omit samattaṃ

[page 374]
374 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 1

BOOK X AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM

SN_4,44(10).1 Khemātherī
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Khemā bhikkhunī Kosalesu
cārikam caramānā antarā ca Sāvatthiṃ¹ antarā ca Sāketaṃ
Toraṇavatthusmiṃ² vāsām upagatā hoti || ||
3 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi³ Kosalo Sāketā Sāvatthiṃ gac-
chanto antarā ca Sāketam antarā cā Sāvatthiṃ Toraṇavat-
thusmim ekarattivāsam upagacchi || ||
4 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo aññataram purisam
āmantesi || Ehi tvaṃ ambho purisa Toraṇavatthusmiṃ
tathārūpaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā jāna yam aham⁴
ajja payirūpāseyyanti⁵ || ||
Evaṃ devāti kho so puriso rañño Pasenadissa⁶ Kosalassa
paṭissutvā kevalakappaṃ Toraṇavatthusmim⁷ āhiṇḍanto⁸
nāddasa⁹ tathārūpaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā yaṃ¹⁰
rājā Pasenadi Kosalo payirūpāseyya || ||
5 Addasa¹¹ kho so puriso Khemam bhikkhuniṃ Toraṇa-
vatthusmiṃ vāsam upagataṃ || || Disvāna yena rājā Pase-
nadi-Kosalo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ
Pasenadi-Kosalam etad avoca || || Natthi kho devā Toraṇa-
vatthusmim tathārūpo samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yam devo
payirupāseyya || atthi ca kho deva Khemā nāma bhikkhunī
tassa Bhagavato sāvikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
tassā kho pana ayyāya¹² evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhug-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthiyaṃ
2 B2 inserts ekaratti
3 B1-2 Passenadī always
4 S3 jānamahaṃ; B2 jānāmatamahaṃ
5 S1-3 payu-, B1 pari-, B2 patirūpaseyyanti; further on all the MSS
payirūpāse-
6 B1-2 passenadī
7 S1-3 toraṇavatthum
8 S1-3 anvāhiṇḍanto
9 S3 B2 na addasa; S1 addasa omitting na
10 Missing in S1-3
11 S1-3 addasā
12 S1-3 pane (S3 ṇe) yyāya

[page 375]
XLIV. 1. 11] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 375
gato || paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvinī bahussutā cittakathī¹
kalyāṇapaṭibhānā ti ||² taṃ devo payirūpāsatūti || ||
6 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo yena Khemā bhikkhunī
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Khemam bhikkhunim
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo
Khemam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho ayye³
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato
param maraṇāti || ||
8 Kim pana ayye⁴ na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti || ||
Tam⁵ pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
9 Kiṃ nu kho ayye hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param-
maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti || ||
10 Kimpanayye⁶ neva hoti na nahoti tathāgato param-
maraṇāti || ||
Etam pikho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
11 Kiṃ nu kho ayye Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti iti
puṭṭhā samānā Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti vadesi || || Kim panayye⁷
Na hoti tathagato param maraṇāti iti puṭṭhā samānā Etam
pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇāti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho ayye Hoti ca na
ca⁸ hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti iti puṭṭhā samānā Avyā-
katam kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca³ hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇati iti puṭṭhā samā-
nā Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || || Ko nu

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kathā
2 B1 -bhāṇāti; S3 -bhaṇi
3 S1-3 ayyo
4 B1 panayye; B2 panāyye
5 B1-2 etaṃ
6 B2 panāyye; S1-3 pane (S3 ṇe)yye
7 S3 panaṇeyyaṃ
8 Missing in S1

[page 376]
376 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 12
kho ayye hetu ko paccayo yena¹ tam avyākatam Bhaga-
vatā ti || ||
12 Tena hi mahārāja taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi || ya-
thā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
13 Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaṇako va
muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaṅgāya vālukam
gaṇetum Ettakā vālukā iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatāni iti vā
Ettakāni vālukasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatasahas-
sānīti² vā ti³ || ||
No hetam ayye || ||
14 Atthi pana te koci⁴ gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhā-
yako vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakaṃ manituṃ⁵
Ettakāni⁶ udakāḷhakāni iti va⁷ Ettakāni udakāḷhakasatāni
iti vā Ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni uda-
kāḷhakasatasahassānī ti⁸ vā ti⁹ || ||
No hetam ayye || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Mahāyye¹⁰ samuddo gambhīro appameyyo duppariyo-
gāhoti¹¹ || ||
15 Evam eva kho mahārāja yena rūpena tathāgatam
paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya || taṃ rūpaṃ tathāgatassa
pahīnam ucchinnamūlam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam
āyatim anuppādakataṃ || || Rūpasaṅkhāya vimutto kho
mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho¹²
seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti
pi¹³ na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā ti pi na
upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na
upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pi
na upeti || ||
16 Yāya vedanāya tathāgatam paññāpayamāno paññā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 na (without ye)
2 S1-3 ettikā- vālikā- always
3 S1-3 omit ti
4 Missing in S1-3
5 So S1; S3 miṇituṃ; B1-2 gaṇetuṃ
6 S1 ettikāni always
7 S1-3 udakāḷhānivā
8 S1-3 udakāḷhasa- ānīti alwqys
9 S1-3 omit ti
10 mahāyyo; B1 mahā
11 S1-3 -gāḷhohoti
12 So all the MSS; S3 adds ti
13 S1 hi; S3 hī

[page 377]
XLIV. 1. 22] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 377
peyya || sā vedanā tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā-
vatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Ve-
danāsaṅkhāya¹ vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro
appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti
tathāgato param maraṇāti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇāti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na hoti- || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti na upeti || ||
17 Yāya saññāya tatthāgataṃ || pe || ||
18 Yehi saṅkhārehi tathāgatam paññāpayamāno pañ-
ñāpeyya || te saṅkhārā tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā
tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādhammā || ||
Saṅkhārasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gam-
bhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || ||
19 Yena viññāṇena tathāgatam paññāpayamāno paññā-
peyya || tam viññāṇam tathāgatassa pahīnam ucchinnamū-
laṃ talāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppāda-
dhammaṃ || viññāṇasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathā-
gato gambhiro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahā-
samuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti ||
Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Hoti ca
na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upeti || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na upetīti || ||
20 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Khemāya bhikkhuniyā
bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Khemam
bhikkhuniṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
21 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo aparena samayena
yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavan-
tam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
22 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bhante hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vedanāyasaṅkhāya

[page 378]
378 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 23
Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja mayā Hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti || ||
23 Kim pana bhante na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti || ||
Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākataṃ mayā Na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā tipe || ||
24-25 ¹ || ||
26 Kiṃ nu kho bhante Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākataṃ kho etam mahārāja mayā
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim pana
bhante Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
iti puṭṭho samāno tam² pi kho mahārāja avyākatam mayā
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
27 Tena hi mahārāja taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi ||
yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ vyākareyyāsi || ||
28 Taṃ kim maññasi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaṇako vā
muddiko vā saṅkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaṅgāya vālikaṃ³
gaṇetum ettakā vālikā iti⁴ vā || pe || ettakāni vālikasata-
sahassāni iti⁵ vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
29 Atthi pana te koci gaṇako vā muddiko vā saṅkhāyako
vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakam pametum⁶ ettakāni
udakāḷhakāni iti vā || pe || ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassāni⁷
iti vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || ||
Mahā⁸ bhante samuddo gambhīro appameyyo duppariyo-
gāho ti⁹ || ||
30 Evam eva kho mahārāja yenarūpena tathāgatassa
pahīnam ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvagatam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2
2 B1-2 etam
3 B1 vālu- here only
4 S1-3 B2 ettakānivālikānīti (B2 -kāni iti)
5 S1-3 -sahassānīti
6 B1-2 gaṇetuṃ
7 S1-3 udakaḷhāni . . . udakaḷhasatasahassānīti
8 B1-2 insert hi
9 B1-2 omit ti

[page 379]
XLIV. 1. 37] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 379
āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || rūpasaṅkhāya vimutto kho
mahārāja tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho
seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
pi na upeti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti pi na upeti || ||
31 Yāya vedanāya || pe || ||
32 Yāya saññāya || ||
33 Yehi saṅkhārehi || ||
34 Yena¹ viññāṇena tatthāgatam paññāpayamāno pañ-
ñāpeyya || taṃ viññāṇam tathāgatassa pahīnam ucchin-
namūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppā-
dadhammaṃ || viññāṇasaṅkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja
tathāgato gambhīro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi
mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi na
upeti || pe² || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti pi na upetī ti || ||
35 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nāma
satthuno³ sāvikāya ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañja-
naṃ saṃsandissati samessati na virodhayissati⁴ yad idam
aggapadasmiṃ ||
36 Ekam idāhaṃ bhante samayam Khemam bhikkhu-
nim upasaṅkamitvā etam attham apucchiṃ || sā pi me ayyā
etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi etam attham vyākāsi seyya-
thāpi Bhagavā || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante
yatra hi nāma satthu⁵ sāvikāya ca atthena attho⁶ vyañja-
nena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati⁷ na virodhayis-
sati⁸ yad idam aggapadasmiṃ || Handa dāni mayam
bhante gacchāma bahukiccā mayam⁹ bahukaraṇīyā ti || ||
Yassa dāni tvam mahārāja kālaṃ maññasī ti || ||
37 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo Bhagavato bhāsitam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 te
2 Complete in B1
3 B1-2 satthu ceva
4 So B2; S1-3 vibhāyissati; S3 vihāyissati; missing in B1
5 B1-2 satthuceva
6 S1-3 attenattho
7 B1 samissati
8 S3 vibhāyissati; S1 viṅgāyissati; B1 vigāyissati
9 B2 has ni; B1 neither

[page 380]
380 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 1
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhayāsanā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmīti || ||

SN_4,44(10).2 Anurādho
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane
Kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anurādho¹ Bhaga-
vato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā aññatitthiyā² paribbājakā yenā-
yasmā Anurādho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyas-
matā Anurādhena³ saddhim sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ
kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā
āyasmantam Anurādham⁴ etad avocuṃ || || Yo so avuso
Anurādha⁵ tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso para-
mappattipatto taṃ tathāgato imesu catūsu⁶ ṭhānesu pañ-
ñāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Hoti na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso para-
mappattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatrimehi catūhi ṭhānehi
paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param mara-
ṇāti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Hoti ca
na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte te⁷ aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam
Anurādham etad avocuṃ || So⁸ cāyam⁹ bhikkhu navo
bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || ||
5 Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam
Anurādham navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhā-
yāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anuruddho
2 S1-3 titthiya here only (S.p.381 n.7)
3 S1 āyasmantam Anuruddhena
4 S1 anuruddhaṃ
5 Henceforth S1 has Anurādha as the other MSS.
6 S1 catusu; missing in S3
7 Missing in S3
8 S1-3 yo
9 S1 vāyam

[page 381]
XLIV. 2. 9] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 381
6 Atha kho āyasmato Anurādhassa acirapakkantesu añña-
titthiyesu paribbājakesu¹ etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maṃ
te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā uttariṃ puccheyyuṃ || kathaṃ
vyākaramāno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññātitthiyānam paribbā-
jakānaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca Bhagavan-
tam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṃ || dhammassa cānudham-
mam vyākareyyam na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto
gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti² || ||
7 Atha kho āyasmā Anurādho³ yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anurādho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante Bhagavato avidūre
araññakūṭikāyam viharāmi || || Atha kho bhante samba-
hulā aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṃhamiṃsu ||
upasaṅkamitvā mayā⁴ saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanī-
yaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu ||
ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho bhante te⁵ aññatitthiyā paribbā-
jakā mam etad avocuṃ || Yo so āvuso⁵ Anurādha tathāgato
uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathā-
gato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || ||
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || || Evam vutto⁶
ham bhante te aññatitthiye⁷ paribbājake etad avocaṃ ||
Yo so avuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso parama-
pattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatrimehi catūhi ṭhānehi pañ-
ñāpayamano paññāpeti || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
vā ti || || Evaṃ vutte bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā
mam etad avocuṃ || Yo⁸ cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati
acirapabbajito thero vā pana bāloavyatto ti || || Atha kho
mam bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā navavādena ca
bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṃsu || ||
9 Tassa mayham bhante acirapakkantesu tesu aññatitthi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 gacche-
3 S3 has here Anuruddo
4 S1-3 mama
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1-2 vuttā
7 S1-3 -titthiya as before (S.p.380 n.2)
8 B1 So

[page 382]
382 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 10
yesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sace kho maṃ te añña-
titthiyā paribbājakā uttariṃ puccheyyuṃ kathaṃ vyākara-
māno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānam
vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca Bhagavantam
abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṃ || dhammassa cānudhammam
vyākareyyaṃ || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto¹
gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyāti² || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukkhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammaṃ ||
kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham
asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11 Tasmā ti ha Anurādha yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgata-
paccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā olārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ va paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā
sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā
ti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhab-
bam || || Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā || pe ||
Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || || Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam
atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷāri-
kaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre
santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -nuvādo
2 B1 gacche-

[page 383]
XLIV. 2. 19] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 383
na me so attā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya
daṭṭhabbaṃ ḥ|| ||
12 Evam passam Anurādha¹ sutavā ariyasāvako rūpas-
mim pi nibbindati vedanāya pi nibbindati saññāya pi
nibbindati saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati viññāṇasmim² pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati
Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti³ ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti
vusitam brahmacariyaṃ || kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ || nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
13 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ tathāgato ti
samanupassasī ti⁴ || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante
Saññaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Saṅkhāre tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha || Rūpasmim tathāgato ti
samanupassasī ti ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra rūpā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Vedanāya || pa || aññatra vedanāya || pa || ||
16 Saññāya || pa || aññatra saññāya || pa ||
17 Saṅkhāresu || pa || aññatra saṅkhārehi || pa || ||
18 Viññāṇasmim tathāgato ti samanupassasi ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
19 Taṃ kim maññāsi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ⁵ vedanā saññā⁶
saṅkhārā⁷ viṇṇāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 Anuruddha
2 B1 viññāṇe
3 B1-2 vimuttamhīti
4 B1 samanupassīti always
5 rūpa
6 S1-3 vedanaṃsaññaṃ
7 S1-3 B1 saṅkhārā

[page 384]
384 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 20
No hetam bhante || ||
20 Taṃ kim maññasi Anurādha ayaṃ so arūpī avedano
asaññī asaṅkhāro aviññāṇo tathāgato ti samanupassasī
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Ettha¹ te Anurādha diṭṭheva dhamme saccato
thetato tathāgate² anupalabbhyamāne³ kallaṃ nu taṃ
veyyākaraṇaṃ || Yo⁴ so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso
paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatrimehi
catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vā || la || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
22 Sādhu sādhu⁵ Anurādha pubbe cāham⁶ Anurādha
etarahi ca dukkhañ ceva⁷ paññāpemi dukkhassa ca nirod-
hanti || ||

SN_4,44(10).3 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhika (or Pagatam)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā
Koṭṭhiko⁸ Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko sāyaṇhasamayam
patisallānā pavuṭṭhito⁹ yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhim sam-
modi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho avuso
Sāriputta || hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākatam kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgāto
param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Kim panāvuso na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts ca
2 S1-3, B1 -gato
3 B1 -labbhyamāno
4 S1-3 vyākaraṇāya
5 Not repeated in S1-3
6 S1-3 vāhum
7 B1 dukkhaññeva
8 S3 koṭṭhito; S1 koḍḍhito both always
9 S1-3 vuṭṭhito

[page 385]
XLIV. 3. 11] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 385
Etampi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam¹ Bhagavatā Hoti ca na
ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti ||
6 Kim panāvuso² neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti ||
Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
7 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti
puṭṭho samāno avyākataṃ kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim panāvuso
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti iti
puṭṭho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso rūpagatam
etaṃ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti rūpagatam
etam || Hoti ca na ca³ hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
rūpagatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti rūpagatam etaṃ || ||
9 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso vedanā-
gatam etaṃ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vedanā-
gatam etaṃ || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vedanāgatam etam || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vedanāgatam etam || ||
10 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso saññā-
gatam etaṃ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saññā-
gatam etam || || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti saññāgatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti saññāgatam etaṃ || ||
11 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso saṅkhāra-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 avyākatam kho etam avuso . . .; B2 avyākataṃ āvuso Bhagavatā
2 B1 pana āvuso
3 Missing in S1-3 always

[page 386]
386 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 3. 12
gatam etam || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti saṅkhāra-
gatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti saṅkhāragatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti saṅkhāragatam etaṃ || ||
12 Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti kho āvuso viññāṇa-
gatam etam || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti viññāṇa-
gatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti viññāṇagatam etaṃ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pi viññāṇagatam etam || ||
13 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam¹
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

SN_4,44(10).4 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhiko2 (or Samudaya)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-
Koṭṭhiko² Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharantipe IsipataneMigadāye|| ||
2-7 ³ Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyāka-
tam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Rūpaṃ kho āvuso ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpa-
samudayam⁴ ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodham
ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭi-
padam ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || Hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca⁵ hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
9-11 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
12 Viññāṇaṃ ajānato apassato yathābhūtam || viññāṇa-
samudayam ajanato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇaniro-
dham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇanirodhayā-
minim paṭipadam ajānato apassato yathābhūtam Hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 yenetaṃ
2 S3 koṭṭhito; S1 koḍḍhito as before
3 B1-2 insert here sā yeva pucchā
4 S1-3 rūpassasamudayaṃ
5 Missing as before in S1-3 always

[page 387]
XLIV. 5. 12] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 387
param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
13 Rūpaṃ ca kho āvuso jānato passato yathābhūtam ||
rūpasamudayaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpani-
rodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || rūpanirodhagāminim
paṭipadaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti ||
14,15,16 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
17 Viññāṇaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇa
samudayaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇaniro-
dhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ || viññāṇanirodhagā-
minim paṭipadaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtam Hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
18 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam¹
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

SN_4,44(10).5 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhika (3) (or Pema)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Mahā-Koṭṭhiko² Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Miga-
dāye || pe ||
2-7 ³ Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam¹ avyā-
katam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Rūpe kho āvuso avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa
avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avi-
gatataṇhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
9-11 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkāresu || ||
12 Viññāṇe avigatarāgassa⁴ avigatachandassa avigata-
pemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇ-
hassa Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 yenetam
2 S1-3 koṭṭhito
3 B1-2 insert here sā yeva pucchā
4 S1 avīta-

[page 388]
388 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 5. 13
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa
hoti || ||
13 Rūpe ca kho āvuso vigatarāgassa || pa¹ ||
14-16 Vedanāya² || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || ||
17 Viññāṇe vigatarāgassa³ vigatachandassa vigatape-
massa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na
hoti || ||
18 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam⁴
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

SN_4,44(10).6 Sāriputta-Koṭṭhiko4 (or Ārāma)
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-
koṭṭhiko⁵ Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayam paṭi-
sallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhiko tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkami āyasmatā Mahā-Koṭṭhikena saddhim
sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasman-
tam Mahā-Koṭṭhikam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso
Koṭṭhika⁶ hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || pe || kim panā-
vuso Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇa ti iti
puṭṭho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam⁷ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti⁸ || ||
I
4 Rūpārāmassa kho āvuso rūparatassa rūpasammudi-
tassa⁹ rūpanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 vīta-
4 B1-2 yenetaṃ
5 S1-3 -koṭṭhito always
6 S1 koṭṭita
7 B1-2 yenetaṃ
8 S1-3 omit ti
9 S1-3 -samuditassa (further on sammu-); B2 pamuditassa always

[page 389]
XLIV. 6. 8] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 389
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || || Vedanārā-
massa kho āvuso vedanāratassa vedanāsammuditassa
vedanānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ Hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || || Saññā-
rāmassa kho āvuso || || Saṅkhārarāmassa kho āvuso || ||
Viññāṇārāmassa kho āvuso viññāṇaratassa viññāṇasam-
muditassa viññāṇanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
5 Na rūpārāmassa kho āvuso na rūparatassa na rūpa-
sammuditassa rūpanirodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtam
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || ||
Na vedanārāmassa kho āvuso || la¹ || Na saññārāmassa
kho āvuso || Na saṅkhārārāmassa kho āvuso || || Na viññāṇā-
rāmassa kho āvuso na viññāṇaratassa na viññāṇa-
samuditassa viññāṇanirodhaṃ jānato passato yathābhūtaṃ
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na
hoti || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayoyena tam²
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
II
7 Siyā panāvuso añño pi pariyāyo yena³ tam avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
8 Bhavārāmassa kho āvuso bhavaratassa bhavasam-
muditassa bhavanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Little more developed in S1-3
2 B1 yenetam
3 B1 adds pariyayena

[page 390]
390 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 6.
9 Na bhavārāmassa kho āvuso na bhavaratassa na
bhavasammuditassa bhavanirodham jānato passato yathā-
bhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa
na hoti ||
10 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam¹ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
III
11 Siyā panāvuso añño pi pariyāyo yena tam¹ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
12 Upādānārāmassa kho āvuso upādānaratassa upādāna-
sammuditassa upādānanirodham ajānato apassato yathā-
bhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa
hoti || ||
13 Na upādānārāmassa kho āvuso na upādānaratassa
na upādānasammuditassa upādānanirodham jānato passato
yathābhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na
hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
pissa na hoti || ||
14 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo || yena tam² avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
IV
15 Siyā panāvuso añño pariyāyo yena tam vyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
16 Taṇhārāmassa kho āvuso taṇhāratassa taṇhāsam-
muditassa taṇhānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhūtaṃ
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa hoti || ||
17 Na taṇhāramassa kho āvuso na taṇhāratassa na
taṇhāsammuditassa taṇhānirodham jānato passato yathā-
bhūtaṃ Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa na hoti ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 yenetaṃ
2 B1-2 yenetam

[page 391]
XLIV. 7. 6] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 391
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pissa
na hoti || ||
18 Ayam pi¹ kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam² avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
V
19 Siyā panāvuso añño pi pariyāyo yena tam² avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Ettha dāni āvuso Sāriputta ito uttariṃ kim icchasi ||
taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttassa³ āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhuno
vaḍḍhaṃ⁴ natthi paññāpanāyā ti || ||

SN_4,44(10).7 Moggalāno (or Āyatana)
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā Mahā-
Moggalāno⁵ tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā
Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ
kathaṃ sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu
kho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha⁶ Bhagavatā Sassato⁷
loko ti || ||
4 Kim pana⁸ bho Moggalāna asassato loko ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha¹ avyākatam Bhagavatā Asassato
loko ti || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Moggalāna antavā loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha⁹ Bhagavatā Antavā
loko ti || ||
6 Kim pana¹⁰ bho Moggalāna anantavā loko ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Anantavā
loko ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 yenetaṃ
3 B2 S1-3 -saṅkhāya-
4 B1 vattaṃ; B2 pa (?)
5 S1-3 mogallān-o, as usual, always
6 S1-3 vacchagotta
7 B2 antavā
8 B1 panāvuso
9 S1-3 vacchagotta, as before
10 B1 inserts kho

[page 392]
392 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 7. 7
7 Kiṃ nu kho bho Moggalāna taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarī-
ranti || ||
Avyakātaṃ kho etam Vaccha¹ Bhagavatā Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ
sarīran ti || ||
8 Kim pana kho Moggalāna aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ
sarīranti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Aññaṃ
jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti || ||
9 Kiṃ nu kho² Moggalāna hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha³ Bhagavatā Hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||
10 Kim pana bho Moggalāna na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
11 Kiṃ nu kho bho Maggalāna hoti ca na ca hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
12 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
13 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena
aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evam
vyākaraṇaṃ⁴ hoti || || Sassato lokoti vā || Asassato loko ti
vā || Antavā loko ti vā || Anantavā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ
taṃ sarīran ti va Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā || Hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vā || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 vacchagotta
2 B1-2 Kim pana bho
3 S1 vacchagotta; this answer and the following query are missing
in S3 (by blunder of the copyist)
4 B1-2 veyyākaraṇaṃ always

[page 393]
XLIV. 7. 27] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 393
14 Ko pana bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena
samaṇassa Gotamassa evaṃ puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyāka-
raṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā
loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīran ti ||
Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīran ti pi || Hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ||
Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
15 Aññatitthiyā ca¹ kho Vaccha paribbājakā cakkhum
Etam mama eto ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti ||
sotam || ghānam || jīvham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti || kāyam || manam Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti samanupassanti || tasmā aññatitthiyānam parib-
bājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evam veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti ||
Sassato loka ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vā || ||
16 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
cakkhuṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
samanupasati || sotaṃ || ghānaṃ || jivhaṃ Netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || samanupassati || kāyaṃ ||
manaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
samanupassati || tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na²
evaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
17 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhayāsanā yena
Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā sad-
dhiṃ sammodi || sammadanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vīti-
sāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
18 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama Sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākatam kho etam Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || ||
19-26 || ||
27 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S3
2 Missing in S1-3

[page 394]
394 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 7. 28
28 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena
aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ
vyākaraṇam hoti Sassato loko ti vā¹ || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || || Ko pana bho
Gotama hetu kho paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam
puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
pī ti || ||
29 Aññatitthiyā Vaccha² paribbājakā cakkhuṃ Etam
mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || pe ||
jivham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanu-
passanti || pe || kāyaṃ || manaṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attā ti samanupassanti || || Tasmā aññatitthiyānam
paribbājakānaṃ evam puṭṭhānam evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti ||
Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vā³ || ||
30 Tathāgato ca⁴ kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsam-
buddho cakkhuṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attā ti samanupassati || sotaṃ || ghānaṃ || jivhaṃ || kāyaṃ ||
manaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
samanupassati || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na⁵
evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi⁶ || Asassato
loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Taṃ
jivaṃ taṃ sarīranti pi || Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti pi ||
Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti pi ti || ||
31 Acchariyam bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama
yatra hi nāma satthussa ca⁷ sāvakassa ca atthena attho
vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati⁸ na vihā-
yissati⁹ yadidam aggapadasmiṃ || ||
32 Idānāham bho Gotama samaṇam Mahā-Moggalānam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 va
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 vā
7 B1-2 satthu ca
8 B1 samissati
9 B1 vigāyissati; B2 virodhayissati

[page 395]
XLIV. 8. 14] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 395
upasaṅkamitvā etam attham apucchiṃ || samaṇo pi Mogga-
lāno etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi etam¹ atthaṃ vyākāsi
seyyathāpi bhavaṃ Gotamo || || Acchariyam bho Gotama
abbhutam bho Gotama yatra hi nāma satthussa ca sāva-
kassa ca atthena attho vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandis-
sati samessati na vihāyissati yadidam aggapadasmin ti² || ||

SN_4,44(10).8 Vaccho (or Bandham)
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama
sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || ||
4-11 || ||
12 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
13 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena añña-
titthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ
vyākaraṇaṃ hoti Sassato lokoti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || || Ko pana bho Gotama
hetu ko paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam puṭṭhassa na³
evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pī ti || ||
14 Aññatitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā rūpam attato
samanupassanti || rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpaṃ
rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Vedanam attato samanupassanti ||
pe || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññānam attato sama-
nupassanti || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā viññā-
ṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || tasmā aññatitthiyānam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 tam
2 Same remarks as for the paragraph 31
3 S1-3 put na after Gotamassa

[page 396]
396 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 8. 15
paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ vyākaraṇam hoti ||
Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vā || ||
15 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attā-
naṃ na attani vā¹ rūpam na rūpasmiṃ vā¹ attānam || na
vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || na saññaṃ || na saṅ-
khāre || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavan-
taṃ vā attānam na attani vā² viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ
vā attānam || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na
evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi ti || ||
16 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhayāsanā yenā-
yasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmatā Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammo-
danīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdi || ||
17 Ekam antam nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu
kho bho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Sassato loko
ti || ||
18-26 ||pe|| ||
27 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Etam³ pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
28 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena
aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhānam evaṃ
vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || || Ko pana bho⁴ Mogga-
lāna hetu ko paccayo yena samaṇassa Gotamassa evam
puṭṭhassa na evaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti pi ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pī
ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 evam
4 Missing in S1-3

[page 397]
XLIV. 8. 31] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 397
29 Aññātitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā rūpam attato
samanupassanti || rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ
rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre ||
Viññānam attato samanupassanti || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attā-
naṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tasmā aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puṭṭhā-
nam evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
30 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attā-
naṃ na attani vā¹ rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā¹ attānam || Na
vedanaṃ || Na saññaṃ || Na saṅkhāre || Na viññāṇam attato
samanupassati || na viññāvantaṃ vā¹ attānam na attani
vā¹ viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmim vā¹ attānaṃ || || Tasmā
tathāgatassa evam puṭṭhassa na evam vyākaraṇaṃ hoti || ||
Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi ||
Anantavā loko ti pi || Taṃ jivaṃ taṃ sarīran ti pi || Aññaṃ
jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti ||
Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti pī ti || ||
30 Acchariyam bho Moggalāna abbhutam bho Mogga-
lāna yatra hi nāma satthu² ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho³
vyañjanena vyañjanaṃ saṃsandissati samessati na vihāyis-
sati⁴ yad idam aggapadasmiṃ || ||
31 Idānāham bho Moggalāna samaṇaṃ Gotamam upa-
saṅkamitvā etam attham appucchiṃ || samaṇo pi Gotamo
etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi etam attham vyākāsi seyya-
thāpi bhavaṃ Moggalāno || || Acchariyam bho Moggalāna
abbhutam bho Moggalāna yatrahi nāma satthu ca sāva-
kassa ca atthena attho⁵ vyañjanehi vyañjanaṃ saṃsandis-
sati samessati na vihāyissati⁶ yad idam aggapadasmin ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 So all the MSS. here and further on
3 S1-3 atthenattho
4 B1 vigāyissati; B2 virodhayissati
5 S1-3 atthenatthaṃ
6 As in 30 (S. n.4), but S1 seems to have viṅgāyissati

[page 398]
398 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 9. 2

SN_4,44(10).9 Kutūhalasālā
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sam-
modi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Purimāni bho Gotama divasāni
purimatarāni sambahulānaṃ nānātitthiyānaṃ¹ samaṇa-
brāhmaṇāparibbājakānam Kutūhalasālāyam sannisinnānaṃ
sannipatitānam ayam antarā kathā udapādi || ||
4 Ayaṃ kho Pūraṇo Kassapo saṅghī ceva gaṇī ca
gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhu sammato
bahujanassa || so pi² sāvakam abbhatītaṃ kālaṅkatam
upapattīsu³ vyākaroti Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra
upapannoti⁴ || || Yo⁵ pissa sāvako uttamapuriso parama-
puriso paramapattipatto tam pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ
kālaṅkatam upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno
asu amutra upapannoti || ||
5 Ayam pi kho Makkhali Gosālo || pe ||
6 Ayam pi kho Nigaṇṭho⁶ Nāṭaputto || pe⁷ || ||
7 Ayam pi kho Sañjayo⁸ Belaṭṭhiputto⁹ || pe || ||
8 Ayam pi kho Pakuddho Kaccāyano¹⁰ || pe || ||
9 Ayam pi kho Ajito Kesakambalo¹¹ saṅghī ceva gaṇī
ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhu sammato
bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatītam kālaṅkatam
upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra
upapanno ti || || Yo¹² pissa sāvako uttamapuriso parama-
puriso¹³ paramapattiputto tam pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 nāntā-; B1-2 añña-
2 Missing in B1-2; S3 sā pi.
3 S1-3 uppattīsu here and further on
4 S1 has --pe-- and S3 asuama instead of the first asu . . . upapanno,
and S1-3 have uppanno instead of upapanno always
5 S1-3 so
6 B2 nigandho
7 S1-3 nāta-
8 B1 sañcayo; B2 sañjeyyo
9 B1-2 celaddha
10 B1-2 kaccāno
11 S3 -kambali
12 S1-3 so
13 Missing in S1-3

[page 399]
XLIV. 9. 14] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 399
kālaṅkataṃ upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno
asu amutra upapanno ti¹ || ||
10 Ayam pi kho samaṇo Gotamo saṅghī ceva gaṇi ca
gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhu sammato
bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatītaṃ kālaṅkatam
upapattīsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra
upapannoti || || Yo ca khvassa² sāvako uttamapuriso
paramapuriso paramapattipatto tam pi³ sāvakam abbha-
tītam kālaṅkatam upapattīsu na⁴ vyākaroti || Asu amutra
upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || api ca kho nam
evaṃ vyākaroti Acchejji⁵ taṇhaṃ vivattayi saññojanaṃ
sammāmānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassāti || ||
11 Tassa mayham bho Gotama ahud eva kaṅkhā ahu
vicikicchā Kathañhi⁶ nāma samaṇassa Gotamassa dhammā-
bhiññeyyāti⁷ || ||
12 Alañhi te Vaccha kaṅkhituṃ alaṃ vicikicchituṃ ||
kaṅkhaniye⁸ ca pana te ṭhāne vicikicchā uppannā || || Sa-
upādānassa khvāham⁹ Vaccha upapattim paññāpemi¹⁰ no
anupādānassa || ||
13 Seyyathāpi Vaccha aggi sa-upādāno jalati no anupā-
dāno || evam eva khvāham Vaccha sa-upādānassa upapattim
paññāpemi no anupādānassā ti || ||
14 Yasmim pana¹¹ bho Gotama samaye acci vātena
khittā dūram pi gacchati || imassa pana bhavaṃ Gotamo
kim upādānasmim paññāpetī ti || ||
Yasmiṃ kho¹² Vaccha samaye acci¹³ vātena khittā dūram
pi gacchati || tam ahaṃ vātupādānam vadāmi¹⁴ vāto hissa
Vaccha tasmiṃ samaye upādānaṃ hotī ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The first asu- -panno is missing in S1; S3 adds to it
ti and only asu amutra
2 S1 so ca khossa; S3 so pissa
3 S1, B1 tañca; B2 has || pa || instead of paramapuriso- -vyākaroti
4 In S1-3 only
5 S3 acchecchi; S1 accheccha
6 S1-3 omit hi
7 B2 dhammā abhi-; S1-3 dhammo aññeyyoti
8 B1-2 kaṅkhāniye
9 S1-3 khohaṃ
10 B1-2 pañña- always
11 Missing in B1-2
12 Missing in S1-3
13 B2 acchi
14 B1-2 paññapemi

[page 400]
400 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 9. 15
15 Yasmiñ ca pana¹ bho Gotama samaye imañ ca
kāyam nikkhipati satto ca aññataraṃ kāyam anuppanno²
hoti || imassa pana bhavaṃ Gotamo kim upādānasmim
paññāpetī ti || ||
Yasmiṃ kho Vaccha samaye imañ ca kāyam nikkhipati
satto ca aññataram kāyam anuppanno hoti || tam ahaṃ
taṇhupādānaṃ³ vadāmi || taṇhā hissa⁴ Vaccha tasmiṃ
samaye upādānaṃ hotī tī⁵ || ||

SN_4,44(10).10 Ānando (or Atthatto)
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim
sammodi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā
ekam antam nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama
atthattā ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi || ||
Kim pana bho Gotamo natthattā ti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi || ||
Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uṭṭhāyāsanā pak-
kāmi || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando acirapakkante Vacchagotte
paribbājake Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho
bhante Bhagavā Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa pañham
puṭṭho na vyākāsīti || ||
5 Ahañ c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā
ti puṭṭho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaṃ || ye te Ānanda
samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā tesam etaṃ saddhim abha-
vissa || ||
6 Ahan c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthat-
tāti puṭṭho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaṃ || ye te Ānanda

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ca pana
2 The true reading ought to be anuppatto; B1-2 have anupapanno
3 B2 takkhupādānaṃ
4 S1-3 samaṅgissa
5 B1 adds || pa ||

[page 401]
XLIV. 11. 5] AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 401
samaṇabrāhmaṇā ucchedavādā tesam etaṃ saddhim abha-
vissa || ||
7 Ahañ c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā
ti puṭṭho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaṃ || api nu me tam
anulomam abhavissa ñāṇassa¹ upādāya² Sabbe dhammā
anattāti || ||
No hetam bhante
8 Ahañ c'; Ānanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthat-
tāti puṭṭho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaṃ || sammuḷhassa
Ānanda Vacchagottassa bhīyyo sammohāya abhavissa Ahu
vā me nūna pubbe attā || so³ etarahi natthīti || ||

SN_4,44(10).11 Sabhiyo
1 Ekam samayam āyasmā Sabhiyo Kaccāno Ñātike
viharati Giñjakāvasathe || ||
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā Sabhiyo
Kaccāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sabhi-
yena Kaccānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ
kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
āyasmantaṃ Sabhiyam Kaccānam etad avoca || Kiṃ nu
kho bho Kaccāna hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Kim pana bho Kaccāna na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti || ||
Etam⁴ pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā. Na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Kaccāna hoti ca na ca⁵ hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti ||
Avyākataṃ kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti⁶ || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 ñāṇaṃ
2 B1 uppādāya
3 B1 attāso; B2 attā || so; S1-3 attasā
4 S1-3 evam
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1 pi; S3 hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti

[page 402]
402 AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM [XLIV. 11. 6-14
6 Kim pana bho Kaccāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti¹ || ||
Etam² pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
7 Kiṃ nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākatam kho etaṃ Vaccha
Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
8 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākataṃ kho etaṃ Vaccha³
Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vadesi ||
9 Kim nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti ca na ca⁴ hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Avyākatam kho
etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca⁴ hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
10 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti iti puṭṭho samāno Etam pi kho
vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vadesi || ||
11 Ko nu kho bho Kaccāna hetu ko paccayo yena tam
avyākataṃ samaṇena Gotamenā ti || ||
12 Yo ca Vaccha⁵ hetu yo ca paccayo⁶ paññāpanāya⁷
Rūpīti vā Arūpīti vā Saññīti vā Asaññīti vā Neva saññī
nāsaññīti vā || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṃ
sabbathā sabbam aparisesaṃ⁸ nirujjheyya || kena naṃ
paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya Rūpīti vā Arūpīti vā Saññī
vā Asaññīti va Neva saññī nāsaññīti vā ti⁹ || ||
13 Kīva¹⁰ ciram pabbajito si Kaccānā ti || ||
Na ciram āvuso tīni vassānī ti || ||
14 Yassa passa āvuso¹¹ ettakena ettakam eva tam passa
bahuṃ¹² || ko pana vādo eva¹³ abhikkante ti || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The question is missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 evaṃ
3 S1-3 evam pi kho Vaccha avyākataṃ
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 āvuso
6 B2 inserts yāya
7 B1 paññāpayamāno
8 B1-2, S1 apariseso
9 Missing in S1-3, B1
10 B1-2 kiṃ va; S3 keva
11 B1 inserts etam; B2 evam
12 S3 bāhu
13 B1 evaṃ; B2 avaṃ

[page 403]
AVYĀKATA-SAṂYUTTAM 403
Avyākata-saṃyuttaṃ samattam¹ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ² || ||
Khemā therī Anurādho || ||
Sāriputto ti Koṭṭhiko ||
Moggalāno ca Vaccho ca ||
Kutuhālasālānando ||
Sabhiyo ekādasaman ti³ || ||
Saḷāyatana-vagga-saṃyuttaṃ-samattam⁴ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Saḷāyatana Vedanā ||
Mātugāmo Jambukhādako ||
Sāmaṇḍako Moggalāno ||
Citto Gāmaṇi Saṅkhataṃ ||
Avyākatan ti dasadhā ti || ||
Dasabalaselappabhavā⁵
nibbānamahāsamuddapariyantā
aṭṭhaṅgamaggasalilā
Jinavacananadī ciraṃ vahatu⁶ || ||
Saḷāyatana-vaggo || ||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This mention, driven back, without samyuttam, after the uddāna,
in S1-3, is the ending phrase of B2, which adds only prī: prī:
"finished," without uddāna or any recapitulation
2 S1-3 tatruddānam-
3 The uddāna of S1-3, much differing from that of B1, is this:
Khemam Anuruddho Paganaṃ Samuddaṃ yaṃ Pema Ārāmaṃ Āyatana
Bandham Kutuhala sālā Attha (S1 atta-)nto Sabhī (S1 -hi-)
yena cāti
4 This mention and the following uddāna are to be found in B1 only
5 S3 omits -sela-
6 S3 nahatu-- This gāthā (?) and the following mention are to be
found in S1-3 only